BÀI TẬP ÔN THI VÀO LỚP 10 MÔN TIẾNG ANH
- Thứ bảy - 31/07/2021 16:23
- In ra
- Đóng cửa sổ này
BÀI TẬP ÔN THI VÀO LỚP 10 MÔN TIẾNG ANH
1. United Kingdom consists of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
A B C D
Vì mạo từ xác định“the” được dùng trước những danh từ riêng chỉ biển, sông, quần đảo, dãy núi, tên gọi của một số nước là tập hợp của nhiều bang/bộ phận nhỏ, sa mạc, miền…. Vậy nên đổi lại là “ The United Kingdom”; “The USA” …
2. Nutritionists believe what diet affects how one feels physically and emotionally.
A B -> that (tin rằng) C D
3. I asked David where would he spend his holiday the next summer.
A B (he would) C D
4. When I was in your age I had to work very hard.
A B C D (at one’s age: ở độ tuổi của ai)
5. With his father’s guidance, Mozart began playing the clavier at three and compose at the age of 5.
A B C D
Sau đt “began + playing” tức là một “V-ing”nên đt sau đó phải sửa là“composing”
Mozart: Nhà soạn nhạc người Áo (Austria)
6. We need any information before we can reach a decision.
A (some) B C D
Đây là câu khẳng định nên dùng “some”
7. The harder he tried, the worst he danced before the large audience.
A B (worse) C D
So sánh kép (hơn kém) càng…càng…
-> Mẹo dễ nhớ “The + so sánh hơn + chủ ngữ + động từ, the + so sánh hơn + chủ ngữ + động từ”
8. Have the members of the club be told about the changes of their timetable yet?
A B (been told) C D
Nghĩa bị động ở thì HTHT là “have…been + PII” “được nói, được thông báo…”
9. Although I didn’t personally see who was responsible for this mess, but I think I can make a guess.
A B C (bỏ) D
Ở mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượng bộ. Sau các từ “Though/ Even though/ Although thì chỉ có dấu phẩy ở cuối mệnh đề đó, mệnh đề sau không có giới từ “but”.
10. The more frequent you exercise, the greater physical endurance (sức bền thể chất) you will have.
A(frequently) B C D
Sau đó là một động từ thường “exercise” nên phải dùng trạng từ.
11. Where many of my friends take a shower in the morning, I usually take one before I go to bed.
A (While: Trong khi) B C D
12. The price of crude oil used to be a great deal lower than now, wasn’t it?
A B C D
Trợ động từ đi với mẫu câu “used to” ở thể phủ định phải là “didn’t it” chứ k dùng “was/ were…”
13. Their free trip, which they won on a television game-show, include four days in London and a
A B C D (includes: trip = it + V(s/es))
week in Paris.
14. The young are thought being the future leaders of the country, and it is essential that they
A B -> are thought to be(nghĩa bị động) C
understand their responsibilities.
D
15. If there will be too much exhaust fume in the air, our breathing will be badly affected.
A ->is B C D
Câu điều kiện loại 1, Khói xăng là danh từ không đếm được, chia ở HTĐ = ngôi “it” + “is”.
16. I do not know where could he have gone so early in the morning.
A B -> he could have C D
Câu nói gián tiếp không được đảo trợ đt lên trước mà phải theo mẫu câu “S + V/could V…”
17. The oxygen in the air we breathe has no tasting, smell, or color.
A B C(taste là dt: vị) D
Cần một danh từ vì mẫu câu “S + have/has… no + danh từ. Sau đó có hai danh từ là “smell” và “color” rồi.
VD: I have no money = I don’t have (any) money.
18. When contented, and occasionally when hunger, cats frequently make a purring sound.
A B C (hungry = cats are hungry) D
19. Laser discs provide images of best quality than those of either television signals or video tapes.
A B->better quality C D
So sánh hơn vì sau đó có từ “than”, còn “best” là so sánh cấp nhất
20. His teacher encouraged him taking part in the competition.
A B C->to take part D
S + encourage + sb to-V: động viên ai nên làm gì
21. Ozone is an unstable, faintly bluish gas that is the most chemical active form of oxygen.
A B C->chemically D
Vì trạng từ bổ nghĩa/ nhấn mạnh cho tính từ sau đó.
22. According to a team of scientists, there are evidence that Mount Everest is still rising.
A B (there is) C D
Vì “evidence” là dt không đếm được nên tương đương với ngôi “it”+ is -> there is
Chiều cao của đỉnh Everest lần đầu tiên được xác định bởi một nhóm người Anh vào khoảng năm 1856 là 8,842 mét nhưng số đo được công nhận phổ biến nhất là 8.848 mét, do Ấn Độ tiến hành trong cuộc khảo sát vào năm 1954. Năm 1999, một nhóm nghiên cứu của Hiệp hội Địa lý Quốc gia Mỹ sử dụng công nghệ GPS đã đo được độ cao của Everest là 8.850 mét….
![The Big Picture] Con đường chinh phục đỉnh Everest | Tinh tế](https://thcsthanhthuy.xatamhung.edu.vn/file:///C:\Users\ADMINI~1\AppData\Local\Temp\msohtmlclip1\01\clip_image007.jpg)
23. There are more potatoes cultivated than any the other vegetable crops worldwide.
A B C-> other D
Vì nói chung chung không dùng mạo từ xác định.
24. Some metals such gold, silver, copper, and tin occur naturally, and are easy to work.
A B (such as: như là) C D
25. The test administrator (người quản lý) ordered us not opening our books until he told us to do so.
A B-> not to open C D
S + order + sb + (not) to-V: ra lệnh/ sai ai (không) được làm gì
26. We are supposing to read all of Chapter Seven and answer the questions for tomorrow’s class.
A B C D
27. Because it was unsafe and too expensive to repair, the 70-years-old building had to be
demolished. A B C D (tính từ ghép nên không có số nhiều)
28. These interested paintings were donated (cho, tặng) to the library by Gilmore Foundation
A B C
20 years ago.
D A -> interesting (HTPT được dùng như tính từ - đi với dt chỉ vật mang nghĩa chủ động là những bức tranh đẹp…)
29. The museum director was neither friendly or professional in his approach to US.
A B C (friendly nor) D
(neither friendly nor proffessional: không thân thiện mà cũng không chuyên nghiệp)
30. Many young people lack skills, good education, and financial to settle in the urban areaswhere many jobs are found.
A. lack B. financial C. urban areas D. are found
B -> finance (vì cần một danh từ do trước đó có từ thiếu là lack và có 2 cụm dt rồi nên từ đằng sau bắt buộc phải là một danh từ chứ k phải tính từ)
31. Martin was chosen because she is a good administrator which gets along with everyone.
A. was B. which (ĐTQHchỉ người phải là who/that)
C. chosen D. for
32. Sandra has not rarely missed a play or a concert since she was 17 years old.
A (bỏ rarely) B C D
33. Robots in the home might not be enough creative to do the cooking, plan the meal and so on.
A B C D
(creative enough: tính từ đứng trước trạng từ enough)
34. It is becoming extremely difficult to grow enough to feed the world’s rapidly increased population.
A B C D (increasing population)
35. Now that the stress of examinations are over, we can go somewhere for our holiday.
A B (is) C D +
Vì stress là một dt không đếm được nên tương đương với ngôi “it” + is
36. The English summer course will start in May 29th and finish in August.
A B C (on…) D
Khi có các đơn vị thời gian khác nhau trong cùng một cụm thì giới từ được dùng sẽ được tính theo đơn vị nhỏ nhất. VD: in 2021; in May 2021; on May 2nd; ; on 2nd May 2021; at 6p.m 2nd May 2021….
37. There were so a lot of people trying to leave the burning building that the police had a great deal
A B (many) C D
of trouble controlling them.
… so many/ much + danh từ + that… quá nhiều… đến nỗi/ mức mà…
38. Ice skating and to go skiing are popular winter sports in the Northern United States.
A B C D
To go skating: vì sau đó có cụm động từ “to go skiing không gạch chân thì mặc định là nó đúng rồi nên trước đó phải theo …)
39. The surgeon examined the patient quickly, and then the operation was begun.
A B C D (he began the operation)
Bác sĩ phẫu thuật đã kiểm tra bệnh nhân nhanh chóng, và sau đó bắt đầu tiến hành phẫu thuật.
40. World hunger it is one of the most urgent problems that we face today.
A B C D
World hunger (nạn đói trên thế giới) = it + is
41. Dew (sương mù) usually disappeared by seven o’clock in the morning when the sun comes up.
A B C D
42. The governor, with his wife and children, are at home watching the election returns on television.
A B C D
A B C D
Vì trước đó có cụm by using nên sau rather than phải tương đương về cấu trúc nên sẽ phải là “doing”
44. The park keeper told us not walk on the grass or we would be fined.
A B C D
Vì có mẫu câu S + tell + sb + (not) to-V: bảo ai (k) nên làm gì
45. John used to smoking cigarettes when he was a young man.
A B C D
Vì S + used to + V: đã từng làm gì (thói quen trong quá khứ)
46. Tom didn’t drive a car since he had an accident two years ago.
A B C D
Vì sau đó có giới từ “since” nên trước đó phải chi ở thì HTHT (hasn’t driven)
47. You need your shoes to repair, don't you?
A B C D -> C -> repairing/ to be repaired
Vì: S + need + N: cần cái gì
S + need + to-V: cần làm gì
S + need + to be + PII: cần được làm gì (nghĩa bị động)
S + need + V-ing: cần được làm gì (nghĩa bị động)
48. I borrowed some milk from a neighbor of us as we didn't have enough for breakfast.
A B C -> of ours D
Vì:Cần Đại từ sở hữu đứng độc lập của ngôi thứ nhất số nhiều là ours nên là of ours
49. When they lived in Jakarta, they used to eating, Indonesian food.
A B C D -> eat
Vì S + used to + V: đã từng làm gì (thói quen trong quá khứ)
50. At first life was difficult for me because of I didn’t understand English.
A B C -> because D
Vì sau “because” là một mệnh đề nên sẽ bỏ giới từ “of” đi
51. Copper comes from seven types of ores that also contain the other materials.
A B C D -> other
Sau “other” có danh từ thì cần từ “other” thôi chứ không cần cả mạo từ xác định “the” nữa.
52. Silicon chips contain thousands of circuits in an area as smaller than a fingernail.
A B C -> smaller D
Vì sau đó có từ “than”là so sánh hơn với tính từ ngắn thì chỉ thêm đuôi “er” vào thôi chứ không thêm cả “as” vì “as” lại là câu so sánh ngang bằng rồi
53. Mercury is the smaller planet in the solar system and the closest to the sun.
A B -> smallest C D
Vì hành tinh Sao Thủy là hành tinh nhỏ nhất trong hệ mặt trời và nó gần với mặt trời nhất. -> So sánh cấp nhất sẽ thêm đuôi “est” vào sau tính từ ngắn
54. My grandmother used to be telling us folktales when we were small.
A B C D B
Vì S + used to + V: đã từng làm gì (thói quen trong quá khứ)
55. There wasn’t hardly electricity in the mountainous regions ten years ago.
A B C D B
->bỏ đi trạng từ “hardly” vì đã có từ mang nghĩa phủ định là “wasn’t” – trong khi “hardly” cũng mang nghĩa phủ định là hiếm/ ít khi
56. I still have to finish my project, what keeps me very busy.
A B C D C -> which
(thay cho cụm dt đứng trước đó chỉ vật là việc tôi vẫn phải hoàn thành xong dự án/ kế hoạch…)
57. The more healthy he is, the most easy his life becomes.
A B C D
Vì đây là cấu trúc so sánh hơn “Càng…càng…. = ss kép” nên sửa là easier
58. Despite its smaller size, the Indian Ocean is as deep the Atlantic Ocean (Đại Tây Dương).
A B C D D
Despite + Cụm danh từ/ V-ing
D-> As deep as: sâu bằng(so sánh bằng)
A B C D D
-> considerably: đáng kể (vì đứng sau động từ thường thì cần một trạng/ phó từ)
60. When too many firms enter competitive markets, their share of profits will fell.
A B C D D
->Câu điều kiện loại 1 vì trước đó có động từ “enter” chia ở thì HTĐ nên vế sau sẽ chia ở thì TLĐ hoặc HTĐ tức là “will fall/ falls”
61. The term “middle class”describes people between the upper and the low social classes.
A B C -> the lower D
Thuật ngữ “tầng lớp trung lưu” miêu tả những người giữa các tầng lớp xã hội trên và dưới. (trên đó có tt so sánh hơn là “the upper”không gạch chân và mặc định là đúng nên sau phải đồng bộ và sửa là “the lower”
62. Nowadays there are more and more places when we cannot use our phone.
A B C-> where D
Trước “C” là cụm từ chỉ nơi chốn “more places” nên cần một trạng từ quan hệ chỉ nơi chốn .
Chú ý: Có 3 trạng từ quan hệ là:
A B C D
Most: + danh từ không xác định. (Most boys like football…..)
Most of + the/ these/ those/ my/ your… (Most of my friends are good).
Almost + anybody/ anything/ all…. (từ hạn định)
64. The children’s television program called “Sesame Street” was seeing in 84 countries in 1989.
A B C -> seen D
Vì chương trình này được xem ở 84 Quốc gia nên nó phải là câu bị động và cần một động từ chia ở QKPT 2.
65. If I will have to make a difficult decision , I will discuss it with my friends.
A B C D A -> have to
Đây là câu điều kiện loại 1 nên vế đầu sẽ chia ở HTĐ là “have to” còn vế sau chia ở TLĐ.
66. I was listening to the radio last night when the door bell rings.
A B C D -> rang
Một hành động đang xảy ra tại một thời điểm trong quá khứ thì dùng thì QKTD, còn hành động xen kẽ xảy đến thì dùng thì QKĐ nên sẽ chia D -> rang
67. Do you know how getting to the post office from here?
A B C D B -> how to get: cách làm gì
68. He looked around , picked a piece of grass, and careful tied it to a branch.
A B C D C -> carefully
Vì trạng từ đứng trước động từ thường
69. “If thunder could dance,”he thought, “it will sound like this”.
A B C D
C -> it would là câu đk 2 vì trước có từ “could”
70. The house stood next the road is not far from the hills.
A B C D B -> next to/ near
MARK LETTER A, B, C OR D ON YOUR ANSWER SHEET TO INDICATE THE SENTENCE THAT IS CLOSEST IN MEANING TO THE ORIGINAL SENTENCE IN EACH OF THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS.
1. Study hard or (nếu k thì) you will fail the exam.
A. You don’t fail the exam unless you study hard.
B. If you don’t study hard, you will fail the exam.
C. You don’t study hard, so you will fail the exam.
D. Because you study hard, you don’t fail the exam.
2. My school has no playground equipment or extra activities.
A. I wish my school had had (ước ở quá khứ) playground equipment or extra activities.
B. I wish my school had (ước ở HT) playground equipment or extra activities.
C. I wish my school can have playground equipment or extra activities.
D. I wish my school will have playground equipment or extra activities.
3. Children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family. We are pleased about that.
A. We are pleased about children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
B. We are pleased that children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
C. We are pleased that children allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
D. We are pleased for children to be allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
4. Although his leg was broken, he managed to get out of the car.
A. In spite his broken leg, he managed to get out of the car.
B. In spite of his broken leg, he managed to get out of the car.
C. In spite his leg broken, he managed to get out of the car.
D. In spite of his leg was broken, he managed to get out of the car.
5. They reported that the troops were coming.
A. It had been reported that the troops were coming.
B. It was being reported that the troops were coming.
C. It was reported that the troops to be coming.
D. It was reported that the troops were coming.
6. “What time did you come home last night, Mark?” said Tom.
A. Tom asked Mark what time had he come home the previous night.
B. Tom asked Mark what time he had come home last night.
C. Tom asked Mark what time he came home last night.
D. Tom asked Mark what time he had come home the previous night.
7. Did you always eat sweets when you were small?
A. Were you use to eat sweets when you were small?
B. Did you used to eat sweets when you were small?
C. Were you used to eat sweets when you were small?
D. Did you use to eat sweets when you were small?
8. We last visited Ho Chi Minh city 3 years ago.
A. We didn’t visit Ho Chi Minh city for 3 years.
B. We haven’t visited Ho Chi Minh city for 3 years
C. We haven’t visited Ho Chi Minh city for 3 years ago.
D. We didn’t visit Ho Chi Minh city for 3 years go.
9. I have not met her for three years.
A. The last time I met her was three years ago.
B. It is three years when I will meet her.
C. I did not meet her three years ago.
D. During three years, I met her once.
10."How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!" Peter said to Mary.
A. Peter promised to buy Mary a beautiful dress.
B. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
C. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.
D. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress.
11. Barry continued to smoke even though we had advised him to quit.
A. Barry took our advice so he stopped smoking.
B. If we had advised Barry, he would have quit smoking.
C. Barry did not quit smoking because of our advice.
D. Despite being told not to smoke, Barry continued to do.
12. Many people think Steve stole (QKĐ) the money.
A. It was not Steve who stole the money.
B. Steve is thought to have stolen (quá khứ) the money.
C. Many people think the money is (HTĐ) stolen by Steve.
D. The money is thought to be (hiện tại) stolen by Steve.
13. Even though it was raining heavily, the explorers decided to continue their journey.
A. It rained so heavily that the explorers could not continue their journey.
B. The explorers put off their journey due to the heavy rain.
C. The heavy rain could not prevent the explorers from continuing their journey.
D. If it had rained heavily, the explorers would not have continued their journey.
14. He cannot afford a new computer.
A. The new computer is so expensive that he cannot buy it.
B. Therefore, he would buy a new computer.
C. So, he would buy a new computer.
D. The new computer is so expensive but he can buy it.
15. The roads were slippery because it snowed heavily.
A. It snowed too heavily to make the roads slippery.
B. The heavy snow prevented the roads from-being slippery.
C. Thanks to the slip of the roads, it snowed heavily.
D. The heavy snow made the roads slippery.
16. You’d better take a taxi; it was raining hard outside
A. You’d better take a taxi in case it was raining
B. She advised us to take a taxi because it was raining outside
C. She gave us a lift because it was raining heavily
D. She didn’t lend us any raincoats but a taxi
17. We’ll get there early so that we’ll be able to get tickets.
A. If we get there early, we’ll be able to get tickets.
B. If we don’t get there early, we’ll be able to get tickets.
C. If we get there early, we won’t be able to get tickets.
D. Unless we get there early, we’ll be able to get tickets.
18. “Close your books and go out to play”, the teacher said to us.
A. The teacher told us close our books and go out to play.
B. The teacher told us to closing our books and go out to play.
C. The teacher told us closing our books and go out to play.
D. The teacher told us to close our books and go out to play.
19. My dad worked in a factory in the past, but doesn’t work there now.
A. My dad used to working in a factory.
B. My dad used to be working in a factory.
C. My dad used to work in a factory.
D. My dad used to be work in a factory.
20. Mr. Peter has written a lot of articles for the CNN (Cable News Network) News.
A. A lot of articles have written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
B. A lot of articles have been written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
C. A lot of articles has written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
D. A lot of articles has been written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
21. Although he was tired, he finished doing his homework.
A. In spite his tiredness, he finished doing his homework.
B. In spite of his tiredness, he finished doing his homework.
C. In spite of he was tired, he finished doing his homework.
D. In spite his tired, he finished doing his homework.
22. He is a much slower speaker than my brother.
A. He speaks much more slowly than my brother.
B. He doesn’t speak much more slowly than my brother.
C. He speaks much more quickly than my brother.
D. He doesn’t speak much more quickly as my brother.
23. They often went to school by bike when they were young.
A. They used go to school by bike when they were young.
B. They used to going to school by bike when they were young.
C. They used to go to school by bike when they were young.
D. They used to went to school by bike when they were young.
23. She has taught her children to play piano for 4 years.
A. She started teaching her children to play piano 4 years ago.
B. She started to teaching her children to play piano 4 years ago.
C. She started teaching her children to play piano for 4 years ago.
D. She started teaching her children to play piano since 4 years.
24. It's a pity I can't cook as well as my mom.
A. I wish I could cook as well as my mom.
B. I wish I can cook as well as my mom.
C. I wish I could cook as good as my mom.
D. I wish I can cook as better as my mom.
25. Shall we use environmental problem in Ha Noi as a theme of the presentation?
A. She suggests use environmental problem in Ha Noi as a theme of the presentation.
B. She suggests to use environmental problem in Ha Noi as a theme of the presentation.
C. She suggests to using environmental problem in Ha Noi as a theme of the presentation.
D. She suggests using environmental problem in Ha Noi as a theme of the presentation.
26. Finish your homework or you can't go out with your friend.
A. Unless you finish your homework, you can go out with your friend.
B. If you don't finish your homework, you can go out with your friend.
C. If you don't finish your homework, you can't go out with your friend.
D. If you finish your homework, you can't go out with your friend.
27. It took me 4 hours to read the first chapter of the book.
A. I spent 4 hours reading the first chapter of the book.
B. I spent 4 hours to read the first chapter of the book.
C. I spent 4 hours to reading the first chapter of the book.
D. I spent 4 hours read the first chapter of the book.
28. Snowboarding is more dangerous than tennis.
A. Tennis is as dangerous as snowboarding.
B. Tennis is not as dangerous as snowboarding.
C. Tennis is as dangerously as snowboarding.
D. Tennis is not as dangerously as snowboarding.
29. Nobody saw her book at the party last night.
A. Her book was seen at the party last night.
B. Her book was not seen at the party last night.
C. Her book were seen at the party last night.
D. Her book were not seen at the party last night.
30. Jenny took a taxi, but she still arrived late for the interview.
A. In spite of Jenny took a taxi, she still arrived late for the interview.
B. Although taking a taxi, Jenny still arrived late for the interview.
C. Although Jenny took a taxi, she still arrived late for the interview.
D. In spite of took a taxi, Jenny still arrived late for the interview. N
Nam = 4/4
31. We didn’t go out because of the heavy rain.
A. We didn’t go out because it rained heavily.
B. We didn’t go out because of it rained heavily.
C. We didn’t go out because it didn’t rain heavily.
D. We didn’t go out because it rained heavy.
32. I’m sorry I can’t go to your birthday party tomorrow.
A. I wish I can go to your birthday party tomorrow.
B. I wish I can’t go to your birthday party tomorrow.
C. I wish I could go to your birthday party tomorrow.
D. I wish I couldn’t go to your birthday party tomorrow.
33. “Why don’t you meet to discuss how to organize the fair?”
A. He suggested that we should meet to discuss how to organize the fair.
B. He suggested that we shouldn’t meet to discuss how to organize the fair.
C. He suggested to meet to discuss how to organize the fair.
D. He suggested to meeting to discuss how to organize the fair.
34. Nobody has invited me, so I’m not going to the party.
A. Because I haven’t been invited, I’m going to the party.
B. Because of I haven’t been invited, I’m not going to the party.
C. Because I have been invited, I’m not going to the party.
D. Because I haven’t been invited, I’m not going to the party.
35. They have a great interest in artificial intelligence (trí tuệ nhân tạo AI).
A. They are great interested in artificial intelligence.
B. They are greatly interested in artificial intelligence.
C. They aren’t great interested in artificial intelligence.
D. They aren’t greatly interested in artificial intelligence.
36. Although it rained heavily, we all enjoyed the excursion.
A. Despite it rained heavily, we all enjoyed the excursion.
B. Despite the rain heavy, we all enjoyed the excursion.
C. Despite the heavy rain, we all enjoyed the excursion.
D. Despite the heavily rain, we all enjoyed the excursion.
37. Our school library contains(HTĐ) over 50 thousand books.
A. There is over 50 thousand books in our school library.
B. There are (HTĐ) over 50 thousand books in our school library.
C. There have been (HTHT) over 50 thousand books in our school library.
D. There has been over 50 thousand books in our school library.
38. She loves Japanese food. She goes to that Japanese restaurant every week.
A. She loves Japanese food so she goes to that Japanese restaurant every week.
B. She loves Japanese food because she goes to that Japanese restaurant every week.
C. She loves Japanese food because of she goes to that Japanese restaurant every week.
D. She loves Japanese food as she goes to that Japanese restaurant every week.
39. “Where are you going on your holidays?” I asked them.
A. I asked them where they are going on their holidays.
B. I asked them where are they going on their holidays.
C. I asked them where they were going on their holidays.
D. I asked them where were they going on their holidays.
40. “I will help you,” Bob said to me.
A. Bob told me he would help me.
B. Bob asked me to help him.
C. Bob said that he would help you.
D. Bob warned me that he would help her.
41. They had decorated the tree with colored balls.
A. Colored balls had been decorated under the tree.
B. The tree had been decorated with colored balls.
C. They had decorated colored balls and the tree.
D. With colored balls the tree had looked beautiful.
42. I don’t want to hear you complaining any more.
A. I’ve had enough of your complaining.
B. I wish to hear you complaining more and more.
C. Why don’t you complain more?
D. I’m too busy to listen to your complaining.
43. I didn't arrive in time to see her.
A. I was early enough but I didn't see her.
B. She was late so I couldn’t see her.
C. I wasn't early enough to see her.
D. I am so late that I can't see her.
44. The exercise was so difficult that we couldn’t do it.
A. It was so a difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
B. It was too a difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
C. It was enough a difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
D. It was such a difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
45. He is sorry he is not able to speak English well.
A. He wishes he can speak English well.
B. He wishes he could speak English well.
C. He wishes he is able to speak English well.
D. He wishes he was able to speak English well.
46. Tom passed the test easily.
A. Tom have no difficulty passing the test.
B. Tom has no difficulty passing the test.
C. Tom had no difficulty passing the test.
D. Tom didn’t have no difficulty passing the test.
47. My friend cannot run as fast as me.
A. I can run faster than my friend.
B. I cannot run faster than my friend.
C. I can run faster as my friend.
D. I can run faster more than my friend.
48. He started working in this company five years ago.
A. He has worked in this company for five years.
B. It was five years ago did he start working in this company.
C. He hasn’t worked in this company for five years.
D. It is five years since he has worked in this company.
49. The woman was too weak to lift the basket.
A. Although she was weak, she could lift the basket.
B. The woman shouldn't have lifted the basket because she was so weak.
C. She was so weak that she couldn't lift the basket.
D. The woman lifted the basket, so she wasn't very weak.
50. "If I were you, I would take a break," Tom said to Daisy.
A. Tom wanted to take a break with Daisy.
B. Tom advised Daisy to take a break.
C. Tom suggested not taking a break.
D. Tom wanted to take a break, and so did Daisy.
51. They got success since they took my advice.
A. They took my advice, and failed.
B. If they did not take my advice, they would not get success.
C. But for taking my advice, they would not have got success.
D. My advice stopped them from getting success.
52. They did not let me in because I was not a member of the club.
A. They invited me although I was not a member of the club.
B. They did not allow me to enter because I was not a member of the club.
C. They invited me to the clubs as if I had been a member.
D. They asked me to get out of the club because I was not a member.
53. The last time I went to the museum was four years ago.
A. I have not been to the museum for four years.
B. Four years ago, I often went to the museum.
C. My going to the museum lasted four years.
D. At last I went to the museum after four years
54. They are not allowed to go out in the evening by their parents.
A. Their parents do not want them to go out in the evening.
B. Their parents never let them to go out in the evening.
C. Going out in the evening is permitted by their parents.
D. Although their parents do not allow, they still go out in the evening.
55. This is the first time I attend such an exciting holiday.
A. The first holiday I attended was exciting.
B. I had the first exciting holiday.
C. My attendance at the first holiday was exciting.
D. I have never attended such an exciting holiday before.
56. “Alice in the Wonderland” was written for children. It appeals to many adult readers.
A. Though for children written, “Alice in the Wonderland” appeals to many adult readers.
B. Though written for children, “Alice in the Wonderland” appeals to many adult readers.
C. Though it written for children, “Alice in the Wonderland” appeals to many adult readers.
D. Though writing for children, “Alice in the Wonderland” appeals to many adult readers.
57. The agreement ended six-month negotiation (đàm phán). It was signed (ký)yesterday.
A. The agreement ended six-month negotiation which was signed yesterday.
B .The agreement which was signed yesterday lasted six months.
C. The negotiation which lasted six months was signed yesterday.
D. The agreement which was signed yesterday ended six-month negotiation.
58. Think it through very carefully. Or else, you will not come up with the right answer.
A. If you think it through very carefully, you will not come up with the right answer.
B. Although you think it through very carefully, you will not come up with the right answer.
C. However carefully you think it through, you will not come up with the right answer.
D. Unless you think it through very carefully, you will not come up with the right answer.
59. He felt very tired. However, he was determined to continue his work.
A. As the result of his tiredness, he was determined to continue his work.
B. He felt so tired that he was determined to continue his work.
C. Feeling tired, he was determined to continue his work.
D. Tired as he might feel, he was determined to continue his work.
60. He started learning French six years ago.
A. He has learned French for six years.
B. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
C. He hasn’t learnt French for six years.
D. It is six years since he has learnt French.
61. People believed he won a lot of money on the lottery.
A. He is believed that he won a lot of money on the lottery.
B. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
C. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.
D. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.
62. “Leave my house now or I’ll call the police!” shouted the lady to the man.
A. The lady threatened to call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
B. The lady said that she would call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
C. The lady told the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.
D. The lady informed the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house
63. The last time I went to the museum was a year ago.
A. I have not been to the museum for a year.
B. A year ago, I often went to the museum.
C. My going to the museum lasted a year.
D. At last I went to the museum after a year
64. The woman was very weak. She couldn’t lift the basket.
A. Although she was weak, she could lift the basket.
B. The woman shouldn't have lifted the basket because she was so weak.
C. She was too weak to lift the basket.
D. The woman lifted the basket, so she wasn't very weak.
65. They did not let me in. I was not a member of the club.
A. They invited me although I was not a member of the club.
B. They did not allow me to enter because I was not a member of the club.
C. They invited me to the clubs as if I had been a member.
D. They asked me to get out of the club because I was not a member.
66. They made too many mistakes. Therefore, they failed in the exam.
A. They made very many mistakes that they failed in the exam.
B. They made too many mistake for them to fail in the exam.
C. They made so many mistakes that they failed in the exam.
D. They made such many mistakes that they failed in the exam.
67. The coffee was not strong. It didn’t keep us awake.
A. The coffee was very strong, but it couldn’t keep us awake.
B. We were kept awake because the coffee was strong.
C. The coffee was not strong enough to keep us awake.
D. The coffee was so hot that it didn’t keep us awake.
68. Billionaire Pham Nhat Vuong founded Vinfast Automobile Company in 2017.
A. Vinfast Automobile Company is founded by billionaire Pham Nhat Vuong in 2017.
B. Vinfast Automobile Company was founded by billionaire Pham Nhat Vuong in 2017.
C. Vinfast Automobile Company were founded by billionaire Pham Nhat Vuong in 2017.
D. Vinfast Automobile Company has been founded by billionaire Pham Nhat Vuong in 2017.
69. "I am working for an international bank in Hanoi now," my brother said.
A. My brother said (that) he was working for an international bank in Hanoi then.
B. My brother said (that) he was working for an international bank in Hanoi now.
C. My brother said (that) he was working for an international bank in Hanoi at this time.
D. My brother said (that) he was working for an international bank in Hanoi.
70. If you don’t follow the guidelines from The Ministry of Health, you may be affected by Covid-19.
A. Unless you don’t follow guidelines from The Ministry of Health, you may be affected by Covid-19.
B. Unless you followed guidelines from The Ministry of Health, you may be affected by Covid-19.
C. Unless you follow guidelines from The Ministry of Health, you may not be affected by Covid-19.
D. Unless you follow guidelines from The Ministry of Health, you may be affected by Covid-19.
71. The last time we met Nguyen Quang Hai football player was two months ago.
A. We have met Nguyen Quang Hai football player for two months.
B. We haven’t met Nguyen Quang Hai football player since two months.
C. We haven’t met Nguyen Quang Hai football player for two months.
D. We haven’t met Nguyen Quang Hai football player for two months ago.
72. Jenifer is more intelligent than all the other students in my class.
A. No student in my class is as intelligent as Jenifer.
B. No student in my class isn’t as intelligent as Jenifer is.
C. No student in my class is as intelligent than Jenifer is.
D. No student in my class is more intelligent as Jenifer is.
73. My sister failed the exam because she was lazy.
A. Because my sister’s laziness, she failed the exam.
B. Because of my sister’s laziness, she failed the exam.
C. Because of my sister was lazy, she failed the exam.
D. Because of my sister laziness, she failed the exam.
74. “What is your name?” Mary asked Tom.
A. Mary asked Tom what his name is.
B. Mary asked Tom what his name was.
C. Mary asked Tom what his name were.
D. Mary asked Tom what your name was.
75. Jack can’t tell you about that sight because he doesn’t see it.
A. If Jack saw that sight, he couldn’t tell you about it.
B. If Jack didn’t see that sight, he could tell you about it.
C. If Jack saw that sight, he could tell you about it.
D. If Jack didn’t see that sight, he couldn’t tell you about it.
76. He told her about the book.He liked it best.
A. He told her about the book which he liked it best.
B. He told her about the book which he liked best.
C. He told her about the book whom he liked best.
D. He told her about the book whose he liked best.
77. I always give my mother flowers on Mother’s Day .
A. My mother always is given flowers on Mother’s Day.
B. Flowers is always given by my mother on Mother’s Day.
C. My mother is always given flowers on Mother’s Day.
D. My mother is given always flowers on Mother’s Day.
78. I'm looking for a job as a secretary.
A. I'm looking for someone who works as a secretary.
B. I'm trying to find a job as a secretary.
C. A secretary is looking for a job as my job.
D. I was offered a job as a secretary.
79. Mr.Richards lost his job because he was late every day.
A. If Mr.Richards were late every day, he would lose his job.
B. If Mr.Richards had been late every day, he would have lost his job.
C. If Mr.Richards weren't late every day, he wouldn't lose his job.
D. If Mr.Richards hadn't been late every day, he wouldn't have lost his job.
80. The black dress is more expensive than the white one.
A. The black dress is cheaper than the white one.
B. The black dress is not as expensive as the white one.
C. The white dress is not as expensive as the black one
D. The white dress is as expensive as the black one.
81. Although she is intelligent, she doesn't do well at school.
A. In spite of intelligent, but she doesn't do well at school.
B. Despite being intelligent, she doesn't do well at school.
C. Even though her intelligence, she doesn't do well at school.
D. In spite the fact that she is intelligent, she doesn't do well at school.
82.The dictionary was so expensive that I didn't buy it.
A. The dictionary was enough expensive for me to buy.
B. The dictionary was too expensive for me to buy.
C. It was an expensive dictionary so that meant I didn't buy.
D. It was so an expensive dictionary that I didn't buy it.
83. "Don't walk on the grass", the gardener said to us.
A. The gardener said to us don't walk on the grass.
B. The gardener told us not to walk on the grass.
C. The gardener suggested us not to walk on the grass.
D. The gardener advised us not walking on the grass.
84. “ Do you have a camera?” she asked.
A. She wanted to know if I have a camera.
B. She wanted to know if I had a camera.
C. She asked me whether I did have a camera.
D. she asked me whether did I have a camera.
85. The exam lasted three hours.
A. We finished the exam at three o'clock.
B. We had three-hours exam.
C. It was a three-hour exam.
D. It takes us three hours to take the exam.
86. They are watering the flowers in the garden.
A. The flowers are being watered in the garden.
B. They need some water and flowers in the garden.
C. There are some water on the flowers in the garden.
D. They are putting the flowers in water in the garden.
TRANG B = 10 Đ
87. Unlike her friends, Jane prefers an independent life.
A. Jane doesn't like her friends because she prefers an independent life.
B. Her friends live in an independent life and Jane doesn't like it.
C. Jane doesn't like her friends to live in a dependent life.
D. Jane prefers an independent life but her friends do not.
88. When they arrived, the good seats were already taken.
A. They didn't get good seats because they arrived too late.
B. They arrived late enough to get good seats.
C. They had to stand for a long time to have good seats.
D. They couldn't get good seats although they arrived early.
89. Keeping calm is the secret of passing the driving test.
A. Keep calm or you will pass the driving test.
B. As long as (Chỉ cần) you keep calm, you will pass the driving test.
C. Unless you keep calm you will pass the driving test.
D. Pass the driving test is without keeping calm.
90. The exam was much easier than he had expected.
A. The exam was much easier that he finished it all.
B. He did not find the exam as difficult as he had thought.
C. It's possible for him to perform well on the exam.
D. He had expected that the exam was easy.
91. John and Mary have been married for five years.
A. John and Mary's marriage life lasted five years.
B. It took John and Mary five years to prepare their wedding.
C. It is five years since John and Mary got married.
D. John and Mary got married after five years of being friends.
92. “Tsunami” is a Japanese word. This word means “harbor wave: sóng ở bến cảng (port)”.
A. “Tsunami” is a Japanese word which it means “harbor wave”.
B. “Tsunami” is a Japanese word it means “harbor wave”.
C. “Tsunami” is a Japanese word which means “harbor wave”.
D. “Tsunami” means “harbor wave” is a Japanese word.
93. He said to me “I can’t do this test”.
A. He said to me that I can’t do that test.
B. He said to me that I couldn’t do this test.
C. He said to me that he couldn’t do this test.
D. He said to me that he couldn’t do that test.
94. Although the traffic was bad yesterday, I arrived at the meeting on time.
A. So bad was the traffic yesterday that I arrived at the meeting on time.
B. Because the traffic was bad yesterday, I arrived at the meeting on time.
C. In spite of the traffic was bad yesterday, I arrived at the meeting on time.
D. Despite the bad traffic yesterday, I arrived at the meeting on time.
95. We started to write to each other three years ago.
A. We used to write to each other for three years.
B. We have written to each other for three years.
C. We wrote to each other since three years.
D. We used to write to each other in three years.
96. If it hadn't been so late, I would have called you.
A. It was not late when I called you.
B. It was late, so I did not call you.
C. It was late, but I called you.
D. It was not late but I did not call you.
97. This flat is too small for my family.
A. This flat is not enough big for my family.
B. This flat is not big enough for my family.
C. This flat is not very big for my family.
D. This flat is not rather big for my family.
98. To find a house in this city is difficult.
A. It's impossible to buy a house in this city.
B. It's difficult to find a house in this city.
C. It's very difficult to build a house in this city.
D. It costs a lot to rent a house in this city .
99. Nobody has invited her to the party.
A. No one has been invited to the party.
B. She has invited nobody to the party. "
C. Nobody has given a party to her.
D. She hasn't been invited to the party.
100. “Why do you come here late?”, she asked me.
A. She asked me why I came there late. B. She asked me why did I come there late.
C. She asked me why he came here late. D. She asked me why he did come there late.
101. You can enrich your knowledge by listening to the radio.
A. You can be rich if you listen to the radio.
B. Listening to the radio makes you know less.
C. Listening to the radio enables you to be rich.
D. Listening to the radio can make you know more .
102. It took him two hours to do his homework.
A. He did his homework two hours ago.
B. He finished his homework two hours ago.
C. He had his homework done in two hours.
D. He spent two hours doing his homework.
103. He last had his eyes tested a year ago.
A. He hadn't tested his eyes for a year.
B. He didn't have any tests on his eyes in a year.
C. He hasn't had his eyes tested for a year.
D. The last time he tested his eyes was a year ago
104. No one but the seven-year-old boy saw the accident.
A. Only the seven-year-old boy saw the accident.
B. No one at all saw the seven-year-old boy's accident.
C. The seven-year-old boy saw no one in the accident.
D. No one in the accident saw the seven-year-old boy
105. Most people get fewer colds in summer than in winter.
A. A person is more likely to get a cold in winter than in summer.
B. More people have summer colds than winter colds.
C. People get colder in summer than in winter.
D. Winter is much colder than summer.
106. He couldn't afford the flat.
A. He didn't have enough money for the flat.
B. He had never afforded for the flat.
C. He couldn't stay in the flat because of having much money.
D. He wouldn't buy the flat despite having much money.
107. The weather is terrible. I am very depressed now.
A. If the weather had not been terrible, I wouldn't be so depressed now.
B. If the weather were not terrible, I wouldn't be so depressed now.
C. Unless the weather were terrible, I wouldn't have been so depressed now.
D. Had the weather been terrible, I would be depressed now.
108. This film is more interesting than that one.
A. This film is as interesting as that one. B. That film is not as interesting as this one.
C. This film isn’t as interesting as that one. D. That film is as interesting as this one.
109. Mary said,"I don’t know what Fred is doing".
A. Mary said that she doesn’t know what Fred is doing.
B. Mary said that she didn’t know what Fred is doing.
C. Mary said that she doesn’t know what Fred was doing.
D. Mary said that she didn’t know what Fred was doing.
110. He wasn’t wearing a seat-belt. He was injured.
A. Unless he hadn’t been wearing a seat-belt, he wouldn’t have been injured.
B. If he had been wearing a seat-belt, he wouldn’t have been injured.
C. If he wasn’t wearing a seat-belt, he would have been injured.
D. Were it not for a seat-belt, he wouldn’t have been injured.
111. I didn’t know that he was a liar. I now regret it.
A. I wish he wasn’t a liar. B. I regret that he is a liar.
C. I wish I had known that he was a liar. D. I regret to beileve him and what he said.
112. Nam won the scholarship; he studied well.
A. Nam,who studied well,won the scholarship. B. Nam,that studied well,won the scholarship.
C. Nam who studied well won the scholarship. D. Nam won the scholarship,so he studied well.
113. They have built a new bridge across the river.
A. A new bridge across the river have been built. B. A new bridge has built across the river.
C. A bridge has been built new across the river. D. A new bridge has been built across the river.
114. He started working as an engineer 5 years ago.
A. He worked as an engineer 5 years ago. B. He had worked as an engineer for 5 years.
C. He didn't work as an engineer any more. D. He has worked as an engineer for 5 years.
115. The bank was open until nine o'clock and the department store (CH bách hóa) until ten.
A. The bank opened at nine and the department store at ten.
B. The bank closed at nine and the department store at ten.
C. The bank opened at nine,and the department store closed at ten.
D. The bank closed at nine,and the department store opened at ten.
116. David felt sick from eating too many green apples.
A. David felt sick because he has eaten a lot of green apples.
B. David felt sick because he has eaten so many green apples.
C. David felt sick because there were too many green apples he ate.
D. David felt sick because he had eaten too many green apples.
117. Charlie said, "Nora and Jim are getting married tomorrow”.
A. He said that Nora and Jim are getting married tomorrow
B. He said that Nora and Jim were getting married the next day.
C. He said that Nora and Jim were getting married tomorrow.
D. He said that Nora and Jim are getting married the next day.
118. I don't know the answer, so I can't tell it to you.
A. If I knew the answer, I wouldn't tell it to you.
B. If I knew the answer, I would tell it to you.
C. If I knew the answer, I will tell it to you.
D. If I had known the answer, I would tell it to you
119. When did you last ride a bike?
A. What time is it since you ride a bike?
B. How long is it since you last rode a bike?
C. How much time did you ride a bike?
D. How often did you ride a bike?
120. The day was so cold that we stayed indoors.
A. It was such cold a day that we stayed indoors.
B. It was such a cold day that we stayed indoors.
C. It was a so cold day that we stayed indoors.
D. It was a cold day so that we stayed indoors.
121. I am sorry that I didn't learn English when I was younger.
A. I regret not to have learned English when I was younger.
B. I regret not to be learned English when I was younger.
C. I regretted not to learn English when I was younger.
D. I wish that I had learned English when I was younger.
122. Someone has robbed the bank near our house.
A. The bank have been robbed near our house.
B. The bank near our house has been robbed.
C. The bank near our house had been robbed.
D. The bank near our house has robbed
123. I'm grateful that you helped my brother do that work.
A. Thank you for helping my brother do that work.
B. Thank you about helping my brother do that work.
C. Thank you because you helped me do that work.
D. Thank you that you help my brother do that work
124. I find it impossible not to worry about Lan
A. I can’t help feeling worried about Lan
B. I feel worried about Lan, but I can’t do anything to help
C. I can’t do nothing to help Lan although I feel worried about her
D. I’m unable to worry about Lan
125. You’d better take a taxi; it was raining hard outside
A. You’d better take a taxi in case it was raining
B. She advised us to take a taxi because it was raining outside
C. She gave us a lift because it was raining heavily
D. She didn’t lend us any raincoats but a taxi
126. My brother and I went to that school
A. I went to that school and my brother, too
B. I went to that school and so my brother did
C. I went to that school and so did my brother
D. I went to that school and so my brother did, too
127. The meeting was put off because of pressure of time.
A. There was not enough time to hold the meeting.
B. People wanted to get away, so the meeting began early
C. The meeting was planned to start in a short time
D. The meeting lasted much longer than usual
128. When they arrived, the good seats were already taken.
A. They didn’t get good seats because they arrived too late
B. They arrived late enough to get good seats
C. They had to stand for the whole show
D. We couldn’t get good seats although we arrived early
129. They would never have accepted his money if they had known his plans.
A. They knew what he wanted to do, so they refused his money
B. They agreed with his wishes because they were glad to have his money
C. They didn’t know his plans and never took money from him
D. They took the money he offered them without realizing his purpose
130. He could not afford to buy the car.
A. He couldn’t buy the car because it was too expensive
B. He bought the car because it was expensive
C. He bought the car though it was expensive
D. He had enough money but he didn’t buy the car
131. Tam is not good at English and neither am I.
A. Neither Tam nor I am good at English
B. Either Tam or I am good at English
C. I’m not as good at English as Tam is
D. Tam isn’t good at English but I am
132. “ I’m sorry I have to leave so early” he said.
A. He apologized for having to leave early.
B. He apologize that he has to leave early.
C. He apologizes for having to leave early.
D. He apologize for having to leave early.
133. “Why don’t you put a better lock on the door?" said John.
A. John suggested to put a better lock on the door.
B. John asked why not putting a better lock on the door.
C. John suggested putting a better lock on the door.
D. John made us put a better lock on the door.
134. I don’t have enough money with me now; otherwise I would buy that coat.
A. If I didn"t have enough money with me now, I would buy that coat.
B. If I had enough money with me now, I would buy that coat.
C. If I had enough money with me now, I wouldn’t buy that coat.
D. If I didn’t have enough money now, I wouldn’t buy that coat.
135. You should clean this room every day.
A. This room should be cleaned everyday.
B. This room should been cleaned everyday.
C. This room should clean everyday.
D. This room should be clean everyday.
136. Despite the fact that it was snowing, I didn’t feel cold.
A. In spite of the snow, I felt quite cold.
B. In spite of feeling warm, it was snowing.
C. Although it was snowing, I didn’t feel cold.
D. Although I didn’t feel cold, it was snowing.
137. People say that prevention is better than cure.
A. That prevention is said is better than cure.
B. It is said that prevention is better than cure.
C. Prevention is better that cure is said by people.
D. Prevention says to be better than cure.
138. He said, “If I have a pen, I can write the answers”.
A. He said if he had a pen, he could write the answers.
B. He told me to give him a pen to write the answers.
C. He could write the answers because he had my pen.
D. I could write the answers if he gave me his pen.
139. The woman was too weak to lift the suitcase.
A. Although she was very weak, she could lift the suitcase.
B. The woman shouldn’t lift the suitcase because she was so weak.
C. The woman lifted the suitcase, so she wasn’t very weak.
D. She was so weak that she couldn’t lift the suitcase.
140. People must not leave bicycles in the hall.
A. Bicycles must not be left in the hall. B. Bicycles in the hall must not being left.
C. Bicycles in the hall must not left. D. Bicycles must been not left in the hall.
141. If the homework is difficult, I will ask you for help.
A. Unless the homework is easy, I will ask you for help.
B. Unless the homework is difficult, I will ask you for help.
C. Unless the homework is easy, I won’t ask you for help.
D. Unless the homework isn’t difficult, I won’t ask you for help.
142. That expression on his face has some meaning.
A. That expression on his face is meaningless. B. That expression on his face means.
C. That expression on his face is mean. D. That expression on his face is meaningful.
143. Bad habits can do harm to our health.
A. Bad habits cannot be harmful to our health.
B. Bad habits can be harmful to our health.
C. Bad habits can be harmless to our health.
D. Bad habits can be harmful with our health.
144. Water these plants or they will die.
A. If you did not water these plants, they will die.
B. If you water these plants, they will die.
C. If you don’t water these plants, they will die.
D. If you are watering these plants, they will die.
145. Mary said to me, “Can I borrow you some money? I want to buy this shirt.”
A. Mary asked me if she could borrow me some money because she wanted to buy that shirt.
B. Mary asked me if she could borrow me some money although she wanted to buy that shirt.
C. Mary asked me if she can borrow me some money because she wantes to buy that shirt.
D. Mary asked me if she could borrow me some money although she wantes to buy that shirt.
146. The old man is working in this factory. I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.
A. The old man is working in this factory which I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.
B. The old man whom is working in this factory I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.
C. The old man whom I borrowed his bicycle yesterday is working in this factory.
D. The old man whose bicycle I borrowed yesterday is working in this factory.
147. In Vietnam, football is more popular than basketball.
A. In Vietnam, basketball is not as popular as football.
B. In Vietnam, basketball is more popular than football.
C. In Vietnam, football is not as popular as basketball.
D. In Vietnam, football is as popular as basketball.
148. No one has sent me that letter.
A. I haven’t been sent that letter. B. I wasn’t sent that letter.
C. That letter hasn’t been sent me. D. That letter has sent to me by no one.
149. He survived the operation thanks to the skillful surgeon.
A. He survived because he was a skillful surgeon.
B. He wouldn’t have survived the operation without the skillful surgeon.
C. There was no skillful surgeon, so he died.
D. Though the surgeon was skillful, he couldn’t survive the operation.
150. Lee gave up her job. She planned to continue her education.
A. Lee’s education was interrupted because she wanted to find a job.
B. Lee gave up her job to continue her education.
C. Lee gave up her job in case she continued her education.
D. Lee gave up her job and continuing her education.
151. This is the first time I have gone out for a picnic.
A. I have ever gone out for a picnic.
B. I have never gone out for a picnic before.
C. I had never gone out for a picnic before.
D. I never go out for a picnic.
152. It’s difficult for me to understand what he implies.
A. I find it difficult to understand what he implies.
B. Understanding what he implies is found difficult.
C. What he implies is not very difficult to understand.
D. To understand what he really implies is difficult to find.
153. The man was shot in the bank robbery. The doctors are operating on him.
A. The man was shot in bank robbery where the doctors are operating on him.
B. The man whom the doctors are operating on shot in the bank robbery.
C. The man was whom the doctors are operating on him shot in the bank robbery.
D. The doctors are operating on the man who was shot in the bank robbery.
154. He said to me, “I must finish these works on time. ”
A. He said to me that I must finish these works on time.
B. He said to me that he must finish these works on time.
C. He said to me that he had to finish these works on time.
D. He said to me that I must finish those works on time.
155. He is too short to play basketball.
A. If he were not short, he could play basketball.
B. If he is not short, he could play basketball.
C. If he were not short, he will play basketball.
D. If he were short, he could play basketball.
156. You saw that smoke. It came from the hills.
A. You saw that smoke which comes from the hills.
B. You saw that smoke which came from the hills.
C. You saw that smoke that came from the hills.
D. You saw that smoke came from the hills.
157. “I’ll come with you as soon as I am ready. ” Tom said to her.
A. Tom said to her that he will come with her as soon as he was ready.
B. Tom said to her that he would come with her as soon as he was ready.
C. Tom said to her that he will come with you as soon as he was ready.
D. Tom said to her that he will come with her as soon as he is ready.
158. Children tend to learn English better than adults.
A. Adults tend to be the best at learning English.
B. Children do not learn English as well as adults.
C. Adults tend to learn English worse than children.
D. Children tend to learn English more than adults.
159. Marie didn’t turn up at John’s birthday party. I feel so sorry for that.
A. If only Marie turn up at John’s birthday party.
B. I wish Marie had turned up at John’s birthday party.
C. I wished Marie wouldn’t turn up at John’s birthday party.
D. It’s a shame Marie had turned up at John’s birthday party.
160. This is my opinion. You can do nothing to change it.
A. You can do nothing to change it my mind.
B. There’s nothing you can do to change my mind.
C. There’s nothing can be done except changing my mind.
D. You can do everything to change it my mind
161. Although they are poor, they are very generous.
A. In spite of their poverty, they are very generous.
B. In spite of their poor, they are very generous. (The rich and the poor/…)
C. In spite of they are poor, they are very generous.
D. In spite of their poverty but they are very generous.
162. I won't swim in the sea because it is too cold.
A. The sea isn't enough warm for us to swim in.
B. The sea is not so warm that I can swim in.
C. The sea is not warm for me to swim in.
D. The sea is not warm enough for me to swim in.
163. I want to meet Nga , but I don’t have her address.
A. If I had Nga’s address, I would meet her.
B. If I have Nga’s address, I would meet her.
C. If I had Nga’s address, I will meet her.
D. If I had had Nga’s address, I would have met her.
164. The journey to Bristol took six hours.
A. It was a six-hour journey to Bristol.
B. It was a six-hours journey.
C. The journey to Bristol was short.
D. It was six-hour journey to Bristol.
165. Mr. Smith is not as keen on gardening as he used to be.
A. Mr. Smith is very keen on gardening.
B. Mr. Smith used to be keener on gardening.
C. Mr. Smith likes gardening.
D. Mr. Smith didn’t use to do the gardening.
166. "Can I borrow your car, Helen?" said Mary.
A. Mary asked Helen if she can borrow her car.
B. Mary asked Helen if she could borrow her car.
C. Mary asked Helen she can borrow her car.
D. Mary asked Helen she could borrow her car.
167. I didn’t tried hard, so I didn’t succeed.
A. If I tried hard, I would succeed. (ĐK2 = hiện tại)
B. If I had tried hard, I would succeed.
C. If I tried hard, I would have succeeded.
D. If I had tried hard, I would have succeeded. (ĐK3= QK)
168. Lee gave up her job. She planned to continue her education.
A. Lee’s education was interrupted since she wanted to find a job.
B. Lee gave up her job with the aim at continuing her education.
C. Lee gave up her job in case she continued her education.
D. Lee gave up her job with a view to continuing her education.
169. Taking photographs is not permitted here.
A. Photographers must not use flash here. B. Do not remove these photographs.
C. Do not use your camera here. D. Photographs are on sale here.
170. I thought this film would be better.
A. The film was boring.
B. The film made me bored.
C. I didn't like the film because it was boring.
D. The film wasn't as good as I expected.
171. You press this button to stop the machine.
A. If you press this button, the machine doesn’t stop.
B. You can use this button to operate the machine.
C. This button helps you to stop the machine.
D. The machine can't stop without this button
172. I have never read such a good book before.
A. This book is the best I have never read.
B. This book is the best I have ever read.
C. This is the first time I had read such a good book.
D. This is the first time I read a good book.
173. The trip was boring but we enjoyed it a lot.
A. We enjoyed boring trips.
B. We were bored with the trip.
C. The trip bored us.
D. We liked the trip very much although it was boring.
174. The old house burned down last week. No one lived there.
A. The old house burned down last week, so no one lived there.
B. No one lived in the old house, but it burned down last week.
C. No one lived in the old house, which made it burned down last week.
D. The old house where no one lived burned down last week.
175. The boy is too fat to run far.
A. The boy was very fat and couldn’t run fast. B. The boy’s fatness didn’t stop him running far.
C. The boy had to run a lot because he was fat. D. The boy became ill because he was too fat.
176. My band teacher taught me how to play three instruments. My teacher’s name is Ms. Godsey.
A. Ms. Godsey is my band teacher, so she taught me how to play three instruments.
B. My band teacher is Ms. Godsey who taught me how to play three instruments.
C. My band teacher , Ms. Godsey , taught me how to play three instruments.
D. Ms. Godsey is my band teacher because she taught me how to play three instruments.
177. It’s ages since I last had a holiday at the sea.
A. I may have had a holiday at the sea ages ago. B. I have had a holiday at the sea for a long time.
C. I have never had a holiday at the sea before. D. It’s ages since I last went to the sea.
178. He had spent his childhood in Oslo. He knew the city well.
A. Having spent his childhood in Oslo, he knew the city well.
B. He had spent his childhood in Oslo, but he knew the city well too.
C. Spending his childhood in Oslo, as he knew the city well
D. Knowing the city well, he had spent his childhood in Oslo.
179. She worked very hard. She could not please her step mother.
A She worked very hard in order to please her step mother.
B. However hard she worked, she could not please her step mother.
C. She worked very hard, so that she could please her step mother.
D. Unless she worked very hard, she could please her step mother.
180. Bill took a taxi. He still arrived late.
A. In spite of having taken a taxi, Bill arrived late.
B. Despite of having taken a taxi, Bill arrived late
C. Although of having taken a taxi, Bill arrived late
D. Though having taken a taxi, , Bill arrived late
181. No one has seen Linda since the day of the party
A. Linda has not been seen since the day of the party
B. Linda has been seen since the day of the party
C. Linda wasn’t seen since the day of the party
D. Linda was seen since the day of the party
182. “Would you like to come out to dinner with me tonight, Jenny?” Paul said.
A. Paul suggested that Jenny go out to dinner with him that night.
B. Paul insisted on Jenny going out to dinner with him that night.
C. Paul invited Jenny to go out to dinner with him that night.
D. Pau offered Jenny to go out to dinner with him that night
183. Fanxipan is the highest mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula.
A. There are some mountains in the Indochinese Peninsula higher than Fansipan.
B. The Indochinese Peninsula includes one of the highest mountain on earth.
C. The highest mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is exclusive Fansipan.
D. No mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is as high as Fansipan.
184. Israel, India and Pakistan are generally believed to have nuclear weapons.
A. There’s a general belief that that Israel, India and Pakistan should have nuclear weapons.
B. It is generally believed that Israel, India and Pakistan have nuclear weapons.
C. They believed that Israel, India and Pakistan should have nuclear weapons.
D. It generally believes that Israel, India and Pakistan have nuclear weapons.
185. The book costs $15.50 but I have only $14.50
A. I have more than enough money to pay for the book.
B. The book costs no more than I have with me.
C. I have just enough money to pay for the book.
D. I need a few more dollars to pay for the book.
186. As I didn't witness the scene myself, I didn't report the case to the police.
A. I'd report the case to the police but I didn't witness the scene myself.
B. I'd have reported the case to the police if I had witnessed the scene myself.
C. I wish I witnessed the scene myself so that I could report the case to the police.
D. Although not witnessing the scene myself, I think I shouldn't report the case to the police
187. It is reported that the prisoners escaped by means of a helicopter.
A. The prisoners is reported to have escaped by means of a helicopter.
B. The prisoners are reported to have escaped by means of a helicopter.
C. The prisoners are reported to escape by means of a helicopter.
D. The prisoners are reported to have been escaped by means of a helicopter.
188. Poverty and overcrowding are ruining the life of people in many cities.
A. Crowds of people in many big cities are ruining their life.
B. Only poor people in many big cities have their life ruined.
C. Due to poverty and overcrowding the life of people in many big cities is being ruined.
D. Overcrowding in many big cities has made people poorer.
189. He can’t support his family even after having found some .extra work.
A. Before having found some extra work, he can support his family.
B. His family support him to find having found some extra work.
C. Although he has found some extra work, he can’t support his family.
D. He can’t support his family although having found some extra work.
190. Taking that job will mean your having to travel a lot.
A. If you took that job you’d have to travel a lot.
B. You should take that job despite travelling a lot.
C. You will have to travel a lot when you take that job.
D. You mean to travel a lot if you take that job.
191. The last time I had a swim in the lake was ten years ago.
A. I haven’t swum in the lake for 10 years.
B. I last didn’t swim in the lake ten years ago.
C. I don’t like swimming in the lake for 10 years.
D. I will not swim in the lake.
192. A house in that district will cost at least $ 100, 000.
A. If you have $ 100, 000, you can surely buy a house in that district.
B. $ 100, 000 is the maximum price for a house in that district.
C. You won't be able to buy a house in that district for more than $ 100, 000.
D. You won't be able to buy a house in that district for less than $ 100, 000.
193. I liked reading your article about global warming in the newspaper
A. I was very interested to read your article about global warming in the newspaper.
B. I was very interesting to read your article about global warming in the newspaper.
C. I was interested in reading your article of global warming in the newspaper.
D. I was very interesting in reading your article of global warming in the newspaper.
194. I’m afraid I disagree with you. Many points are not reasonable.
A. I am afraid I don’t agree to you about a number of points.
B. I am afraid I can’t agree to you on number of points.
C. I am afraid I don’t agree with you on a number of points.
D. I am afraid I can’t agree with you about the number of points.
195. The new restaurant looks good. However, it seems to have few customers.
A. In order to get more business, the new restaurant should improve its appearance.
B. The new restaurant would have more customers if it looked better.
C. If it had a few more customers, the new restaurant would look better.
D. In spite of its appearance, the new restaurant does not appear to attract much business
196. He is by far the richest man I know.
A. He is the richest man in my country.
B. He is one of many rich men I know.
C. He is richer than all his friends.
D. He is much richer than anyone I know.
197. By next May he will have worked here for 5 years.
A. He no longer works here.
B. He has now worked here for 5 years.
C. He is going to work here for the next 5 years.
D. He is at present working here.
198. She would have sung for us if he had asked her.
A. He didn’t ask her to sing so she didn’t sing.
B. She was going to sing for us but she then changed her mind.
C. She sang for us although he didn’t ask her.
D. He asked her to sing but she refused.
199. His record at high school was poor.He failed to apply to that university.
A. His record at high school was poor as a result of his failure to apply to that university.
B. Failing to apply to that university, his record at high school was poor.
C. His record at high school was poor; as a result, he failed to apply to that university.
D. His record at high school was poor because he didn’t apply to that university.
200. My new neighbour is a famous author.My new neighbour is also an influential political commentator.
A. My new neighbour is both a famous author and she is an influential political commentator.
B. My new neighbour likes writing famous books and commenting on politics.
C. My new neighbour is not only a famous author but also an influential political commentator.
D. My new neighbour writes famous books, but she does not know much about politics.
201. My father likes nothing better than fishing on a hot summer day
A. My father doesn’t like fishing a lot on a hot summer day.
B. Although he likes fishing, my father doesn't want to do it on a hot summer day.
C. Fishing is my father’s favorite enjoyment on a hot summer day.
D. Fishing is better than doing nothing on a hot summer day
202. I have to hurry to deposit this money before the bank closes
A. The bank closed before I could deposit this money.
B. If I hurry, I can get to the bank before closing time to deposit this money.
C. I have to take some money out of the bank before it closes.
D. The bank is closing my account as I haven’t deposited any money.
203.When there is so much traffic on the roads, it is sometimes quicker to walk than to go by car.
A. The traffic is always so heavy that you'd better walk to work; it's quicker.
B. There is so much traffic these days that it is more pleasant to walk than to drive.
C. During rush hours, walking gives me much more pleasure than driving in the heavy traffic.
D. It is faster to walk than to drive in the heavy traffic at certain time of the day
204. Mary apologizes for having kept them waiting.
A. Mary has been waiting for them so long time.
B. Mary is sorry they were very late.
C. Mary says they called to say they will be late.
D. Mary is sorry that she made them wait for her.
205. We have learnt Enlish for 4 years.
A. We started to learn English 4 years. B. We started learning English 4 years ago.
C. We have learned to start English 4 years. D. We have started to learn English 4 years ago.
206. He often played the piano at night.
A. He used to playing the piano at night. B. He is used to play the piano at night.
C. He used to play the piano at night. D. He is used to playing the piano at night.
207. She doesn’t go to China with us.
A. We wish she goes to China with us. B. We wish she did went to China with us.
C. We wish she went to China with us. D. We wish she can go to China with us.
208. It is likely that they forgot about the extra class.
A. They probably forgot about the extra class.
B. They surely forgot about the extra class.
C. They must forget about the extra class.
D. They may forget about the extra class
209. The baby has been giving his parents a lot of sleepless nights lately.
A. The baby has been sleeping very well lately.
B. The baby's parents have had to wake him often recently.
C. The baby has been waking up his parents often lately.
D. The baby's parents have had to sleep at different times recently.
210. Keith couldn't figure out what was the matter with Carol.
A. Carol told Keith she couldn't solve the math problem.
B. It seemed that Carol was angry at Keith.
C. Carol had nothing to say to Keith.
D. It wasn't clear to Keith what Carol's problem was.
211. The test we did last time was more difficult than this one.
A. We did an easy test last time and a difficult one this time.
B. This test is not as difficult as the one we did last time.
C. This time we have to do the most difficult test of all.
D. The test we have done this time is not difficult at all.
212. “No, it’s not true.I didn’t steal the money!” Jean said.
A. Jean refused to steal the money. B. Jean did not intend to steal the money.
C. Jean admitted stealing the money. D. Jean denied having stolen the money.
213. The road is so narrow that cars can not park here.
A. The road is too narrow for cars to park here. B. The road is too narrow that cars to park here.
C. The road is such narrow for cars to park here. D. The road is so narrow for cars to park here.
214. He can shout even louder but I still won’t take any notice.
A. No matter how much louder he can shout, I still will take some notice.
B. No matter how much louder he can shout, I still will take some notice.
C. No matter how much louder he can shout, I still won’t take any notice.
D. No matter how many louder he can shout, I still won’t take any notice.
215. I wish I had gone there with her.
A. I hadn’t gone there with her which makes me feel bad.
B. If only I went there with her.
C. I regret not having gone there with her.
D. If I had gone there with her, I wouldn’t have felt bad now.
216. The reasons for his resignation were a complete mystery to some people.
A. The reason why he was resigned had been a complete mystery to some people.
B. Some people might find it confused to understand his reasons for resignation.
C. Some people were completely mystified by the reasons for his resignation.
D. Some people were curious about his reasons for his resignation and they considered it a mystery.
217. I’m always nervous when I travel by air
A. I feel safe when I travel by air
B. I’ve never travel buy because some times feel nervous
C. Travelling by air always makes me nervous
D. I always feel nervous, so I never travel by air
218. “Let’s go on a walking today?”, said Trang
A. Jane suggested going on a walking
B. Jane wanted us to going on a walking
C. Jane suggested to go on a walking
D. Jane allow us to go on a walking
219. Although his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
A. Despite his legs to be broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
B. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before exploding.
C. Despite his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
D. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before it exploded.
220. I haven"t eaten this kind of food before.
A. This is the first time I"ve eaten this kind of food.
B. I haven"t eaten this kind of food already.
C. This is the first kind of food I have eaten.
D. Even before I have not eaten this kind of food.
221. It isn’t necessary for us to get a visa for Singapore.
A. We needn’t get a visa for Singapore.
B. We mustn’t get a visa for Singapore.
C. We mayn’t get a visa for Singapore.
D. We shouldn’t get a visa for Singapore.
222. The girl just said hello. She is Tom’s youngest sister.
A. The girl who just said hello is Tom’s youngest sister.
B. The girl saying hello is Tom’s youngest sister.
C. The girl just said hello is Tom’s youngest sister.
D. The girl, who just said hello, is Tom’s youngest sister.
223. I’m waiting for the bus. It is late.
A. The bus which I’m waiting is late.
B. The bus whom I’m waiting for is late.
C. The bus for that I’m waiting is late.
D. The bus I’m waiting for is late.
224. This house was built years ago. It is still in very good shape.
A. This house, which built years ago, is still in very good shape.
B. This house, built years ago, is still in very good shape.
C. This house, building years ago, is still in very good shape.
D. This house, which was built years ago is still in very good shape.
225. He drives more carelessly than he used to.
A. He doesn’t drive as carefully as he used to.
B. He doesn’t drive carefully than he used to.
C. He doesn’t drive as carefully than he used to.
D. He doesn’t drive as carefully he does.
226. Noone in our club can speak English as fluently as Mai.
A. Mai speaks English more fluently than noone in our club.
B. Mai is the worst English speaker in our club.
C. Mai speaks English as fluently as other people in our club.
D. Mai speaks English the most fluently in our club.
226. The sooner you stop smoking cigarettes the better you’ll feel.
A. As soon as you feel better, you’ll try to stop smoking.
B. You feel so much better since he stopped smoking.
C. Though you feel better, you still smoke.
D. When you stop smoking, you’ll begin to feel better.
227. Noone in the class is taller than Dave.
A. Dave is the tallest student in the class.
B. Dave is taller student in the class.
C. Dave is the taller student in the class.
D. Dave is tallest student in the class.
228. I haven’t seen my aunt for years.
A. I haven’t meet my aunt for long ago.
B. The last time I met my aunt was since years ago.
C. I last saw my aunt years ago.
D. I didn’t see my aunt years ago.
229. “Would you like to stay for dinner?” she asked me.
A. She asked me if I liked to stay for dinner.
B. She invited me to stay for dinner.
C. She offered me dinner.
D. She was very kind to offer me dinner.
230. “If I were you, I wouldn’t go. ” he said.
A. He advised me against going. B. He told me to stay with him.
C. He asked me not to go. D. He advised me never to go.
231. “Mum, please don’t tell Dad my mistake!” the boy said.
A. The boy insisted his mother not tell his father his mistake.
B. The boy told his mother not to mention his mistake any more.
C. The boy asked his mother not to tell his father his mistake.
D. The boy wanted his mother to keep his mistake in her heart.
232. Chuck denied breaking the window.
A. Chuck refused to break the window.
B. Chuck said that he hadn’t broken the window.
C. Chuck didn’t break the window.
D. Chuck was determined not to break the window.
233. “Have you ever been to Japan?” he asked me.
A. He told me if I had gone to Japan.
B. He wanted to know whether had I been to Japan.
C. He ed me if Japan was visited by me.
D. He asked me if I had ever been to Japan.
234. “I’m sorry I forgot your birthday. ” Harry told Mary.
A. Harry said sorry to Mary for forgetting her birthday.
B. Harry felt sorry to forget Mary’s birthday.
C. Harry apologized Mary for having forgotten her birthday.
D. Harry really felt a pity not to remember Mary’s birthday.
235. “Let’s go to the cinema tonight. ” he suggested.
A. He suggested they to go to the cinema that night.
B. He suggested going to the cinema that night.
C. He suggested that they went to the cinema that night.
D. He suggested that let’s them go to the cinema that night.
236. Bad habits can do harm to our health.
A. Bad habits cannot be harmful to our health.
B. Bad habits can be harmful to our health.
C. Bad habits can be harmless to our health.
D. Bad habits can be harmful with our health.
237. The scientists succeeded in finding a vaccine for that disease.
A. The scientists were able to find a vaccine for that disease.
B. The scientists were finding a vaccine for that disease.
C. The scientists should have found a vaccine for that disease.
D. The scientists couldn"t find a vaccine for that disease.
238. If you are not careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.
A. Unless you are careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.
B. If you are careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.
C. Unless you are not careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.
D. Unless you were careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.
239. You should clean this room every day.
A. This room should be cleaned everyday.
B. This room should been cleaned everyday.
C. This room should clean everyday.
D. This room should be clean everyday.
240. My career as a teacher began 14 years ago.
A. I have started teaching for 14 years now.
B. For 14 years have I been a teacher.
C. I was a teacher for 14 years.
D. I have been a teacher for 14 years now.
241. It has always been my ambition to become a famous artist.
A. I want to become a famous artist as soon as possible.
B. Always in my life do I want to become a famous artist.
C. I have always dreamt of becoming a famous artist.
D. Dreaming of becoming a famous artist, I always have that ambition.
242. As soon as I receive my result, I will phone you.
A. I will ring you the moment I receive my result.
B. Sooner or later after I receive my result. I will give you a ring.
C. After receiving my result, I will call you.
D. I will make a phone call to you when I get my result.
243. When I was a young girl, chocolate was one of my favourites.
A. When very young, I like eating chocolate cakes.
B. Chocolate used to be a favorite of mine when I was a young girl.
C. My favourite was chocolate as was a little girl.
D. Being a little girl, I like chocolate.
244. “Why don’t you put a better lock on the door?" said John.
A. John suggested to put a better lock on the door.
B. John asked why not putting a better lock on the door.
C. John suggested putting a better lock on the door.
D. John made us put a better lock on the door.
245. Although his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
A. Despite his legs to be broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
B. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before exploding.
C. Despite his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
D. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before it exploded.
246. I haven"t eaten this kind of food before.
A. This is the first time I"ve eaten this kind of food.
B. I haven"t eaten this kind of food already.
C. This is the first kind of food I have eaten.
D. Even before I have not eaten this kind of food.
247. After fighting the fire for 12 hours, the firemen succeeded in putting it out.
A. The firemen managed in vain to put the fire out after a 12-hour fight.
B. Fighting the fire for 12 hours, the firemen were able to put it out.
C. The firemen wasted 12 hours putting the fire out.
D. Fighting the fire for 12 hours, the fire was put out.
248. The architect has drawn plans for an extension to the house.
A. Plans have been drawn for an extension to the house by the architect.
B. The house has had its plans for an extension drawn by the architect.
C. Plans for an extension to the house have been drawn by the architect.
D. The architect has had the plans drawn for an extension to the house.
249. I don"t have enough money with me now; otherwise I would buy that coat.
A. If I didn"t have enough money with me now, I would buy that coat.
B. If I had enough money with me now, I would buy that coat.
C. If I had enough money with me now, I wouldn"t buy that coat.
D. If I didn"t have enough money now, I wouldn"t buy that coat.
250. That expression on his face has some meaning.
A. That expression on his face is meaningless.
B. That expression on his face means.
C. That expression on his face is mean.
D. That expression on his face is meaningful.
251. She is too weak; she can"t sit up and talk to you.
A. If she weren"t too weak, she could sit up and talk to you.
B. If she hadn"t been too weak, she could sit up and talk to you.
C. If she isn"t too weak, she can sit up and talk to you.
D. If she wasn"t too weak, she can sit up and talk to you.
252. I do apologize for my forgetting your birthday
A. I did forget your birthday
B. I am really sorry I forgot your birthday
C. I am not sorry at all because I remember your birthday
D. I never apologize for my forgetting birthday
253. The coffee was not strong. It didn’t keep us awake
A. The coffee was very strong, but it couldn’t keep us awake
B. We were kept awake because the coffee was strong
C. The coffee was not strong enough to keep us awake
D. The coffee was so hot that it didn’t keep us awake
254. The hostess made every effort to see that her guests got the foods and drinks they wanted
A. The hostess tried hard to please her guests
B. Neither The guests nor the hostess had the foods and drinks they wanted
C. the guests refused the foods and drinks prepared by the hostess
D. The hostess was reluctant
255. Jane hardly ever enjoyed eating vegetables
A. she enjoys eating vegetables B. She has fun of growing vegetables
C. She almost never eats vegetables D. She sells vegetables for living
256. Ann never wants to see another horror film
A. Ann hasn’t seen a horror films
B. Ann has enjoyed all horror films she has seen
C. Ann is tired of seeing all horror films
D. She is anxious not to miss the next horror film
257. I find it impossible not to worry about Lan
A. I can’t help feeling worried about Lan
B. I feel worried about Lan, but I can’t do anything to help
C. I can’t do nothing to help Lan although I feel worried about her
D. I’m unable to worry about Lan
258. You’d better take a taxi; it was raining hard outside
A. You’d better take a taxi in case it was raining
B. She advised us to take a taxi because it was raining outside
C. She gave us a lift because it was raining heavily
D. She didn’t lend us any raincoats but a taxi
259. My brother and I go to that school
A. I went to that school and my brother, too
B. I went to that school and so my brother did
C. I went to that school and so did my brother
D. I went to that school and so my brother did, too
260. Because it was an interesting novel, I stayed up all night to finish it.
A. I stayed up all night to finish the novel, therefore, it was interesting.
B. Unless it were an interesting novel, I would stay up all night to finish it.
C. Though it was an interesting novel, I stayed up all night to finish it.
D. So interesting was the novel that I stayed up all night to finish it.
261. He cannot afford a new computer.
A. The new computer is so expensive that he cannot buy it.
B. Therefore, he would buy a new computer.
C. So, he would buy a new computer.
D. The new computer is so expensive but he can buy it.
262. The roads were slippery because it snowed heavily.
A. It snowed too heavily to make the roads slippery.
B. The heavy snow prevented the roads from-being slippery.
C. Thanks to the slip of the roads, it snowed heavily.
D. The heavy snow made the roads slippery.
263. I did not understand what the lecturer was saying because I had not read his book.
A. What the lecturer wrote and said was too difficult for me to understand.
B. The lecturer's book which I had not read was difficult to understand.
C. I found it very difficult to understand what the lecturer said in his book.
D. I would have understood what the lecturer was saying if I had read his book.
264. Because they made too many mistakes, they failed in the exam
A. They made very many mistakes that they failed in the exam
B. They made too many mistake for them to fail in the exam
C. They made so many mistakes that they failed in the exam
D. They made such many mistakes that they failed in the exam
265. She locked the door so as not to be disturbed
A. She locked the door in order that she wouldn’t be disturbed
B. She locked the door to be not disturbed
C. She locked the door for her not to be disturbed
D. She locked the door so that not to not to be disturbed
266. Fewer people came to the meeting than we had expected
A. Too many people came to the meeting
B. There were more people at the meeting than we had expected
C. We had expected more people to come to the meeting
D. There were not enough seats for all people as we had expected
267. Nancy isn’t used to walking so far
A. Nancy used to walk farther
B. Nancy doesn’t like to walk so far
C. Nancy isn’t accustomed to walking very far
D. Nancy needed help to walk so far
268. I have not met her for three years.
A. The last time I met her was three years ago.
B. It is three years when I will meet her.
C. I did not meet her three years ago.
D. During three years, I met her once.
269. "How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!" Peter said to Mary.
A. Peter promised to buy Mary a beautiful dress.
B. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
C. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.
D. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress.
270. Barry continued to smoke even though we had advised him to quit.
A. Barry took our advice so he stopped smoking.
B. If we had advised Barry, he would have quit smoking.
C. Barry did not quit smoking because of our advice.
D. Despite being told not to smoke, Barry continued to do.
271. Many people think Steve stole the money.
A. It was not Steve who stole the money.
B. Steve is thought to have stolen the money.
C. Many people think the money is stolen by Steve.
D. The money is thought to be stolen bySteve.
272. Mary tried to keep calm although she was very disappointed.
A. Mary was too disappointed to keep calm.
B. Disappointed as she was, Mary tried to keep calm.
C. Mary lost her temper because of her disappointment.
D. Feeling disappointed, Mary tried to keep calm, but she failed.
273. Even though it was raining heavily, the explorers decided to continue their journey.
A. It rained so heavily that the explorers could not continue their journey.
B. The explorers put off their journey due to the heavy rain.
C. The heavy rain could not prevent the explorers from continuing their journey.
D. If it had rained heavily, the explorers would not have continued their journey.
274. Housewives do not have to spend a lot of time doing housework any more.
A. Housework will never be done by housewives any more.
B. Housewives have to spend more and more time to do housework.
C. Never have housewives spent as much time doing housework as they do now.
D. No longer do housewives have to spend a lot of time doing housework.
275. "If I were you, I would take a break," Tom said to Daisy.
A. Tom wanted to take a break with Daisy.
B. Tom advised Daisy to take a break.
C. Tom suggested not taking a break.
D. Tom wanted to take a break, and so did Daisy.
276. They got success since they took my advice.
A. They took my advice, and failed.
B. If they did not take my advice, they would not get success.
C. But for taking my advice, they would not have got success.
D. My advice stopped them from getting success.
277. I am very interested in the book you lent me last week.
A. The book is interesting enough for you to lend me last week.
B. It was the interesting book which you lent me last week.
C. The book which you lent me last week is too interesting to read.
D. The book that you lent me last week interests me a lot
278. They did not let me in because I was not a member of the club.
A. They invited me although I was not a member of the club.
B. They did not allow me to enter because I was not a member of the club.
C. They invited me to the clubs as if I had been a member.
D. They asked me to get out of the club because I was not a member.
278. His eel soup is better than any other soups I have ever eaten.
A. Of all the soups I have ever eaten, his eel soup is the best.
B. I have ever eaten many soups that are better than his eel soup.
C. His eel soup is the worst of all soups I have eaten.
D. His eel soup is good but I have ever eaten many others better.
B. A year ago, I often went to the museum.
C. My going to the museum lasted a year.
D. At last I went to the museum after a year
B. Their parents never let them to go out in the evening.
C. Going out in the evening is permitted by their parents.
D. Although their parents do not allow, they still go out in the evening.
B. I had the first enjoyable wedding party.
C. My attendance at the first wedding party was enjoyable.
D. I have never attended such an enjoyable wedding party before.
B. So that to look taller, Madeleine wears high heels.
C. Madeleine wants high heels to make her taller.
D. Madeleine buys high heels to look taller.
B. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
C. He hasn’t learnt French for six years.
D. It is six years since he has learnt French.
B. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
C. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.
D. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.
B. Gavin was suggested to have a haircut.
C. It was suggestible that Adam get Gavin’s haircut.
D. Adam suggested that Gavin should have his haircut.
B. The lady said that she would call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
C. The lady told the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.
D. The lady informed the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house
B. John said that his secretary had not finished the report.
C. John reminded his secretary of finishing the report on time.
D. John scolded his secretary for not having finished the report
B. Ivan offered to pay Gloria the money back.
C. Ivan promised to pay back Gloria’s money.
D. Ivan suggested paying back the money to Gloria.
B. The woman shouldn't have lifted the basket because she was so weak.
C. She was so weak that she couldn't lift the basket.
D. The woman lifted the basket, so she wasn't very weak.
290. “You’re always making terrible mistakes”, said the teacher.
A. When they are too tired, they can work.
B. Because they can’t work, they’re too tired.
C. They are tired but they think they can work.
D. They are so tired that they cannot work.
299. You may get cold on the mountain, so take the coat.
A. To take the coat you will get cold on the mountain.
B. In case you’re cold on the mountain, you should take a coat.
C. If you didn’t take a coat, you’d be cold on the mountain.
D. If you get cold on the mountain, you can take the coat.
300. In population, Los Angeles is not as big as New York.
A. New York is bigger than Los Angeles.
B. Los Angeles is more densely-populated than New York.
C. New York is not as crowded as Los Angeles.
D. New York is bigger than Los Angeles in population.
301. The children couldn't go swimming because it was too cold.
A. The children were not warm enough to go swimming.
B. It was not warm enough but the children went swimming.
C. It was not warm enough for the children to go swimming.
D. It was too cold, so the children had to stay at home.
302. Corazon Aquino was the first women in the Philippines. She was elected as the president of the country.
A. He denied that he was there at the time. B. He denied that he wasn’t there at the time.
C. He denied being there at the time. D. He denied not being there at the time.
307. “I haven’t been very open-minded,” said the manager.
A. I have never eaten Korean food before. B. I did not use to eating Korean food.
C. I used to eat Korean food. D. I no longer eat Korean food.
323. “Me? No, I didn’t take Sue’s calculator”, said Bob.
A. If I am rich, I can help other people. B. If I were rich, I can help other people.
C. If I am rich, I could help other people. D. If I were rich, I could help other people.
330. Harry no longer smokes a lot.
A. Harry now smokes a lot. B. Harry used to smoke a lot.
C. Harry didn’t use to smoke a lot. D. Harry rarely smoked a lot.
331. “I’ll call you as soon as I arrive at the airport,” he said to me.
MARK LETTER A, B, C OR D ON YOUR ANSWER SHEET TO INDICATE THE SENTENCE THAT IS CLOSEST IN MEANING TO THE GIVEN WORDS.
1. my/ opinion/ wear/ uniforms/ encourage/ students/ proud/ school//.
A. In my opinion, wear uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
B. In my opinion, wearing uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
C. In my opinion, to wear uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
D. In my opinion, to wearing uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
2. holiday/ be/ so/ disappointing/ they/ decide/ ask/ money/ back//.
A. The holiday was so disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
B. The holiday was such disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
C. The holiday was too disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
D. The holiday was enough disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
3. if/ there/ be/ much/ exhaust fume/ air/ more/ people/ cope/ respiratory problem//.
A. If there is too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
B. If there will be too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
C. If there are too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
D. If there was too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
4. you/ know/ name/ lecturer/ talk/ natural disasters/ workshop/ two days ago//?
A. Do you know the name of the lecturer whom talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
B. Do you know the name of the lecturer whose talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
C. Do you know the name of the lecturer which talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
D. Do you know the name of the lecturer who talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
5. I’m always nervous when I travel by air
A. I feel safe when I travel by air
B. I’ve never travel buy because some times feel nervous
C. Travelling by air always makes me nervous
D. I always feel nervous, so I never travel by air
6. “Let’s go on a walking today?”, said Trang
A. Jane suggested going on a walking
B. Jane wanted us to going on a walking
C. Jane suggested to go on a walking
D. Jane allow us to go on a walking
7. Although his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
A. Despite his legs to be broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
B. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before exploding.
C. Despite his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
D. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before it exploded.
8. I haven"t eaten this kind of food before.
A. This is the first time I"ve eaten this kind of food.
B. I haven"t eaten this kind of food already.
C. This is the first kind of food I have eaten.
D. Even before I have not eaten this kind of food.
9. We/ought/ submit/assignment/ tomorrow.
A. We ought submit our assignment tomorrow.
B. We ought to submit our assignment tomorrow.
C. We ought to have submitted our assignment tomorrow.
D. We ought have submitted our assignment tomorrow.
10. We/ hardly/ understand/ him/ because/ his accent.
A. We hardly ever can understand him because of his accent.
B. We may hardly understand him because his accent.
C. We hardly understand him because he has his accent.
D. We can hardly understand him because of his accent.
11. he/ retire/ eldest son/ take over/ business.
A. After he retired, his eldest son took over his business.
B. After retiring, his eldest son will take over his business.
C. After he retires, his eldest son will take over a business.
D. After he has retired, his eldest son took over a business.
12. The patient/ recover/ more/ rapidly/ expected.
A. The patient recovered rapidly he expected more than.
B. The patient has recovered more rapidly he expected.
C. The patient recovered more rapidly than expected.
D. The patient rapidly recovered than he more expected.
13. Their 25th/ wedding anniversary/ going/celebrate/ Nha Trang
A. Their 25th wedding anniversary are going to celebrate in Nha Trang
B. Their 25th wedding anniversary is going to be celebrated in Nha Trang
C. Their 25th wedding anniversary are going to be celebrate in Nha Trang
D. Their 25th wedding anniversary is going to be celebrate in Nha Trang
14. Mr. Thompson/ consider/ been/ most famous professor/ English linguistics.
A. Mr. Thompson is considered to have been the most famous professor in English linguistics.
B. Mr.Thompson is considered to be the most famous professor in English linguistics.
C. It is considered that Mr.Thompson to have been the most famous professor in English linguistics.
D. It was considered that Mr.Thompson was the most famous professor in English linguistics.
15. Elephants/ be/ important/ as ever.
A. Elephants are more important as ever.
B. Elephants is as important as ever.
C. Elephants are as important as ever.
D. Elephants are most important as ever.
16. My friend/ advise/ me/ not/ ask him/ help.
A. My friend advised me not to ask him for help.
B. My friend advise me not to ask him for help.
C. My friend advises me to not ask him for help.
D. My friend advised to me not ask him for help.
D. Etna, that is on the island of Sicily, is an active volcano.
D. Tim couldn’t battle in the final due his broken arm.
20. Mary/ has/ ability/ collaborate/ others/ do/ projects.
A. Mary has the ability and collaborate with others in doing projects.
B. Mary has the ability to collaborate with others on doing projects.
C. Mary has the ability to collaborate with others in doing projects.
A. The doctor about whom I told you last week is working here.
B. The doctor at whom I told you last week is working here.
C. The doctor about whom I told your last week is working here.
D. The doctor about who I told you last week is working here.
22. Many people/ think/ new regulations/ encourage/ people/ use/ less energy.
A. Many people think that the new regulations will encourage people use less energy.
B. Many people think that the new regulations will encourage people to use less energy.
C. Many people think that the new regulations would encourage people to use less energy.
D. Many people think that the new regulations will encourage people using less energy.
23. Jupiter/ big/ than/ all/ other planets/ solar system.
A. Jupiter is biger than all the other planets in the solar system.
B. Jupiter is bigger than all the other planets in the solar system.
C. Jupiter is bigger than all the other planets on the solar system.
D. Jupiter is biggest than all the other planets in the solar system.
24. I/ not/ dare/ turn on/ television/ fear/ wake/ up the baby.
A. I did not dare to turn on the television for fear of waking up the baby.
B. I did not dare to turn off the television for fear of waking up the baby.
C. I did not dare to turn on the television for fear to waking up the baby.
D. I did not dare turn on the television for fear of waking up the baby.
25. lot/ present/give/ Martha/ her birthday.
A. A lot of presents were given to Martha in her birthday.
B. A lot of presents were given Martha on her birthday.
C. A lot of presents were given to Martha on her birthday.
D. A lot of presents was given to Martha on her birthday.
26. Thankfully, there/ no need/ Diana/ have/ operation.
A. Thankfully, there is no need to Diana to have an operation.
B. Thankfully, there is no need for Diana to have an operation.
C. Thankfully, there is not need for Diana to have an operation.
D. Thankfully, there is no need for Diana having an operation.
27. minister/ had/ resign/ because/ ill health.
A. The minister had to resign because of ill health.
B. The minister had to resign because he ill health.
C. The minister had resign because of ill health.
D. The minister had to resign because of illness health.
35. The last time I went to London was when I left my college.
A. The last time I went to London is when I left my college.
B. The last time I go to London was when I left my college.
C. The last time I went to London was when I had left my college.
D. The last time I went to London was when I left my college.
36. Neither/ my brother/ I/ good/ English.
A. Neither my brother nor I am good in English.
B. Neither my brother nor I are good at English.
C. Neither my brother or I am good at English.
D. Neither my brother nor I am good at English.
36. You’d better/ change/ all the locks/ case/ burglar/ come/ back.
A. You’d better changing all the locks in case the burglar comes back.
B. You’d better change all the locks in case the burglar comes back.
C. You’d better change all the locks in case of the burglar comes back.
D. You’d better change all the locks in case the burglar come back.
37. The student/ next/ me/ kept/ chew/ gum, bothered/ me/ lot.
A. The student next to me kept chewed gum, which bothered me a lot.
B. The student next to me kept chewing gum, that bothered me a lot.
C. The student next to me keep chewing gum, which bothered me a lot.
D. The student next to me kept chewing gum, which bothered me a lot.
38. flowers/ would grow/ faster/ if there/ more rain.
A. The flowers would grow faster if there was more rain.
B. The flowers would grow faster if there were more rains.
C. The flowers would grow faster if there were more rain.
D. The flowers would grown faster if there were more rain.
39. I often/ go/ fish/ my brother/ when/ I/ be/ a child.
A. I often went fishing with my brother when I was a child.
B. I often go fishing with my brother when I was a child.
C. I often went fishing with my brother when I am a child.
D. I often went fish with my brother when I was a child.
40. I/ never/ meet/ intelligent/ woman than/ her.
A. I have never met a more intelligent woman than her.
B. I have never met a most intelligent woman than her.
C. I have never met a more intelligent woman as her.
D. I have never meet a more intelligent woman than her.
41. my/ opinion/ wear/ uniforms/ encourage/ students/ proud/ school//.
A. In my opinion, wear uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
B. In my opinion, wearing uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
C. In my opinion, to wear uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
D. In my opinion, to wearing uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
42. holiday/ be/ so/ disappointing/ they/ decide/ ask/ money/ back//.
A. The holiday was so disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
B. The holiday was such disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
C. The holiday was too disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
D. The holiday was enough disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
43. if/ there/ be/ much/ exhaust fume/ air/ more/ people/ cope/ respiratory problem//.
A. If there is too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
B. If there will be too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
C. If there are too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
D. If there was too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
44. you/ know/ name/ lecturer/ talk/ natural disasters/ workshop/ two days ago//?
A. Do you know the name of the lecturer whom talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
B. Do you know the name of the lecturer whose talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
C. Do you know the name of the lecturer which talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
D. Do you know the name of the lecturer who talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
44. world’s oceans/ vast/ cope/ present levels/ pollution
A. The world’s oceans are too vast to cope with the present levels of pollution.
B. The world’s oceans are vast and cope with the present levels of pollution.
C. The world’s oceans are vast though they can cope with the present levels of pollution.
D. The world’s oceans are so vast that they can cope with the present levels of pollution.
45. It/ better/ play safe/ exams/ give/ original answer
A. It is better to play safe in exams than to give an original answer.
B. It often better playing safe in exams than to give an original answer.
C. It is better to play safe in exams than giving an original answer.
D. It often better playing safe in exams than giving an original answer.
46. She suggest/ take/ plane today/ or/ go/ train tomorrow
A. She suggested that we should take the plane today or going by train tomorrow.
B. She suggested taking the plane today or going by train tomorrow.
C. She suggested taking the plane today or we should go by train tomorrow.
D. She suggested to take the plane today or to go by train tomorrow.
47. robots/ use/ more/ free/ people/ do/ housework
A. Robots should use and free people to do more housework.
B. Robots would be used to free people can do more housework.
C. Robots should be used more to free people from doing housework.
D. Robots use is free, so people do for them more housework.
48. He/ would/ like/ his wife /stop/ work/ look/ after/ children.
answer to each of the questions from 25 to 28.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the
correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Levi Strauss, a young immigrant from Germany, arrived in San Francisco in 1850. California was in the middle of the Gold Rush, thousand of men were coming to California to dig for gold. And Levi Strauss came to sell canvas to these gold miner. Canvas is heavy fabric, (25) ______ Levi Strauss thought the miners could use the canvas for tents.
One day Strauss heard a miner (26) _______ that he couldn’t find clothes strong enough for the work he was doing. Strauss got an idea. He quickly took some of his canvas and made it (27) ______ pants. These are pants were (28) _____ the miners needed. In one day Strauss sold all the pants he had made.
25. A. so B. because C. although D. and
26. A. complain B. tell C. ask D. talk
27. A. from B. for C. into D. to
28. A. that B. what C. which D. whom
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
In the early years of television, educational specialists believed that it would be very useful in teaching and learning. Many schools have brought television sets, intending to use them effectively to improve the quality of education; but actually they are rarely used properly in classrooms. Meanwhile, children spending the majority of their out-of-school hours watching TV and their typical school days proceed as if television did not exist.
There are some explanations for the failure of television to get the interest of the teachers. Firstly, the schools that purchased television sets have not set aside money for equipment repairs and maintenance so these television sets are sooner and later out of work. Secondly these schools have not found an effective way to train teachers to integrate television into their ongoing instructional programs. Lastly, most teachers do not regard the quality of television and its usefulness in the classroom.
Teachers at the schools work hard for at least twelve years to train their students to become good readers. However, according a recent statistics, teenagers seldom spend their free time reading books and newspapers but watching television instead.
29. The text is about ________
A. the use of television at schools. B. teaching and learning television.
C. educational specialists. D. watching TV outside school.
30. When TV first appeared, educational specialists ______
A. did not appreciate it. B. did not appreciate it.
C. believed it would be useful for schooling. D. banned children from watching TV.
31. According to the text, TV ______
A. has not been used properly in classrooms. B. has been used effectively in classrooms.
C. has not existed in classrooms. D. has not attracted students’ interest.
32. There are ______ explanations for the failure of television to get the interest of the teachers.
A. two B. three C. four D. five
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Drought is a condition that becomes when average rainfall for a fertile area drops far below the normal (25)________ for a long period of time. In areas (26)_______ are not irritated, the lack of rain causesfarm crops to wither and dead . Higher than normal temperatures ussually accompany periods of drought . They add to the crop damage. Forest fires start easily during drought . The soil of a drought area becomes dry and crumbles. Often the rich topsoil is (27)________ away by the hot, dry winds . Streams, ponds, and wells often dry up during a drought, and animals suffer and may even die (28)______ the lack of water.
25. A. average B. number C. amount D. rainfall
26. A. who B. what C. which D. where
27. A. to blow B. blew C. blowing D. blown
28. A. because B. because of C. for D. as
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
The country is more beautiful than a town and pleasant to live in. Many people think so and go to the country for the summer holidays though they can not live there all the year round. Some have a cottage built in a village so that they can go there whenever they can find the time. Almost every village has a church, the round or square tower of which can be seen from many miles around. Surrounding the church is the churchyard where people are buried.
The Village green is a wide stretch of grass. Houses or cottages are built round it. Country life is now fairly comfortable and many villages have the water brought through pipes into house.
Most villages are so close to some small towns that people can go there to buy what they can't find in the village shops.
29. What can be easily seen in most villages?
A. a church B. a tower C. a shop D. a cottage
30. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. Many villagers now have water inside their homes.
B. People are buried near the village church.
C. Many English people prefer living in the country.
D. People can buy anything from the village shops.
31. What does the word “it” refer to?
A. grass B. a cottage C. a house D. the village green
32. What is the best title for the passage?
A. The English countryside B. Advantages of country life
C. Things in an English village D. Summer holidays in England
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Face-to-face conversation is a two-way process: You speak to me, I reply to you and so on. Two-way (25)_______ depends on having a coding system that is understood by both sender and (26)_______, and an agreed convention about signaling the beginning and end of the message. In speech, the coding system is the language like English or Spanish; the convention that one person speaks at a time may seem too obvious to mention. In fact, the signals (27)_______ in conversation and meetings are often verbal. For example, lowering the pitch of the voice may mean the end of a sentence, a sharp intake of breath may signal the desire to interrupt, catching the chairman’s eye may indicate the desire to speak in a formal setting like a debate, a clenched fist may indicate anger. When (28)_______ visual signals are not possible, more formal signals may be needed.
25. A. exchange B. interchange C. communication D. correspondence
26. A. announcer B. receiver C. messenger D. transmitter
27. A. use B. are used C. using D. used
28. A. their B. these C. this D. that
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Over the past 600 years, English has grown from a language of few speakers to become the dominant language of international communication. English as we know it today emerged around 1350, after having incorporated many elements of French that were introduced following the Norman invasion of 1066. Until the 1600s, English was, for the most part, spoken only in England and had not extended even as far as two centuries, English began to spread around the globe as a result of exploration, trade (including slave trade), colonization, and missionary work. Thus, small enclaves of English speakers became established and grew in various parts of the world. As these communities proliferated, English gradually became the primary language of international business, banking and diplomacy.
Currently, about 80 percent of the information stored on computer systems worldwide is English. Two - thirds of the world’s science writing is in English, and English is the main language of technology, advertising, media, international airports, and air traffic controllers - Today there are more than 700 million English users in the world, and over half of these are nonnative speakers, constituting the largest number of nonnative users than any other language in the world.
29. What is the main topic of this passage?
A. The French influence on the English Language.
B. The English history.
C. The expansion of English as an international language.
D. The use of English for science and Technology.
30. Approximately when did English begin to be used beyond England?
A. in 1066 B. around 1350 C. before 1600 D. after 1600
31. According to the passage, all of the following contributed to the spread of English around the world EXCEPT______.
A. the slave trade B. the Norman invasion C. missionaries D. colonization
32. The word “enclaves” in line 6 could be best replaced by which of the following.
A. communities B. organizations C. regions D. countries
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C,or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
No writer in American literature is more famous or more loved than Samuel Longhorn Clements. (25)______in Missouri in 1835, he grew up on the bank of the Mississippi river and later adopted the (26)_________ Mark Twain. The village environment inspired the two novels (27)______ made him famous:"Tom Sawyer and Huckleberry Finn" and ":Life on the Mississippi", told of his adventures on the river (28)________ of that period.
Mark Twain's life as a writer started during the Civil War. At that time he worked as a newspaper man in Nevada and California. His short story "The celebrated Jumping Frog of Calaveras County" was an immediate success and his new career began.
25. A. Was born B. Born C. Is born D. Be born
26. A. pen name B. surname C. name D. real name
27. A. where B. who C. whose D. which
28. A. ships B. trains C. boats D. planes
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C,or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Television and Kids
Television is very popular and even has some benefits for kids. It helps very young children learn the letters of the alphabet, and helps other kids learn about science, cultures, and world events.
However, researchers show that too much TV is bad for children. For one thing, there is a link between watching more than four hours of TV a day and being overweight. For another thing, many TV shows are violent and upsetting. Watching these shows may cause kids to be more fearful. And of course, more time in front of the TV means less time to study. Too much TV may also be the cause of lower grades.
Experts do not agree on the solution to these problems. Some say that kids should watch only educational programs; others say kids should watch no TV at all. And others suggest teaching them to watch TV as occasional entertainment, not as an everyday hobby.
29. What is the passage mainly about?
A. Benefits of kids' TV shows B. Effects of television on kids
C. Why kids love TV D. Why kids shouldn't watch TV
30. According to the passage,watching a lot of TV may ______
A. cause weight problems in children B. cause children to be more famous
C. cause children to get better grades D. cause students to study more
31. The word "them" in paragraph 3 refers to ______.
A. programs B. experts C. kids D. problems
32. What can be inferred from the passage?
A. TV is always bad for children.
B. TV is only good for entertainment.
C. Kids should watch only educational shows.
D. Television has some benefits along with problems.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
When you visit London, one of the first things you will see is Big Ben, the famous clock which can be heard all over the world on the BBC.If the Houses of Parliament hadn't burned down in 1834, the great clock would never have been erected.Big Ben takes its (25)______ from Sir Benjamin Hall who was responsible for the making of the clock when the new Houses of Parliament were being built.It is not only of immense size, (26)______is extremely accurate as well.Officials from Greenwich Observatory have the clock checked twice a day.On the BBC, you can hear the clock when it is actually striking because microphones (27)______ to the clock tower.Big Ben has rarely gone wrong .Once, however, it failed to give the correct time.A painter who had been working on the tower hung a pot of paint on one of the hands and slowed it (28)______.
25. A. place B. name C. fame D. time
26. A. but B. however C. and D. so
27. A. connects B. are connected C. is connected D. connect
28. A. down B. up C. with D. time
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
The Beatles
In the 1960s, the Beatles were probably the most famous pop group in the whole world.Since then, there have been a great many groups that have achieved enormous fame, so it is difficult now to imagine how sensational the Beatles were at that time.They were four boys from the north of England and none of them had any training in music.They started by performing and recording songs by black Americans and they had some success with these songs.Then they started writing their own songs and that was when they became really popular.The Beatles changed pop music.They were the first pop group to achieve great success from songs they had written themselves.After that it became common for groups and singers to write their own songs.The Beatles did not have a long career.Their first hit record was in 1963 and they split up in 1970.They stopped doing live performances in 1966 because it had become too dangerous for them – their fans were so excited that they surrounded them and tried to take their clothes as souvenirs! However, today some of their songs remain as famous as they were when they first came out.Throughout the world, many people can sing part of a Beatles song if you ask them.
28. The passage is mainly about _______
A. how the Beatles became more successful than other groups.
B. why the Beatles split up after 7 years.
C. The Beatles’ fame and success.
D. many people’s ability to sing a Beatles song.
29. The four boys of the Beatles ______.
A. came from the same family B. came from a town in the north of England
C. were at the same age. D. received good training in music.
30. What is not true about the Beatles?
A. The members had no training in music.
B. They had long stable career.
C. They became famous when they wrote their own songs.
D. They changed pop music.
31. The word “sensational” is closest in meaning to ______.
A. notorious B. bad C. shocking D. Popular
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
In the Middle Ages the vast majority of European cities had walls around them. They (23) __________to defend the city, but they also kept out undesirable people, like those with contagious diseases.
Most of London's gates had been (24) __________by the end of the eighteenth century. However, by a stroke of luck, the last of them was preserved. This gate is, in actual fact, not called a gate at all; its name is Temple Bar, and it marked the (25) _________between the old City of London and Westminster. However, as the (26) _________of traffic through London increased, Temple Bar became an obstacle to its free flow. In 1878 it was decided to take it down, so its stone were numbered, dismantled and put in storage. A couple of years later a wealthy businessman bought the stones and re-erected them at his house in Hertfordshire.
In the 1970s the Temple Bar Trust was (27) _________with the intention of returning thegate to the City of London. Much of the money for this project was donations from the Temple Bar Trust. The stonework needed a lot of restoration, which was carried out by the Cathedral Works Organization. Today, Temple Bar stands next to St Paul's Cathedral.
23. A. supposed B. served C. expected D. meant
24. A. devoted B. demolished C. declared D. decreased
25. A. division B. part C. line D. boundary
26. A. amount B. quantity C. bulk D. number
27. A. set out B. set up C. set off D. set back
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Although they are an inexpensive supplier of vitamins, minerals, and high- quality protein, eggs also contain a high level of blood cholesterol, one of the major causes of heart diseases. One egg yolk, in fact, contains a little more than two- thirds of the suggested daily cholesterol limit. This knowledge has driven egg sales to plummet in recent years, which in turn has brought about the development of several alternatives to eating regular eggs. One alternative is to eat substitute eggs. These eggs substitutes are not really eggs, but they look somewhat like eggs when they are cooked. They have the advantage of having low cholesterol rates, and they can be scrambled or used in banking. One disadvantage, however, is that they are not good for frying, poaching, or boiling. A second alternative to regular eggs is a new type of egg, sometimes called "designer" eggs. These eggs are produced by hens that are fed low- flat diets consisting of ingredients such as canola oil, flax, and rice bran. In spite of their diet, however, these hens produce eggs that contain the same amount of cholesterol as regular eggs. Yet, the producers of these eggs claim that eating their eggs will not raise the blood cholesterol in humans.
Eggs producers claim that their product has been portrayed unfairly. They cite scientific studies to back up their claim. And, in fact, studies on the relationship between eggs and human cholesterol levels have brought mixed results. It may be that is not the type of eggs that is the main determinant of cholesterol but the person who is eating the eggs. Some people may be more sensitive to cholesterol derived from food than other people. In fact, there is evidence that certainly dietary fats stimulate the body's production of blood cholesterol. Consequently, while it still makes sense to limit one's intake of eggs, even designer eggs, it seems that doing this without regulating dietary fat will probably not help reduce the blood cholesterol level.
28. What is the main purpose of the passage?
A. To introduce the idea that dietary fat increases the blood cholesterol level.
B. To make people how about the relationship between eggs and cholesterol.
C. To persuade people that eggs are unhealthy and should not be eaten.
D. To convince people to eat "designer" eggs and egg substitutes.
29. What has been the cause for changes in the sale of eggs?
A. Increasing price B. Decreased production
C. Dietary changes in hens D. Concerns about cholesterol
30. What is meant by the phrase "mixed results"?
A. The results are blended
B. The results are a composite of things.
C. The results are inconclusive.
D. The results are mingled together.
31. Which of the following could best replace the word "somewhat"?
A. in fact B. a little C. indefinitely D. a lot
32. According to the passage, one yolk contains approximately what fraction of the suggested daily limit for human consumption of cholesterol?
A. 3/4 B. 2/3 C. 1/2 D. 1/3
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
It has long been suspected that lack of sleep can actually lead to illness, particularly in young people. Research involving students aged 14-19 over a three-week period now appears to confirm (23) ________.
The teenagers wore devices that recorded the movements they made, without being (24) ________of them, that indicated they were asleep. The results were then compared to the number of illnesses that they had (25) ________from during the three weeks, in addition to the number of occasions on which they had been absent from school.
What the study showed was that students who slept (26) ________than seven hours a night caught colds, flu and other relatively minor illnesses more often. The problem is that as children enter their teens their natural sleeping patterns change, (27) ________in them going to sleep later and therefore wanting to wake up later - but they still have to get up in the morning to go to school.
23. A. this B. that C. these D. those
24. A. awake B. aware C. familiar D. sensitive
25. A. caught B. affected C. suffered D. experienced
26. A. more B. smaller C. longer D. fewer
27. A. resulting B. producing C. finishing D. forcing
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
In the earliest times children got their education directly from parents and other adults. They learned mainly skills for survival. Adults passed down this knowledge through spoken language. Eventually cultures around the world began inventing writing. As societies developed they set up schools to teach reading, writing, maths and other subjects.
The first schools were usually just for boys. Most of the students came from rich and powerful families. Often the purpose of their education was religious training. In many cultures the religious leaders formed the highest level of society. Some schools had other purposes as well. Many schools focused on military training. Sometimes youths attended special schools to learn the art of public speaking. These skills were meant to help them become future leaders.
Most girls received their education at home. They learned cooking, sewing and other useful skills. Over time education became available to more people, not just the rich and powerful. The governments of some countries set up public systems of education in the 1800s. More schools opened to girls.
During the 1900s marks, or grades, became a new measure of learning. Testing became a regular part of formal education. As education became more important to people, teachers' colleges opened. The requirements for becoming a teacher became stricter. Teaching became a highly respected profession.
28. In the earliest times, children learned mainly skills so that they could________.
A. continue to exist B. pass this knowledge down C. invent writing D. make societies develop
29. The word “they” in the passage refers to________.
A. cultures B. societies C. schools D. subjects
30. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. The first schools were usually just for boys from rich and powerful families.
B. Art of public speaking was one of the skills that help youths become future leaders.
C. During the 1900s, testing became a regular part of formal education.
D. In the earliest times, knowledge was passed down through written records.
31. The phrase “set up” in the passage could be best replaced by________.
A. made B. based C. founded D. built
32. The best title for the passage could be________.
A. Education in the Earliest Times B. The Development of Education
C. Education in Modern Times D. Testing - a Regular Part of Education
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Rivers are one of the world's most important natural resources. Many cities are on large rivers, and (23) _______every country has at least one river that plays an important part in the lives of its people.
Besides transportation, rivers (24) _______ food, water for crops, water to drink, and opportunities for recreation for people who live along their banks. And in order to get water for crops, engineers sometimes build a dam (25) _______a river and let the water become a lake behind the dam. Then people can use their water not only to irrigate fields but also to make electricity for homes and industries.
However, the water often becomes (26) _______ when cities on river banks grow in size and the number of industries increases. We are learning that it is necessary to keep rivers clean if we want to enjoy the (27) _______of the natural resources.
23. A. many B. a lot C. plenty of D. almost
24. A. provide B. support C. assist D. create
25. A. over B. across C. among D. under
26. A. crowded B. overloaded C. polluted D. excited
27. A. interests B. benefits C. tips D. receipts
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
In early days no medical college took a woman student. Elizabeth Blackwell, however, was determined to become a doctor. The young American wrote
again and again to a number of medical colleges, asking if she could be enrolled but each time the answer was NO.
Then one day, to her surprise, she got a letter from the dean of a college in Geneva, which said YES.
At first Geneva College, like the other colleges, was not willing to enroll Elizabeth. But later the important people of that college learned that Elizabeth's application had the support of a famous doctor, and they were afraid to offend that man.
So the dean decided to play a trick by turning the matter over to the student's general meeting of the college, thinking that the students would be the last to agree to take Elizabeth.
When the boy students met, most students took no interest in the matter. Of the rest, some considered the young American's idea interesting and some thought by having Elizabeth they would be proud of their college training the world's first woman doctor. Very soon the students all agreed to accept Elizabeth.
The dean of Geneva College was of course very sorry to learn this, but seeing that he could do nothing to keep Elizabeth out, he gave in.
28. Elizabeth was surprised by the dean's letter, because it promised her to_______.
A. have free medical education B. go to Geneva
C. become a student in his college D. go to Italy
29. At first Geneva College_______ accepting Elizabeth.
A. did not consider B. thought about C. was interested in D. was not aware of
30. When the student body met to consider Elizabeth's application, _______.
A. most students were serious
B. many of the students showed no interest in the matter
C. most students took interest in the matter
D. most of the students were not joking
31. Some students thought if they let Elizabeth join them they could make_______.
A. her proud B. the dean proud C. Geneva College proud D. him proud
32. The dean was very sorry when he saw his trick_______.
A. worked B. continued C. succeeded D. failed
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Will robots change our lives in the future? It's a funny question to ask when they're changing our lives now in so many ways and they have been for years. From the first time you saw a toaster (23) - “_______” by itself, we've casually accepted that machines can be trusted to do things for us.
Right now all modern technology is designed to (24) - “_______” the world to you: phone, radio, television, internet, but if trends continue, robots will soon bring you to the world, everywhere, and at the (25) - “_______”
of thought.
It's a future goal - something we know we (26) - “_______” do. Robots won't just change our lives in the future, they'll expand them. Not just for fun. but for necessity. We've taken the first steps into welcoming them (27) - “_______” our homes, we just have to wait a bit to proctor them into making US more human. Do you agree?
23. A. pop up B. to pop up C. popping up D. popped up
24. A. transport B. fetch C. carry D. bring
25. A. tempo B. speed C. beat D. rate
26. A. need B. may C. can D. ought
27. A. into B. with C. for D. from
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
American foods began to affect the rest of the world. American emphasis on convenient and rapid consumption is best represented in fast foods such as hamburgers, French fries, and soft drinks. By the 1960s and 1970s fast foods became one of America's strongest exports as franchises for Me Donald's and Burger King spread through Europe and other parts of the world, including Russia and China. Traditional meals cooked at home and consumed at a leisurely pace gave way to quick lunches and dinners eaten on the run as other countries imitated American cultural patterns.
By the late 20lh century Americans had become more conscious of their diets, eating more poultry, fish and vegetables, and fewer eggs and less beef. Cooks began to rediscover many world cuisines in forms closer to their original. In California, chefs combined fresh fruits and vegetables available with ingredients and spices borrowed from immigrant kitchens to create an innovative cooking style that was lighter than traditional French, but more interesting and varied than typical American cuisine. Along with the state's wines, California cuisine took its place among the acknowledged forms of fine dining.
28. Fast foods such as hamburgers, French fries, and soft drinks_______.
A. are popular because of their nutritious values
B. are traditional meals of the US people
C. became more popular than meals cooked at home in China
D. became popular with other European and Asian countries
29. Which of the following is similar in meaning to the word “cuisine”?
A. cooking B. cooker C. cookery D. cook
30. What is the main idea of the first paragraph?
A. America's cuisine used to have an influence on many countries.
B. Fast foods became one of America's strongest exports.
C. Me Donald’s and Burger King are American food suppliers successful in Europe.
D. Traditional meals cooked at home are not common in the US.
31. Which of the following statements is true?
A. By the late 20th century, fast foods had lost their popularity in the US.
B. Americans used to eat more poultry, fish, fruits and vegetables than they do now.
C. Cooking styles of other countries began to affect Americans by the late 20th century.
D. Fewer eggs and less beef in American diet made them fitter.
32. An innovative style of cooking was created in California_______.
A. to attract more immigrants to the state
B. and made the state’s wines well-known
C. by borrowing recipes from immigrant kitchens
D. by combining the local specialties with immigrants spices
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Water is one of our most precious resources; put it simply, without water there would be no life.Unfortunately, many of us seem to have (21)_______ this fact, and as a result the world is facing the danger of running (22)_______ water.The actual (23)_______ of water on earth has changed little since the time of dinosaurs.The problem has been caused by people’s misuse of our water supply.This not only means that we have polluted our rivers and seas, but also that we are (24)_______ a great deal of this precious resource.Unfortunately the destruction of the rain forests has (25)_______ this problem worse since much of the rain that falls is lost because it runs off into the sea.The population of the earth is increasing daily, so it is vital that we (26)_______ a solution to this problem before it is too late.
21. A. looked over B. omitted C. forgotten D. missed
22. A. out of B. into C. off D. away with
23. A. sum B. total C. number D. amount
24. A. exploiting B. wasting C. spending D. throwing
25. A. caused B. done C. created D. made
26. A. recover B. work C. find D. come up
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Smoking causes lung cancer, which is the number one cancer among men. Ninety percent of the people who get lung cancer die. Smoking is also the leading cause of mouth cancer, tongue cancer, and throat cancer. Many smokers have heart disease and pneumonia. Smoking causes one million early deaths in the world every year.
Smokers not only harm themselves but also harm others. Smokers breathe smoke out into the air. They breathe it out on their children and their wives or husbands. Children whose parents smoke have more breathing and lung problems than other children. Women who are married to smokers are more likely to have lung cancer than those married to non-smokers. We are all aware that smoking is bad. So why do people smoke?
27. The number one cancer among men is____________.
A. tongue cancer B. throat cancer C. lung cancer D. mouth cancer
28. Every year, smoking causes about one million____________.
A. cancer patients B. killing diseases C. early deaths D. injured men
29. The word “it” in the passage refers to____________.
A. cancer B. smoke C. air D. breath
30. Who are more likely to have lung cancer and lung problems?
A. People who live in the city B. People who live with smokers.
C. People who live with non-smokers. D. People who live in the country.
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Rice is eaten by Vietnamese people every day. It often (21)______in tropical countries such as Vietnam, Thailand or Malaysia. The Chinese have also been growing rice for (22)______years. The seeds are planted in special beds to grow into young rice plants. Then they are taken to fields covered (23)______muddy water called paddies. The fields of rice look very (24)_____. After 3 or 5 months, the rice is ready (25)______. People often drain away water before collecting rice. Eating rice is a special action in the world. They don’t use spoons or forks to enjoy bowls of rice. (26)______, they use two short sticks known as chopsticks to put rice into their mouths. China and Vietnam are the two countries in which people use chopsticks very well.
21. A. plants B. stays C. grows D. keeps
22. A. thousands B. thousands of C. thousand D. thousand of
23. A. in B. of C. with D. by
24. A. beautify B. beauty C. beautiful D. beautifully
25. A. to pick B. to be picked C. picking D. being picked
26. A. However B. Besides C. Moreover D. Instead
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
My village is generally called Langde which consists of Upper Langde and Lower Lane. My own village is Upper Langde, 32 kilometers away from Kaili city and 17 kilometers away from Leishan Country. My hometown is located at the foot of a scenic mountain with a murmuring crystal clear river in front. Groups of waterwheels by the river side produce beautiful folk songs day and night.
My father said that we have this festival runs for three consecutive years. People do not kill fattened pigs during the first and second years but only in the final year. So the most special year is the last one, namely the 13th year. As you can imagine, it is not easy to see many in one lifetime. I can’t remember what the last one, 13 years ago, was like. Fortunately my village held the festival from 22nd February to 2nd March this year and the one this year was a very spectacular.
27. The writer’s village is ______.
A. in Upper Langde B. 32 km away from Leishan County
C. in Lower Lane D. 17km away from Kaili city planned
28. What is NOT mentioned in the description of the author’s hometown?
A. It produced beautiful folk songs B. It is near a river
C. You can go there on foot D. It is near a mountain.
29. When are the fattened pigs killed?
A. Every thirteen years of the festival. B. During the first year of the festival.
C. During the second year of the festival D. In the final year of the festival.
30. The word “namely “ can be replaced by.
A. such as B. that is C. like D. for example
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Many health experts believe that children and young people today are more unhealthy than they used to be. So why has this happened?
One reason is bad eating habits. __( 21 )__ of young people don’t have a healthy diet. They eat too much fast food like hamburgers and pizza and not enough fruit and vegetables. In the US, many children __( 22 )__ fast food regularly since they were very young. In fact, almost one-third of American children aged four to nineteen have been eating fast food __(23)__ all the time. ___(24) ___, they don’t do exercise and spend too much of their time watching TV, surfing the Internet or playing computer games.
So how can you change your habits if you have been following an unhealthy lifestyle for a long time? First, change your __(25)__ and eat more fruit and vegetables. Next, find an activity you enjoy. Why not try something different like rock climbing, surfing or hiking? Many young people have found that __(26)__ fit and healthy can be a lot of fun.
21. A. Lots B. Very few C. Much D. Many
22. A. ate B. have been eating C. eat D. are eating
23. A. nearly B. most of C. for D. most
24. A. Moreover B. Therefore C. Although D. And
25. A. recipes B. menu C. ingredients D. diet
26. A. became B. to be become C. becoming D. become
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Every year, students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children. Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others study by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the language in films, on television, in the office or among their friends. But not many are lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another language.
Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own language, mathematics, and English. In England, America, or Australia, many boys and girls study their native language, which is English, mathematics, and another language, perhaps French, or German or Spanish.
Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies, because some of their books are in English at college or university. Others learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.
27. According to the writer _______ .
A. only adults learn English B. no children like to learn English
C. English is popular all over the world D. English is useful only for teenagers
28. Most people learn English by ______.
A. talking with foreigners B. watching videos only
C. working hard on their lessons D. hearing the language in the office
29. Many boys and girls learn English because _______ .
A. it is included in their study courses B. they are forced to learn it
C. English can give them a job D. they have to study their own languages
30. In America or Australia many school children study ______.
A. English as a foreign language
B. English and mathematics only
C. their own language and no foreign language
D. such foreign languages as French, German, and Spanish
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Pets can improve your life
The role of animals in helping people recover from a range of health and emotional problem has long been widely recognized. Now a survey (21)______ is reported in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology appears to show that owning a pet can benefit healthy individuals, too. A number of experiments, (22)______ by two universities in the United States, indicate that pet owners are generally happier, (23)______, fitter, more confident and better able to cope with everyday issues than non – owners.
The researchers discovered that individuals have just as close a relationship with the key people in their lives (24)______ they have with their pets. And although they found no (25)______ that people choose emotional relationship with pets over relationships with (26)______ people, a study of universities showed that owning a pet helped them get over the break-up of a relationship with a partner.
21. A. which B. who C. where D. when
22. A. carried B. conducted C. governed D. operated
23. A. healthy B. healthier C. more healthy D. as healthy
24. A. because B. because of C. as D. although
25. A. testimony B. support C. evidence D. indication
26. A. every B. other C. another D. others
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Education is another area of social life in which information technology is changing the way we communicate. Today’s college students may not simply sit in a lecture or a library to learn about their field. Through their computers and the wonders of virtual reality they can participate in lifelike simulated experiences and consider the following scenario of the future of education made possible through developments in information technology.
For children over the age of 10, daily attendance at schools is not compulsory. Yet, some of the older children attend school only once or twice weekly to get tutoriol support or instruction from a teacher. For the most part, pupils are encouraged to work online from home. Students must complete a minimum number of study hours per years; however, they may make up these hours by studying at home at times that suit their family schedule. They can log on early or late in the day and even join live classes in other countries. In order to ensure that each student is learning adequately, computer software will automatically monitor the number of hours a week each student studies online as well as that students’ learning materials and assessment activities. Reports will be available for parents and teachers. The software can then identify the best learning activities and condition for each invidual student and generate similar activities. It can also identify areas of weak achievement and produce special programs adjusted to the students’ needs.
27. What is the topic of the passage?
A. Students don’t have to go to school any more.
B. Computer software will make sure students learn at home.
C. Students can know about their weak aspects to focus.
D. The effect of information technology on education.
28. How many times are children who are older than 10 required to go to school weekly?
A. No time. B. Three. C. Four. D. Once or twice.
29. What counts the number of hours per week that students spend learning?
A. Virtual reality. B. Teacher. C. Computer software. D. Parents.
30. What is NOT MENTIONED as a benefit of information technology to the students?
A. Students’ learning time won’t be monitored.
B. Students’ weak achievement can be identified.
C. Students can learn at times that suit their schedule.
D. Students can stay at home to learn.
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
More than 90 percent of teenagers nowadays use social media. The increasing usage of social media has led to (21)________ large number of teenagers to be bullied or become a bully online. Cyberbullying, a (22)___________ to describe bullying that happens on technology platforms, is a serious problem. Studies show that teenagers often say mean thing and hurt other people because they are not aware of the effect of their action. When you socialize in real life, facial expressions and body language allows you (23)_________ what you say can be hurtful. The same thing cannot be said about when you socialize, using social media. Teenagers also bully because they can get away with it. Teens can (24)_________ bully their peers online without facing any real consequences. Being bullied can lead to (25)______, low self-esteem or suicide thought. Cyberbullying also (26)__________ the bullies who often have problem like violence tendency, alcohol and abuse.
21. A. a B. an C. the D. no article
22. A. way B. mean C. term D. kind
23. A. realize B. to realize C. realized D. realizing
24. A. easy B. easily C. easier D. the easiest
25. A. depression B. happiness C. cheerfulness D. pleasure
26. A. effect B. effects C. affects D. affect
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Education System of Viet Nam in the Past
Because of 1, 000 years under the control of China, there were no records which indicated a formal education system in Viet Nam. In 939, Emperor Ngo Quyen expelled the Chinese invaders and declared Vietnamese independence. But the first two dynasties Ngo and Dinh did not last so long, and were busy with the national defense, so the education was just in pagodas. Ly Cong Uan, the founder king of the dynasty had been educated in a pagoda.
To the Ly dynasty, the fundamental education system was officially improved. King Ly Thanh Ton established the Temple of Literature at the ancient Capital of Thang Long to encourage people to appreciate the education. In 1075, the first exam was done by the order of King Ly Nhan Ton to select scholars for the office and the later year, 1076, the Imperial Academy, the first university in Viet Nam’s history, was set up for the education of sons of royalty and other high-ranking officials.
There were also many private classes taught by prominent scholars such as Chu Van An, Le Quy Don, Nguyen Binh Khiem, Phung Khac Khoan, Vo Truong Toan… The students would only study literature and ancient history of China, of Viet Nam for entirety of their schooling. Later on, the Public Administration curriculum was finally added to the programme. When the Ho Royal family ruled the country, students were taught simple mathematics.
From 1918 to 1945, Viet Nam’s education programme adopted the western education system with three levels:elementary, high school, and college. At all levels, from 1945 the Vietnamese national language is officially used. Students have the opportunity to learn literature, history, philosophy, law, science, math, medicine and other languages.
27. In the 10th century, parent __________.
A. could let their children have a formal education.
B. were too busy to send their children to school.
C. could send their children to pagodas to have some schooling.
D. didn’t want their children go to school under the control of China.
28. All of the following were done during the Ly dynasty EXCEPT that __________.
A. all good students could go to Imperial Academy
B. King Ly Thanh Ton established the Temple of Literature
C. the Imperial Academy was established in 1076
D. King Ly Nhan Tong ordered to hold the first exam to select scholars.
29. In the past, students mostly learned _______________.
A. public administration B. science subject and mathematics
C. the ways to rule the country D. literature and ancient history
30. We can infer from the passage that __________.
A. the private classes replaced the Imperial Academy
B. education was highly appreciated during the dynasties
C. mathematics was highly developed during the Ho dynasty
D. the prominent scholars such as Le Quy Don couldn’t teach at the Imperial Academy
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
I first met Maryam at a farewell party (21)_____ by Lan two years ago. Her charming face caught my attention. We exchanged greetings and became friends. Since then we have kept (22)_____ touch and shared our common interests. Maryam is two years older than I am. She is in grade 12 in a senior high school. She works her hardest and always comes top in her class. She especially loves (23)_____ sciences.
I am proud of have a pen pal (24)_____ her. I hope our friendship will (25)______forever. I always remember her parting words, "This moment has become unforgettable for me. I will be thinking about you. Mai. " And this morning I got a letter from her. She said that she would come to Viet Nam next summer vacation. I am looking forward to (26)_____ her again. I am thinking of a plan for what we are going to do during her visit.
21. A. hold B. held C. holding D. was held
22. A. with B. at C. on D. in
23. A. natural B. nature C. naturally D. naturalize
24. A. as B. alike C. liking D. like
25. A. take B. last C. lengthen D. widen
26. A. see B. seeing C. seen D. saw
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Good manners are a treasure to the people who possess them, as well as to the community they live in. Manners are taught, learnt, and passed from generation to generation.
Even hundreds of years ago, children were taught to behave responsibly. They learnt to respect seniority. When they passed an object to another person, they had to use both hands. When they entered a room, they had to bow and greet the oldest person first. Boys learnt to work hard to support their families. Girls learnt to do housework, and to take care of others. Loyalty and honesty were highly appreciated. When they made a mistake, they would not let another person be punished for it. That would be cowardly and mean. They were taught that families were strong, and everybody should stick together in adversity.
Fortunately, many of these values have been well preserved. They have contributed to making the unique Vietnamese culture, and strengthening our society.
27. Good manners are _______________________.
A. of great value B. of the community
C. traditional D. only for the old
28. What was seen as a boy’s main duty?
A. to respect seniority B. to support his family
C. to do housework D. to share good things
29. The sentence:“When they made a mistake, they would not let another person be punished for it” means they would _____________________.
A. deny their mistake B. admit their mistake
C. keep it a secret D. be punished
30. This passage is about_______________________.
A. people who possess good manners B. what bad manners children in the past had
C. the preservation of bad values D. good manners and their value
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
I went to Australia on a student program last year and I like to (21)_______you about it. I was very (22)_______when I knew I was going to Australia because I had never been there before. I didn’t think about the problems of speaking English (23)_______I met my host family. At first I couldn’t communicate with them because my English was so bad. All the five years I had been learning English but I wasn’t much used at all (24)_______we didn’t have real practice at school. Even though my grammar was good, my pronunciation wasn’t. My problem is (25)_______ ‘l’ and ‘r’. For example, Australian people often asked “What do you eat in Vietnam?” I wanted (26)______ them that we eat rice, but they didn’t understand when I said “We eat lice”…
21. A. say B. tell C. talk D. speak
22. A. exciting B. excite C. excited D. excitement
23. A. after B. until C. when D. while
24. A. although B. even C. because D. so
25. A. pronouncing B. speaking C. reading D. telling
26. A. tell B. to tell C. told D. telling
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world. It is also the highest trash pile in the world. About 400 people try to reach the top every year. Having many climbers means a lot of trash.
It is very dangerous to climb Mt.Everest. The air is very thin and cold. Most people carry bottles of oxygen; they could die without it. When the oxygen bottles are empty, people throw them on the ground. When strong winds rip their tents, people leave them behind. They don’t have the energy to take the trash away. They only have enough energy to go down the mountain safely.
Trash is a terrible problem. Since people first began to climb Mt.Everest, they have left 50, 000 kilos of trash on the mountain. Several groups have climbed the mountain just to pick up the trash. When people plan to climb the mountain, they have to plan to take away their trash.
27. What is the main topic of the passage?
A. Wind on the mountain B. A problem with trash
C. A dangerous mountain D. Climbing safely
28. Why do climbers leave their trash on the mountain?
A. Special groups will pick it up. B. The wind will blow it away.
C. They don’t have the energy to take it away. D. Other climbers will use it later.
29. Why do climbers on Mount Everest carry bottles of oxygen?
A. The weather is not cold. B. Climbing makes them tired.
C. The air is very thin. D. They are thirsty.
30. In line 5, what does the word them refer to?
A. tents B. oxygen bottles C. strong winds D. people
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Singapore is an Island City of about three million people.It is a beautiful city with lots of parks and open spaces. It is also a very____ (21)____city.
Most of the people____ (22)____in high- rise flats in different parts of the Island. The business district is very modern with ____ (23)____ high new office buildings. Singapore also has some nice older sections. In Chinatown, there are rows of old shop houses. The Government buildings in Singapore are very beautiful and date from the colonial days.
Singapore is famous ____ (24)____ its shops and restaurants. There are many good shopping centers. Most of the goods are ___(25)___. Singapore’s restaurants sell Chinese, Indian, Malay and European food, and the ____ (26)____is quite acceptable.
21. A. polluted B. dirty C. smoggy D. clean
22. A. live B. living C. lives D. lived
23. A. lots B. a lot C. many D. much
24. A. at B. of C. for D. with
25. A. duty free B. free duty C. no duty D. none duty
26. A. money B. fee C. price D. currency
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
If your application indicates that you are qualified, the employer may request an interview. The interview enables you to learn more about the job. It also helps the employer find out if you are the best person for the job. Many people prepare for an interview by learning about the employer’s business. You can find such information in an organization’s annual report or on its website. This kind of knowledge can help you ask intelligent questions during your interview. It also shows the interviewer that you are interested in the employer’s business.
Most interviewers pay close attention to the way an applicant acts, dresses and answers questions. You can make a good impression by arriving on time and by being confident, prepared and well-organized. Your clothing should be clean, comfortable and professional. Wear the kinds of clothes appropriate to the company, unless the workers wear uniforms. The interviewer will probably ask about your interests, your work experience and your goals. Answer all questions briefly. You should also prepare questions to ask the interviewer about the company and the position you are seeking. Send a follow-up letter to everyone who interviewed you no later than two days after the interview. In the letter, thank the interviewer for the time spent discussing the position with you. Let the interviewer know if you are still interested in the job.
27. The interview is necessary to _____.
A. the interviewer B. the company
C. the candidate D. both the interviewer and the interviewee
28. Visiting the employer’s website _____.
A. helps you read the organization’s annual report.
B. only wastes some of your time
C. may help candidates prepare questions to ask the interviewer
D. is not necessary before an interview
29. You can make a good impression on the interviewer _____.
A. by wearing casual clothes B. by wearing the company’s uniform
C. with your acting skills D. with your punctuality
30. The follow-up letter should _____.
A. include your gratitude to the interviewer and your interest in the job
B. interest everyone interviewed for the job
C. include the good time you experienced at the interview
D. be written after two days of the interview
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
For many young people, sport is a popular part of school life and being in one of the school teams and playing in matches is very important. If ___(21)___ is in a team, it means a lot of extra training and often spending a Saturday or Sunday away from home___(22)___many matches are played then. It also involve traveling to other towns to play ___(23)___ other school teams and then ___(24)___ on after the match for a meal or a drink. Sometimes, parents, friends or ___(25)___ students will travel with the team to support their own side.
When a school team wins another one, it is the whole school that___(26)___ proud, not only the players. It can also mean that a school becomes well-known for being good at certain sports.
21. A. anyone B. someone C. everyone D. no one
22. A. because B. so C. so that D. although
23. A. for B. with C. against D. versus
24. A. being B. staying C. leaving D. spending
25. A. other B. another C. others D. the other
26. A. feels B. comes C. turns D. gets
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
It is very important to have healthy teeth. Good teeth help us to chew our food. They also help us to look nice. How does a tooth go bad? The decay begins in a little crack in the enamel covering of the tooth. This happens after germs and bits of food have collected there then the decay slowly spreads inside the tooth. Eventually, poison goes into the blood, and we may feel quite ill.
How can we keep our teeth healthy? Firstly, we ought to visit our dentist twice a year. He can fill the small holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check that they are growing in the right way. Unfortunately, many people wait until they have toothache before they see a dentist. Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and fluoride toothpaste at least twice a day-once after breakfast and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal. Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body:milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals. They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.
27. Good teeth help us to ______ .
A. have good eyesight B. be important C. chew our food D. have good health
28. When food and germs collect in a small crack, our teeth______.
A. send poison into the blood C. become hard
B. begin to decay D. make us feel quite ill
29. A lot of people visit a dentist only when______ .
A. they have well brushed teeth C. they have holes in their teeth
B. they begin to have toothache D. their teeth grow properly
30. Sweets are harmful because they may make our teeth ______.
A. crack B. decay C. painful D. black
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
The next generation of telephone users will probably laugh when we explain how we used to stand next to a wall in the kitchen to___(21)___ a phone call. Mobile communications, already highly advanced compared with a decade ago, will completely change communications in the next few years. ___(22)___ there are millions of people using mobile phones, most people know little about the mobile telecommunications industry and its technology.
There are three types of mobile phone. These are hand portables, pocket- sized hand portables and transportables. The smallest and most popular are the pocket- sized hand portables. These work on rechangeable batteries, which allow an average on separate batteries. Mobiles that are fitted permanently in a vehicle do not___(23)___on separate batteries. They require an external aerial on the vehicle. This can mean a stronger signal with clearer___(24)____ . Transportables have a higher power capability and can be used___(25)___anywhere. They come with powerful battery packs for longer, continuous use and may also be put___(26)___ a vehicle, using its eletrics. They tend to be bulkier than hand portables.
21. A. make B. give C. take D. do
22. A. In addition B. Because C. As a result D. Although
23. A. rely B. create C. carry D. insist
24. A. wave B. letter C. speech D. speed
25. A. mostlly B. hardly C. most D. almost
26. A. on with B. into C. up with D. in to
Read the following passage,and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Coca Cola is a popular drink for people all over the world. At first, very few people drank Coca Cola, but now it is sold in more than 160 countries. More than 1, 6 billion gallons are sold every year. Coca Cola was invented by Dr. John Pemberton in Atlanta on 8 May, 1886. However, the name Coca Cola was given by Frank Robinson, one of Dr. Pemberton's partners. Later, in 1888, the business was sold to another man, Asa Candler. He opened his first factory to produced this drink in 1895 in Dallas, Texas. Since then, a great quantity of Coca Cola has been produced there.
Since 1982, a special kind of Coca Cola has been made for overweight people - diet Coke. They have used many clever advertisements to increase the amount of Coca Cola sold every year.
Besides Coca Cola, there are many other drinks of the same kind sold all over the world such as Pepsi Cola, Sp-Cola and Dr. Pepper. However, Coca Cola is the most popular. People drink Coca Cola with their meals, when they are thirsty or when they socialize with friends. It is certain that more and more people will drink Coca Cola all over the world in this century.
27. Coca Cola was first made______.
A. in the USA B. in England C. in Australia D. in Canada
28. The name Coca Cola was given to the drink by______
A. Dr. Pemberton B. Asa Candler C. Frank Robinson D. Dr. Pepper
29. Diet Coke is used for ______ people.
A. fat B. sick C. thin D. small
30. Coca Cola is_______.
A. more popular than other drinks of the same kind
B. less popular than other drinks of the same kind
C. as popular as Sp Cola
D. as not popular as other drinks of the same kind.
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
London is the big city, but many of the people who live there regard it as a number of small towns put together. Each district has its (21)_______ identity and atmosphere. And some parts are even described by their (22)_______ as villages. Much of the centre of the city consists of shops and businesses and the majority of people live in the suburbs. Many of them travel to work in the city every day (23)_______ train, bus, tube or car. The (24)_______ of living in London is higher than most other parts of Britain, and many people are paid extra money on top of their salaries because of this.
Millions of visitors come to London every year from all over the world to see the famous sights, (25)______ Buckingham Palace, and many other historic buildings. London is also very famous for its theatres, red buses, and black taxis. London has (26)_______ attractions, both for people from overseas and for people from other parts of Britain.
21. A. own B. private C. an D. only
22. A. students B. inhabitants C. owners D. Visitors
23. A. with B. by C. on D. in
24. A. price B. level C. condition D. cost
25. A. such as B. due to C. in spite of D. because of
26. A. a lot B. many C. much D. lot of
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
The story of a town
Brighton is the largest seaside resort in the south-east of England. At first the town was a fishing village and did not become popular until about 1800. Rich people began to visit Brighton in large numbers and when King George IV decided to build a house there, it became very fashionable. The King continued to visit it until 1827, but Queen Victoria did not like the house. It is open to the public every day and there is a special exhibition there in the summer.
Brighton offers all kinds of entertainment, from concerts and plays in the Theatre to local attractions like the Aquarium.
The area of old houses known as The Lanes is a very attractive shopping centre, where visitors can buy souvenirs and antiques. The houses were once lived in by fishermen but have now been converted into shops. Not far from The Lanes is a modern shopping centre with licensed restaurants and tables outdoors where you can enjoy a drink in good weather.
Brighton is within easy reach of London and has been a popular day out for Londoners for many years.
27. Why did the town become popular?
A. because it's on the sea. B. Because it was a fishing village
C. Because Queen Victoria liked it. D. Because the King built a house there
28. What things does the text say can you do in Brighton?
A. Visit the fisherman. B. Fish, shop and swim.
C. Buy antiques and souvenirs. D. Visit the cinema and the theatre.
29. How have the fishermen's cottages changed?
A. They are restaurants now. B. They are shops now.
C. They are very fashionable now. D. They are nearer to London now.
30. What kind of buildings are in The Lanes?
A. Modern shops. B. Old pubs. C. New houses. D. Converted houses.
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
PLANET EARTH
Planet earth is part of a system of planets and their moons, as well as numerous asteroids and comets which (21)_________around a huge star we call the Sun. The Sun itself (22)_________of gas. Nuclear reactions inside its core produce the heat and light that make life on the Earth (23)________. The Earth is the third of four small terrestrial (Earth like)planets. Further out in our Solar System are four huge gas planets, while distant Pluto, the smallest planet, is made (24)_________rock and ice. Our Earth is one of the ten planets that orbit the Sun- a huge, burning-hot star in the center of our Solar System. The Solar System and all the stars in the (25)________are part of our galaxy-the Milky Way, (26)______ contains as many as 200 billions stars. Beyond our galaxy are millions more galaxies. They all add together to make up the Universe.
21. A. run B. orbit C. turn D. walk
22. A. consists B. remains C. includes D. maintains
23. A. able B. possibility C. possible D. ability
24. A. from B. of C. for D. in
25. A. space B. Universe C. Moon D. sky
26. A. who B. whom C. whose D. which
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
The Richter scale is a numerical logarithmic scale developed and introduced by Charles R. Richter in 1935 to measure the amplitude of the largest trace recorded by a standard seismograph one hundred kilometers from the epicenter of an earthquake. Tables have been formulated to demonstrate the magnitude of any earthquake from any seismograph. For example, for a one- unit increase in magnitude, there is an increase of thirty times in released energy. The Richter scale considers earthquakes of 6. 75 as great and 7. 0 to 7. 75 as major. An earthquake that reads 4 to 5. 5 would be expected to cause localized damage, and those of magnitude 2 may be left. It is estimated that almost one million earthquakes occur each year, but most of them are so minor that they pass unnoticed.
27. What does this passage mainly discuss?
A. Earthquakes B. The Richter scale C. Charles R. Richter D. Seismography
28. According to information in the passage, what does the Richter scale record?
A. The distance from the epicenter B. The amplitude of the largest trace
C. The degree of damage D. The location of the epicenter
29. What is the value of the tables?
A. They allow us to interpret the magnitude of earthquakes
B. They help us to calculate our distance from earthquakes
C. They record all earthquakes
D. They release the energy of earthquakes
30. According to the Richter scale, which of the following numbers would indicate that there had probably been damage to the immediate area only?
A. 7. 0 B. 6. 0 C. 5. 0 D. 2. 0
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Easter Island is a small triangle of rock situated in the Pacific Ocean. It’s about 2, 000 miles (21)______ the nearest city. Easter Island is (22)______ for its statues. Hundreds of these huge, stone faces can be found all over the island. Who made them? How did they move these giant pieces of rock? What happened to the people (23)______ lived there? Studies show that people first arrived on the island about 1600 years ago. They had a very advanced culture. They made many objects and they had their own written language. (24)______, the number of people on the island grew and grew until it reached about 10, 000 people. Soon there were too many people and there wasn’t enough food to eat. A terrible war started and (25)______ of the statues were broken. When western explorers (26)______ the island on Easter Day in 1722, the huge rock statues were the only sign that a great society had once lived there.
21. A. for B. from C. on D. by
22. A. important B. famous C. interesting D. fascinating
23. A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
24. A. Although B. Moreover C. Therefore D. However
25. A. few B. lot C. many D. enough
26. A. invented B. discovered C. sailed D. came
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Different Colours can affect us in many different ways; that’s according to Verity Allen. In her new series ‘Colour me Healthy’, Verity looks at the ways that colours can influence how hard we work and the choices we make. They can even change our emotions and even influence how healthy we are.
‘Have you ever noticed how people always use the same colours for the same things?’ says Verity. ‘Our toothpaste is always white or blue or maybe red. It’s never green. Why not? For some reason we think that blue and white is clean, while we think of green products as being a bit disgusting. It’s the same for businesses. We respect a company which writes its name in blue or black, but we don’t respect one that uses pink or orange. People who design new products can use these ideas to influence what we buy.’
During this four-part series, Verity studies eight different colours, two colours in each programme. She meets people who work in all aspects of the colour industry, from people who design food packets, to people who name the colours of lipsticks. Some of the people she meets clearly have very little scientific knowledge to support their ideas, such as the American ‘Colour Doctor’ who believes that serious diseases can be cured by the use of coloured lights. However, she also interviews real scientists who are studying the effects of green and red lights on mice, with some surprising results.
Overall, it’s an interesting show, and anyone who watches it will probably find out something new. But because Verity is goes out of her way to be polite to everyone she meets on the series, it’s up to the viewers to make their own decisions about how much they should believe.
27. What is the writer doing in this text? A. giving information about how colours influence us
B. reporting what happens in a new television series
C. giving information about a television presenter
D. giving his opinion of a recent television show 28. According to Verity, why is a knowledge of colour important?
A. It can help you to choose the best products. B. It can give you new ideas.
C. It can help you to change people’s minds. D. It can help you to sell products.
29. Who does the writer respect least?
A. Verity Allen B. The people who name lipsticks
C. The ‘Colour Doctor’ D. The scientists who work with mice
30. Which of the following would make a good title for the text?
A. Enjoy it, but don’t believe everything.
B. Another great show from Verity Allen! Five Stars!
C. Don’t miss this if you work in Business!
D. Watch this programme! It will make you healthy!
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
The USA is encouraging Americans to wear face masks.There has been a lot of talk about whether or not face masks are effective in helping slow down the (25)______ of the COVID -19 coronavirus.The government is set to encourage Americans to use homemade face covering like cloth masks, bandanas and scarves.At first, the WHO and some health organizations recommended that people (26)______ were not sick didn’t need to wear masks or cover their faces.(27)______, it is now proved that face masks can work effectively.They point to countries like Singapore and South Korea, where people wear masks and reported infection (28)______ are lower.
25. A. release B. widening C. lengthening D. spread
26. A. which B. where C. why D. who
27. A. Moreover B. Although C. However D. Because
28. A. rates B. levels C. percentages D. scales
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
One of the most urgent environmental problems in the world today is the shortage of clean water.Having clean drinking water is a basic human right. However, acid rain, industrial pollution and garbage have made many sources of water undrinkable. Lakes, reservoirs and even entire seas have become vast pools of poison. Lake Baikal in Russia is one of the largest lakes in the world. It contains a rich variety of animals and plants, including 1, 300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world. Yet, they are being destroyed by the massive volumes of industrial effluent which pour into the lake every day. Even though laws have been made, the government do not have the power to enforce them. Most industries simply ignore the regulations. The Mediterranean Sea occupies 1% of the world's water surface, but it is the dumping ground for 50% of all marine pollution. Almost 16 countries regularly throw industrial wastes a few miles off shore.
Water is free to everyone. A few years ago people thought that the supply of clean water in the world was limitless. Today, many water supplies have been ruined by pollution and sewage. Clean water is now scarce, and we are at last beginning to respect this precious source. We should do something now.
29. According to the writer, one environmental problem in the world today is ________
A. safe water shortage B. pools of poison
C. industrial pollution D. population explosion
30. What is the serious problem of Lake Baikal in Russia?
A. It has 1, 300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world.
B. It is one of the largest lakes that contains a variety of animals and plants.
C. It is polluted by massive volumes of industrial wastes discharged into it.
D. It is the only lake in Russia whose source of water is not drinkable.
31. What does the word "them" in the passage refer to?
A. laws B. the government C. animals D. plants
32. What is the message to the readers?
A. We should take action to protect our water sources.
B. We should take all water sources into account.
C. We should limit the use of water sources.
D. We should encourage people to use safe water.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Mr. Brown and some volunteer conservationists are on a very dirty beach now. Today they are ready (25)___________ the beach a clean and beautiful place again. After listening to Mr. Brown’s instructions, they are divided (26)___________ three groups. They work in 3 different places.
Garbage must be put into plastic bags, and they will be (27)__________ by Mr. Brown. He will take the bags to the garbage dump. Each member will be given a map to find the right place. They won’t eat the picnic lunch provided by Mrs. Smith (28)_____ the whose area is clean. They are all eager to work hard so as to refresh this spoiling Area.
25. A. make B. making C. to make D. made
26. A. in B. into C. on D. to
27. A. collected B. chosen C. selected D. elected
28. A. until B. as C. when D. since
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Sydney was founded as a British colony in 1788. Sydney was the first everlasting European settlement in Australia and today it is the country's largest city area, with about 4 million residents. Sydney is the seat of state government as the capital of New South Wales, Australia's most populous and economically important state. The city is an active cultural centre with a varied economy based on service industries, tourism, manufacturing, and international commerce. Its port is one of the leading centers of intercontinental trade in the Asia-Pacific region. Sydney is located on Australia’s southeastern coast at Port Jackson, a large, sheltered, deep-water inlet of the Tasman Sea.
Sydney is well-known for its Opera House. The Sydney Opera House is the centerpiece of the city’s places for live performances of ballet, opera, and classical music. The Australian Opera, Australian Ballet, and Sydney Dance companies regularly stage performances there. Moreover, the place often hosts internationally touring performances. Sydney also has many places for musical theater, drama, and popular music. The Sydney Theatre Company is one of many successful theatre companies in the city.
Sydney is also home to the internationally praised Australian Chamber Orchestra and Sydney Symphony Orchestra. The cultural life of Sydney is exciting and varied, reflecting the multicultural nature of the city. Many festivals, parades, and outdoor concerts cheer up the city streets in the summer months. Annual events include the Sydney Festival in January and February, the Gay and Lesbian Mardi Gras in March, the Royal Easter Show in April, and the multicultural festival Carnival in September and October. Sydney has also become world renowned for its street parties and fireworks on New Year's Eve and on Australia Day, celebrated on Sydney's Founding date, January 26.
29. According to the first paragraph, the following are true of Sydney EXCEPT______
A. It was set up in the 18th century.
B. Europe had it as the first settlement in Australia.
C. Now Sydney is the capital of Australia.
D. Today it has a population of nearly 4 million people.
30. The word intercontinental in the first paragraph could be best replaced with……
A. within continents B. into continents
C. out of continents D. between continents
31. According to the second paragraph, which of the following is TRUE of the Sydney Opera House?
A. International film festivals are held here. B. This place hosts live modern music programs.
C. Plays are not performed here. D. This building makes Sydney famous.
32. From the passage, it can be inferred that Sydney was established……
A. on New Year’s Eve, 1791 B. in April, 1789
C. in October, 1790 D. in January, 1788
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
It’s always worth preparing well for an interview. Don’t just hope for the best. Here are a (25)_________tips. Practise how you say things, as well as what you (26)_________to say. If you don’t own a video camera, perhaps a friend of yours does. Borrow it and make a video tape of yourself. Find somebody to watch it with you and give you some (27)_________of advice on how you appear and behave. Before the interview, plan what to wear. Find out how the company expects its employees to dress. At the interview, believe in yourself and be honest, open and friendly. Pay attention and keep your answers to the point. The interviewer doesn’t want to waste time and (28)_________do you.
25. A. little B. several C. few D. lot
26. A. intend B. consider C. imagine D. think
27. A. numbers B. slices C. plenties D. pieces
28. A. so B. either C. neither D. or
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
The invention of the phonograph happened quite by accident. Thomas Edison moved to Menlo Park, New Jersy in 1876, where he established an industrial research laboratory. There, Edison was working on a carbon telephone transmitter to improve the existing Bell telephone system.
In that laboratory a year later, Edison invented the phonograph while he was trying to improve a telegraph repeater. He attached a telephone diaphragm to the needle in the telegraph repeater; in this way, he was able to reproduce a recording that could be played back. After he made some improvements to the machine, he tested it. He recited “Mary Had a Little Lamb” into the machine and played his voice back to a very surprised audience.
29. What is the best title for the passage?
A. Thomas Edison’s invention.
B. Improvements in telephone and telegraph
C. The History of Menlo Park
D. An accidental invention
30. In what year did the invention of phonograph occur?
A. 1876 B. 1877
C. 1878 D. the article does not say
31. What was Edison working on when he created the phonograph?
A. A telegraph repeater B. A telegraph diaphragm
C. A telephone repeater D. A telephone diaphragm
32. According to the passage, how did Edison test his new invention?
A. He made improvements to the machine. B. He used a carbon transmitter.
C. He read a children’s rhyme. D. He produced the audience voice.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Traditionally, rural villages in Vietnam produced handicrafts (25)______ they were not busy with planting or harvesting crops. Over time, many villages developed the expertise to (26)______ specialized products and so particular villages became famous (27)______ such things as weaving, woodwork, lacquer work and metal products.
With industrialisation many villagers moved to the cities but not maintained their craft skills and networks to produce products for the city market, for example, craft villages make furniture, grow flowers or make utensils for the urban population. Other villages changed from making (28)______ crafts to producing different products desired by an industrialised society.
25. A. where B. when C. how D. why
26. A. do B. get C. give D. make
27. A. for B. at C. in D. after
28. A. fashional B. traditional C. natural D. industrial
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Sydney is Australia’s most exciting city. The history of Australia begins here. In 1788 Captain Athur Philips arrived in Sydney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain (including 770 prisoners). Today there are about 3. 6 million people in Sydney. It is the biggest city in Australia, the busiest port in the South Pacific and one of the most beautiful cities in the world. In Sydney, the buildings are higher, the colors are brighter and the nightlife is more exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sydney and its warm climate and cool winter have made it a favourite city for immigrants from overseas. There are two things that make Sydney famous:its beautiful harbor, the Sydney Harbor Bridge, which was built in 1932 and the Sydney Opera House, which was opened in 1973.
29. The first population of Sedney was ______.
A. 1624 B. 770 C. 3. 600. 000 D. 2394
30. The things that make Sydney famous are ______.
A. the high buildings and exciting nightlife
B. brighter colours and exciting nightlife
C. Sydney Harbor Bridge and Sydney Opera House
D. warm climate and cool winter
31. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Sydney?
A. Sydney is one of the most beautiful cities in the world.
B. Sydney is the most exciting city in Australia.
C. Sydney is not a favourite city for people from overseas to immigrate into.
D. Sydney is the busiest port in the South Pacific.
32. Which of the following should be the title of the reading passage?
A. Sydney Opera House. B. The History of Sydney.
C. Sydney beaches and harbors D. An introduction of Sydney
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
It can be shown in facts and figures that cycling is the cheapest, most convenient, and most environmentally desirable form of transport (21)______ towns, but such cold calculations do not mean much on a frosty winter morning. The real appeal of cycling is that it is so (22)______. It has none of the difficulties and tensions of other ways of travelling, (23)_______ you are more cheerful after a ride, even through the rush hour.
The first thing a non-cyclist says to you is:“But isn’t it (24)______ dangerous?”. It would be foolish to deny the danger of sharing the road with motor vehicles and it must be admitted that there are an alarming (25)______ of accidents involving cyclists. However, although police records (26)______ that the car driver is often to blame, the answer lies with the cyclist. It is possible to ride in such a way as to reduce risks to a minimum.
21. A. in B. at C. to D. on
22. A. boring B. careful C. enjoyable D. tiring
23. A. although B. because C. however D. so
24. A. expectedly B. strangely C. terribly D. comfortably
25. A. size B. number C. deal D. digit
26. A. point B. indicate C. display D. exhibit
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Ted Robinson has been worried all the week. Last Tuesday he received a letter from the local police. In the letter he was asked to call at the station. Ted wondered why he was wanted by the police, but he went to the station yesterday, and now he is not worried any more. At the station he was told by a smiling police-man that his bicycle had been found. Five years ago, the policeman told him, the bicycle was picked up in a small village four hundred miles away. It’s now being sent to his home by train. Ted was most surprised when he heard the news. He was amused too, because he never expected the bicycle to be found. It was stolen twenty years ago when Ted was a boy of fifteen.
27. Ted was worried because_________.
A. he received a letter B. he went to the police station yesterday
C. the police would catch him D. he didn’t know why the police wanted him
28. The police who talked to Ted was_________.
A. pleasant B. worried C. surprised D. small
29. Why was Ted very surprised when he heard the news?
A. Because his bicycle was stolen 20 years ago.
B. Because his bicycle was found when he was a boy of fifteen.
C. Because he thought he would never find the bicycle.
D. Because the bicycle was sent to him by train.
30. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. The police asked Ted to go to their station.
B. The policeman told Ted the good news 5 days ago.
C. Ted is no longer anxious now.
D. Ted is 35 years old now.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
New York – The “ Big Apple”
Our arrival in New York was spectacular. It’s skyscrapers and the Statue of Liberty (25)______make a beautiful sight. New York has a (26)______ of over seven million and it is probably the world’s most famous city. The inhabitants of the “Big Apple” come from many different countries. There are more nationalities in New York than in any other places on the earth. It is also has more tourists than any other city except London, especially in the summer. Visitors come from all (27)______ the world and have a wonderful time. There are so many sights for them to get enthusiastic about – whether it’s some of the best museums in the world or the (28)______ little streets of Greenwich Village.
25. A. who B. whom C. that D. where
26. A. attraction B. impression C. population D. people
27. A. in B. from C. over D. of
28. A. to charm B. charm C. charmed D. charming
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Ever since humans have inhabited the earth, they have made use of various forms of communication. Generally, this expression of thoughts and feelings has been in the form of oral speech. When there is a language barrier, communication is accomplished through sign language in which motions stand for letters, words, and ideas. Tourists, the deaf, and the mute have had to resort to this form of expression. Many of these symbols of whole words are very picturesque and exact and can be used internationally, spelling, however, cannot.
Body language transmits ideas or thoughts by certain actions, either intentionally or unintentionally. A wink can be a way of flirting or indicating that the party is only joking. A nod signifies approval, while shaking the head indicates a negative reaction.
Other forms of nonlinguistic language can be found in Braille (a system of raised dots read with the fingertips), signal flags, Morse code, and smoke signals. Road maps and picture signs also guide, warm, and instruct people. While verbalization is most common form of language, other systems and techniques also express human thoughts and feelings.
29. Which form other than oral speech would be the most commonly used among blind people?
A. Picture signs B. Braille C. Signal flags D. Body language
30. The word “these” I the first paragraph refers to___________.
A. thoughts and feelings B. tourists
C. the deaf and the mute D. sign language motions
31. Sign language is said to be very picturesque and exact and can be used internationally EXCEPT for_______ .
A. spelling B. ideas C. whole words D. expressions
32. Which of the following best summarizes this passage?
A. Nonlinguistic language is invaluable to foreigners
B. Although other forms of communication exist, verbalization is the fastest
C. When language is a barrier, people will find other forms of communication.
D. Everybody uses only one form of communication
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Over the last century, there have been many significant changes in the way we live. Obviously, it is difficult to (25)………..the life of ancient people and the life of the people living in the twenty- first century because so many changes have occurred Even the changes that have (26)… over the last ten years are amazing.
People in the past were not (27)………… to travel so long distance within such a short period of time. Nowadays, we have become very mobile. We have fast and comfortable cars. In addition, more and more people travel by plane. Moreover, in the past people had to work harder as they did not have (28)……… and machine to make their work easier.
25. A. compare B. suppose C. predict D. discuss
26. A. considered B. expressed C. occurred D. arranged
27. A. capable B. able C. might D. use
28. A. rules B. ideas C. tools D. teams
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Package holidays, covering a two weeks" stay in an attractive location are increasingly popular, because they offer an inclusive price with few extras. Once you get to the airport, it is up to the tour operator to see that you get safely to your destination. Excursions, local entertainment, swimming, sunbathing, skiing - you name it - it"s all laid on for you. There is, in fact, no reason for you to bother anything yourselves. You make friends and have a good time, but there is very little chance that you will really get to know the local people. This is even less likely on a coach tour, when you spend almost your entire time travelling. Of course, there are carefully scheduled stops for you to visit historic buildings and monuments, but you will probably be allowed only a brief stay overnight in some famous city, with a polite reminder to be up and breakfasted early in time for the coach next morning. You may visit the beautiful, the historic, the ancient, but time is always at your elbow. There is also the added disadvantage of being obliged to spend your holiday with a group of people you have never met before, may not like and have no reasonable excuse for getting away from. As against this, it can be argued that for many people, particularly the lonely or elderly, the feeling of belonging to a group, although for a short period on holiday, is an added bonus. They can sit safely back in their seat and watch the world go by.
29. In spite of its disadvantages, spending a holiday with a group is particularly good for ____
A. schoolboys and schoolgirls B. the lonely or elderly people
C. newly married young couples D. those who always travel by themselves
30."Time is always at your elbow." This means ___________________
A.your time always is limited when visiting a place
B. your time is always limited when visiting a place
C. you can take your time visiting a place
D. you can take your time visiting a place
31. When you go on a package holiday, you don"t have to__________
A. arrange anything yourself B. pay for any extra activities
C. follow the tour schedules D. travel in an organised group
32. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. A coach tour is always exhausting.
B. You are constantly on the move when you are on a coach tour.
C. You get no chance to visit historic buildings in famous cities on a coach tour.
D. You don"t get enough sleep on a coach tour.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
People enjoy living in large cities. But cities have problems. One problem is that they frequently grow very rapidly. Transportation (23) _______ complicated. There are a lot of cars, buses and bicycles. As a result, people are trying to improve the big cities, and they are also planning for new cities. Plan A is a large city (24) _______ smaller cities around it. There is an open land with trees, fields, and lakes between the large city and smaller cities. Each small city is (25) _______. It has offices, schools, hospitals, and places of entertainment. In Plan B the cities are (26) _______by a road. In Plan c, the cities are in rings around the central city and all of them are connected to each other. The goal of all these plans is to limit the (27) _______of the large city.
23. A. becomes B. returns C. happens D. develops
24. A. in B. for C. with D. at
25. A. entire B. finished C. total D. complete
26. Ạ. chain B. connected C. attached D. fastened
27. A. progress B. growth C. movement D. improvement
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
It is often considered that the schoolyard is where bullies go to make other kids a miserable school life, but a new study suggests that classrooms are another popular place. The study, presented recently at the American Public Health Association's yearly meeting in Philadelphia, is based on the results of the research from more than 10,000 middle school students who answered questions online.
Of those researched, 43% said they'd been physically bullied within the last month. A bit more than half said they had been laughed at in an unfriendly way, and half reported being called hurtful names. About one third said groups had excluded them to hurt their feelings. 28% said their belongings had been taken or broken; 21% said someone had threatened to hurt them. According to the results, two-thirds of the students said they had been bullied in more than one way over the previous month.
The study authors mentioned that 8% of the students who answered said they had missed school at least once during the school year because of fear of being bullied. 25% said they had taken other actions, such as missing recess, not going to the bathroom or lunch, missing classes, or staying away from some area of the school to escape from experiencing a bully. Bullies did too much to the school life.
28. Bullies can happen in the following places EXCEPT_______.
A. schoolyards B. classrooms C. bathrooms D. teachers' offices
29. The underlined phrase ‘‘laughed at” in the passage is closest in meaning to_______
A. made fun of B. smiled nicely
C. shouted at D. looked after well
30. Which of the following might some students do to protect themselves from bullies?
A. They miss school. B. They call their parents for help,
C. They try to hurt others. D. They break others' belongings.
31. How does the writer feel about bullies at school?
A. Excited B. Disappointed C. Worried D. Puzzled
32. Which of the following is probably the best title for the passage?
A. Bad School Life B. Bullies at School
C. Fear at School D. School Problems
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Our demand for water is constantly increasing. Every year there are more and more people in the world. Factories turn out more and more products and (25) _______more and more water. We live in a world of water. But almost all of it - about 97% - is in the oceans. This water is too salty to be used for drinking, farming, and manufacturing. Only about 3% of the world's water is fresh. Most of this water is not easily available to man (26) _______it is locked in glaciers and icecaps.
There is as much water on earth today as there ever was or will ever be. Water is used and reused over again. It is never used up. Although the world as a whole has plenty of (27) _______ water, some regions have a water shortage. Rain does not fall evenly over the earth. Some regions are always too dry, and others too wet. A region that usually gets enough rain may suddenly have a serious (28) _______and another region may be flooded with too much rain.
25. A. need B. must C. should D. necessitate
26. A. so that B. because C. though D. even if
27. A. salty B. new C. clean D. fresh
28. A. flood B. drought C. famine D. abundance
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
New York has Central Park; London has Hyde Park while Kuala Lumpur has its own piece of green belt amidst the hustle and bustle of city life. It's an ideal place for a leisurely stroll in a tranquil setting, all without having to leave the city. The Lake Gardens was created by Sir Alfred Venning, who persuaded the ruling government to allow him to turn a swamp land into rambling trails with man-made lakes, spanning 60 hectares. However, as the city expanded, the Lake Gardens reduced in size. But it is still a sizeable area and boasts of more than just grass and water within its grounds. For example, the gardens incorporate the National Monument, Bird Park, Hibiscus Garden as well as Malaysia's Parliament House. Additionally, Carcosa Seri Negara is on a hilltop overlooking the Lake Gardens. Today, the nineteenth-century British colonial mansion has been converted into an exclusive hotel.
29. According to the passage, what do New York, London and Kuala Lumpur have in common?
A. They each have a lake in the city.
B. They each have a swamp land in the city.
C. They each have a park in the middle of the city.
D. They each have a 60-hectare garden in the city.
30. In the Lake Gardens, you can visit the following spaces EXCEPT _______.
A. Hyde Park B. the Bird Park
C. the Hibiscus Garden D. the National Monument
31. Over time, the Lake Gardens has become smaller because_______.
A. it is swampy B. the city developed
C. it is too noisy D. it is getting overpopulated
32. The word “converted” in the last sentence is closest in meaning to_______.
A. built B. consumed C. made D. changed
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
The relationship between students and teachers is less formal in the USA than in many other countries. American students do not stand up (25)_______their teachers enter the room. Students are encouraged to ask questions during class, to stop in the teacher's office for extra help, and to phone if they are absent. Most teachers (26) _______students to enter class late or leave early if necessary. Despite the lack of formality, students are still expected to be polite to their teachers and fellow classmates.
When students want to ask questions, they usually (27) _______a hand and wait to be called on. When a test is being given, talking to a classmate is not only rude but also risky. Most American teachers consider that students who are talking to each other (28) _______ a test are cheating.
25. A. when B. where C. that D. whether
26. A. let B. allow C. make D. encourage
27. A. rise B. arise C. raise D. put
28. A. in B. when C. while D. during
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Man is a land animal, but he also closely tied to the sea. Throughout history the sea has served the needs of man. The sea has provided man with food and convenient way to travel to many parts of the world. Today, nearly two thirds of the world's population lives within 80 kilometers of the sea coast.
In the modern technological world, the sea offers many resources to help mankind survive. Resources on land are beginning to be used up. The sea, however, still can be hoped to supply many man's needs. The list of riches of the sea yet to be developed by man's technology is impressive. Oil and gas explorations have been carried out for nearly 30 years. Valuable amounts of minerals existing on the ocean floor are ready to be mined.
Fish farming promises to be a good way to produce large quantities of food. The culture of fish and shellfish is an ancient skill practiced in the past mainly by Oriental people.
Besides oil and gas, the sea may offer new sources of energy. Experts believe that the warm temperature of the ocean can be used in a way similar to the steam in a steamship. Ocean currents and waves offer possible use as a source of energy.
Technology is enabling man to explore ever more deeply under the sea. The development of strong, new materials has made this possible. The technology to harvest the sea continues to improve. Experts believe that by the year 2020 the problems that prevent US from exploiting fully the food, minerals, and energy source of the sea will be largely solved.
29. The major things that the sea offers man are________.
A. fish and oil B. minerals and oil
C. food, energy sources, and minerals D. ocean currents and waves
30. We can conclude from the passage that________.
A. the sea resources have largely been used up.
B. the sea, in a broad sense, has not yet been developed.
C. the problems that prevent US from fully exploiting the sea have already been solved
D. by the year 2000, the technology will be good enough to exploit all these resources
31. The words "Oriental people" in the fourth paragraph means________.
A. people in Asia B. people in Africa
C. European people D. American people
32. The best title for this paragraph is________.
A. Seafood B. Sea Harvest
C. Man and the Sea D. Technology for Exploiting the Sea
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Newspapers, magazines, and books are the written media. Newspapers are one of the main sources for spreading news and events (25)______ the world.
Radio and television supply information and entertainment to the public. Motion pictures are one of the most (26)______ forms of entertainment. Movies can also teach people many other subjects.
The multimedia computer helps students learn about a particular topic in a (27)______ of ways. When we use the Internet, we can give and get a lot of information very (28)______.
25. A. all B. throughout C. out D. on
26. A. right B. interested C. expensive D. popular
27. A. variety B. difference C. change D. kind
28. A. exactly B. correctly C. secretly D. quickly
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Malaysia is one of the countries of the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN). It is divided into two regions, known as West Malaysia and East Malaysia. They are separated by about 640 km of the sea and together comprise an area of 329,758 sq. km. Malaysia enjoys tropical climate. The Malaysian unit of currency is the ringgit, consisting of 100 sen.
The capital of Malaysia is Kuala Lumpur and it is also the largest city in the country. The population in 2001 was over 22 million. Islam is the country’s official religion. In addition, there are other religions such as Buddhism and Hinduism. The national language is Bahasa Malaysia (also known simply as Malay). English, Chinese, and Tamil are also widely spoken. The language of instruction for primary school children is Bahasa Malaysia, Chinese, or Tamil. Bahasa Malaysia is the primary language of instruction in all secondary schools, although some students may continue learning in Chinese or Tamil. And English is a compulsory second language.
29. According to the paragraph one, which of the following is NOT correct?
A. The sea divides Malaysia into two regions. B. A ringgit consists of 100 sen.
C. Malaysia is a member of ASEAN. D. Malaysia has got about 640 km of the sea.
30. Kuala Lumpur ____________.
A. had over 22 million people in 2001 B. is the second largest city in Malaysia
C. is the capital city of Malaysia D. is the biggest city in West Malaysia
31. The national religion of Malaysia is ___________.
A. Islam B. Buddhism C. Hinduism D. Bahasa
32. The number of languages widely spoken in Malaysia ______________.
A. one B. two C. three D. four
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
It is estimated that about three billion people use the internet computer network around the world. Most people use the Internet to (25) _______information or for entertainment. A new study, however, shows US that almost 10% of Internet users are using it SO often that it is seriously harming their lives. The study says that these people may find it difficult to stop using the Internet because they have become addicted. Someone who is addicted finds it extremely difficult to stop (26) _______activity. According to a psychologist in the field. 30% of Internet users claim that they use the Internet to escape from (27) _______or emotions. The study also shows that having a chat or discussion with strangers on the Internet is one of the most (28) _______activities.
25. A. take B. get C. make D. catch
26. A. the B. a C. an D. Ø
27. A. trouble B. nuisance C. dangers D. problems
28. A. liking B. desired C. addictive D. hunted
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
It is a common saying that we do not fully value a thing until we lose it. We often value the love and worth of a friend when he has been taken from US by death more than when he was with US in the flesh; it is only when we have left school or college that we understand the greatness of our opportunity of education, which has gone forever; and it is the sick and the ailing who realize the value of good health, when we are young and strong, we cannot imagine what it is to be weak and ailing. We are so used to vigorous health that we take it for granted. The organs of our body work so smoothly that we scarcely know we have lungs and liver, heart and stomach. But when any of these gets upset and gives US pain and sickness, we learn by bitter experience what an unspeakable blessing it is to be well.
Loss of health makes US miserable, and a burden to ourselves and our friends. It cripples our efforts so that we cannot accomplish many of the good and great things we might have done. It spoils our life. What must we do to keep our health?
We must be moderate in eating and drinking and wise in the choice of plain, wholesome simple food. Gluttony has killed thousands, and strong drink tens of thousands. We must, when young, get plenty of sleep, which is "nature's sweet restorer", and not try to burn the candle at both ends. We must live as much as possible in the open air and keep our rooms well ventilated. We must get sufficient and regular physical exercise, and keep our bodies clean. And we must avoid bad habits and secret sins as we avoid the devil, and keep our thoughts clean and our bodies pure. Our ideal must be the sound mind in the sound body.
29. Accordingtothe passage, weoftenappreciateourfriends________________.
A. only when they are with US B. only when they are good to US.
C. only when they passed away D. only when they live a long way from US.
30. We do not take care of our health because________________.
A. we are always in good health B. most of the diseases can be cured nowadays
C. we are so accustomed to good health D. we are so busy making a living
31. Poor health makes us. ________________
A. useless B. unable to fulfil our expectations
C. a shame to our friends D. fail to become famous
32. The best title for the passage is. ________________.
A. Health and Human Aspirations B. Health and Our Success
C. How to Keep Our Health D. The Value of Health
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Since the world has become industrialized, there has been an increase in the number of animal species that have become extinct or nearly extinct. Bengal tigers, (25) __________ were once found in a large number in jungles, now are thought to be only 2,300 in number. By the year 2025 their (26) __________ in the world is estimated to be down to zero. The dangerous thing is that people don't hunt them for money but mainly (27) __________ they enjoy hunting them. Animals like the Bengal tiger, as well as other endangered species are very important to the world's ecosystem. International laws protecting these animals must be passed to save them. Countries around the world have begun to solve the problem in many ways. Reserves and national parks have been established. Money provided by world organizations has been spent on maintaining the parks. The use of products made from (28) _________ species has been stopped.
25. A. whose B. which C. that D. who
26. A. population B. amount C. quantity D. diversity
27. A. for B.therefore C. because D. so
28. A.dangerous B. danger C. endangered D. endanger
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
One of the biggest trends in television in recent years has been the rise of “Reality TV”. These shows, in which ordinary people are placed in unusual situations and then filmed without a script, have become some of the highest rating shows on television. Early programs of this genre, including Big Brother (from the Netherlands) and Survivor (from the United States), have led to dozens of copycat programs in many different countries. A common element to many of these programs is that a number of contestants are placed in a closed environment in which they are filmed 24 hours a day, and every week contestants are thrown off the show. What is it about these shows that makes them so popular? Perhaps it is because viewers enjoy watching ordinary people with real emotions being placed in extraordinary, situations. Or perhaps it is that people are really voyeurs - they enjoy being a spy, looking secretly into other people’s lives.
29. In recent years, "Reality TV has become more and more_______.
A. interesting B. unusual C. popular D. enjoyable
30. The underlined word ‘‘which” in the passage refers to_______.
A. a common element B. a closed environment
C. every week D. the show
31. What is true about “Reality TV”?
A. They are made by ordinary people. B. They create many copycat programs.
C. They describe people’s lives. D. They are filmed without a script.
32. We can infer from the passage that_______.
A. “Reality TV” used to be more trendy
B. “Reality TV" is becoming more and more competitive
C. viewers enjoy watching something real but unusual
D. viewers can become spies to look into other people’s lives
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Jeans are very popular with (23)_________ people all over the world. Some people say that jeans are the “uniform” of youth. But they haven’t always been popular. The story of jeans (24)_________ almost two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth made in Genoa was (25)_________ “jeanos”. The pants were called “jeans”. In 1850, a salesman in California began selling pants made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. Because they were so strong, “Levi’s pants” became (26)_________ with gold miners, fanners and cowboys. Six years later Levis began making his pants with blue cotton cloth called denim. Soon after, factory (27)_________ in the US and Europe began wearing jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them.
Question 23: A. rich B. old C. young D. poor
Question 24: A. start B. starts C. was starting D. started
Question 25: A. call B. calls C. calling D. called
Question 26: A. famous B. popular C. good D. wonderful
Question 27: A. workers B. drivers C. cowboys D. fanners
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B or C on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Smoking causes lung cancer, which is the number one cancer among men. Ninety percent of the people who get lung cancer die. Smoking is also the leading cause of mouth cancer, tongue cancer, and throat cancer. Many smokers have heart disease arid pneumonia. Smoking causes one million early deaths in the world every year.
Smokers not only harm themselves but also harm others. Smokers breathe smoke out into the air. They breathe it out on their children and their wives or husbands. Children whose parents smoke have more breathing and lung problems than other children. Women who are married to smokers are more likely to have lung cancer than those married to non- smokers.
We are all aware that smoking is bad. So why do people smoke?
Question 28:The number one cancer among men is _________.
A. tongue cancer B. throat cancer C. lung cancer D. mouth cancer
Question 29:The main cause of mouth cancer, tongue cancer and throat cancer is _________.
A. drinking B. overeating C. breathing D. smoking
Question 30: Every year, smoking causes about one million _________.
A. cancer patients B. killing diseases C. early deaths D. injured men
Question 31:The word “it” in the passage refers to _________.
A. cancer B. smoke C. air D. breath
Question 32:Who are more likely to have lung cancer and lung problems?
A. People who live in the city. B. Who live with smokes.
C. People who live with non-smokers. D. People who live in the country.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Since the world has become industrialized, there has been increase in the number of animal___(23)___ that have become extinct or nearly extinct. Bengal tigers,__(24)__ were once found in large number in jungles, now are thought to be only 2,300 in number. By the year 2025 their__(25)__ in the world is estimated to be down to zero. “The dangerous thing is that people don’t hunt them for money but mainly___(26)___ they enjoy hunting them. Animals like the Bengal tiger, as well as other endangered species are very important to the world’s ecosystem. International laws protecting these animal must be passed to save them. Countries around the world have begun to solve the problem in many ways. Reserves and national parks have been established. Money provided by world organizations has been spent on maintaining the parks. The use of products made them from___(27)__ species has been stopped.
Question 23: A. kinds B. types C. families D. species
Question 24: A. whose B. which C. that D. who
Question 25: A. population B. amount C. quantity D. diversity
Question 26: A. for B. therefore C. because D. so
Question 27: A. dangerous B. danger C. endangered D. endanger
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B or C on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
My first piece of advice to people who want to start getting fit is don’t buy an exercise bike. Typically, people who buy them use them for a week or so and then forget about them. There are effective if they are used regularly but you need to be determined. Most people will find it much easier to go for a gentle jog around the park.
As well as being easy to do, jogging is also relatively cheap compared to most other sports. You don’t need to buy expensive clothes if you’re just going running around the park or on the beach. The main thing is that they’re comfortable, and that they keep you warm in the winter and cool in the summer. There is one piece of equipment, however, that you will have to spend time and money on, and that’s your running shoes. Remember that you are not looking for a fashion item, but for something that will support your feet and protect you from injury. They can be expensive, but if they are good quality they will last you a long time. It’s always best to get expert advice, and the best place for that is a sports shop.
As for the actual jogging, the secret is to start gently, and not to do much at the beginning – especially if you haven’t had any exercise for a long time. Try a mixture of walking and running for ten minutes about three times a week at first. Once you are happy doing that you can then start to increase the amount you do gradually. After a few months you should hope to be able to run at reasonable speed for twenty minutes three or four times a week. It’s important that you feel comfortable with whatever you do. If you do, you’ll start to enjoy it and will probably keep doing it. If it makes you feel uncomfortable, you’ll probably stop after a short time and return to your bad habits. In any case, training too hard is not very effective. Research has shown that somebody who exercise for twice as long as or twice as hard as another person doesn’t automatically become twice as fit.
(Source: Solutions intermediate student’s book)
Question 28. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage?
A. Exercise B. Gentle jogging C. Keeping fit D. Running shoes
Question 29. What is true about the exercise bikes?
A. Exercise bikes do not help you get fit.
B. It is more costly than most other sports.
C. Many people prefer it to gentle jogging.
D. Most people don’t use it for very long.
Question 30. The word “determined” in the passage probably means________.
A. Confident B. decisive C. flexible D. positive
Question 31. According to the author, you should________.
A. go jogging around a park or on the beach
B. go to sports shop for high quality running shoes
C. keep warm at all the times when you are jogging
D. spend time and money on fashionable items
Question 32. It is started in the passage that_________.
A. you are advised to start jogging by walking for ten minutes
B. you should expect to feel much uncomfortable when jogging
C. you should jog three days a week and walk on the other days
D. you won’t necessarily be lot fitter by running twice as fast
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Electricity is the most common form of energy used today.In the modern world, (25)_________ is instantly available at the touch of a switch. Electricity has numerous uses. The most common use of electricity is to provide artificial lighting. In factories, electricity is used to (26)_________ the electric motor of machines. In offices, electricity is used to light up (27)_________ workplace. It is also used to operate air-conditioners, computers (28)_________ many other machines.
25. A. gas B. water C. electricity D. coal
26. A. driven B. drive C. driving D. drove
27. A. a B. any C. the D. many
28. A. but B. so C. because D. And
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
English is one of the most popular languages in the world.It comes second in the number of speakers after Chinese.In Vietnam, more and more people are studying English and they consider it a key to success.However, not everyone knows how to learn English effectively.
The best way to improve the four skills:speaking, listening, reading, and writing is to practice regularly.You should make use of every opportunity to speak English with friends in class or at English speaking clubs or ourselves in front of the mirror.Learning by heart all the words does not help much if you do not read a lot because you will easily forget what you have learnt.Reading books, listening to radio and watching films are better ways to memorize words.Besides.English learners should not be so shy because making mistakes is unavoidable in learning foreign languages.Practicing speaking a lot is a good way to correct your mistakes.
29.The word “memorize" in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to _____
A. remember B. forget C. communicate
30.A good way to correct your mistakes is
A. avoiding speaking English
B. stopping learning English
C. practicing speaking English a lot
31.According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. You should never speak English with yourselves.
B. Many Vietnamese people consider English a key to success.
C. English learner should be shy if they make mistakes.
32.The passage is mainly about ______
A. how to learn English effectively.
B. people who study English in Vietnam.
C. how to read books, listen to radio and watch films
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
One thing that was really a turning point for me was when I learned Spanish. I was always kind of scared of learning a foreign language, yet I was really envious of kids (25) ______ could speak another language. When I started learning Spanish, (26) ______, I found that I was pretty good at it. The moment I reached that breakthrough stage - you know, when you discover you can actually speak and (27) ______ with people in the language - I felt really proud of myself. I realized that learning a foreign language was not an impossible thing after all. Now I can speak three: Spanish, Italian, and German. And I am (28) ______ Korean this year.
25. A. who B. which C. whom D. what
26. A. therefore B. however C. though D. but
27. A. practice B. express C. talk D. communicate
28. A. doing B. making C. taking D. speaking
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
One of the most urgent environmental problems in the world today is the shortage of clean water. Having clean drinking water is a basic human right. However, acid rain, industrial pollution and garbage have made many sources of water undrinkable.
Lakes, reservoirs and even entire seas have become vast pools of poison. Lake Baikal in Russia is one of the largest lakes in the world. It contains a rich variety of animals and plants, including 1,300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world. Yet, they are being destroyed by the massive volumes of industrial effluent which pour into the lake every day. Even though laws have been made, the governments do not have the power to enforce them. Most industries simply ignore the regulations. The Mediterranean Sea occupies 1% of the world's water surface, but it is the dumping ground for 50% of all marine pollution. Almost sixteen countries regularly throw industrial wastes a few miles offshore.
Water is free to everyone. A few years ago people thought that the supply of clean water in the world was limitless. Today, many water supplies have been ruined by pollution and sewage. Clean water is now scarce, and we are at last beginning to respect it. What should we do to save this precious source?
29. What is the main idea of the reading text?
A. People are throwing poisons into bodies of water.
B. Clean water is becoming scarce due to pollution and sewage.
C. Laws have been made to prevent countries from polluting the environment.
D. Sea water is increasingly polluted by industrial wastes.
30. According to the reading text, Lake Baikal ________.
A. is the smallest lake in Russia
B. has 1,300 rare and endangered animals
C. is located in the Mediterranean Sea
D. gets a large amount of industrial sewage every day
31. What does the word "them" in the passage refer to?
A. plants B. governments C. laws D. animals
32. The word "marine" is closest in meaning to ________.
A. underground B. mountainous C. inland D. aquatic
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following question.
1. Scientists have recently argued that Einstein’s contributions to Physics and Mathematics are less important than Newton’s.
A. at once B. just now C. shortly D. before
2.He resembles his father in appearance very much.
A. takes after B. looks after C. calls after D. names after
3. Don't worry, you can count on me. I’ll try my best to help you.
A. look after B. live on C. rely on D. stand for
4. We had a discussion in class today about requiring students to wear, school uniforms.
A. ban B. arrangement C. reduction D. debate
5. The graduation is sad, because the time we studied together has come to an end.
A. succeeded B. begun C. finished D. changed
6. Under the major’s able leadership, the soldiers found safety.
A. guidance B. intensity C. flagship D. ability
7. Many language learners do not try to learn all new words they come across.
A. study B. like C. meet D. understand
8. Electric cars are better for the environment. In addition, they can save money on petrol.
A. In conclusion B. For example C. Nevertheless D. Furthermore
9. After her parents’ death, her chief inheritance was an old Bible, which she read and valued.
A. pursuit (theo đuổi) B. possession (sở hữu) C. mistrust: nghi ngờ D. misery
10. They need to cut back on eating a lot of salt and sugary foods. They’re not good for their health.
A. reduce B. begin C. speed up D. carry out
11. I only have time to tell you the main idea of it, not the details.
A. story B. gist: ý chính C. list D. start
12. Wildlife on Earth is disappearing fast and will continues to do so unless urgent action is taken.
A. vanishing B. damaging C. polluting D. destroying
13. I didn’t think his comments were very appropriate at that time.
A. right B. correct C. exact D. suitable
14. Have you found out how much all this is going to cost? Is it expensive?
A. got information about B. found by chance
C. talked to someone about D. met someone and asked
15. Everything seems to be very complicated, and the police have promised to look into the problem.
A. discover B. examine C. investigate D. communicate
16. The new camera didn’t work, so she took it back to the shop.
A. was out of date B. was out of order
C. didn’t break down D. became too old
17. It’s easy to confuse me for my brother; we are twins and we look the same.
A. mix up B. choose out C. pick down D. take after
18. The notice should be put in the most visible place so that all the students can be well- informed.
A. popular B. often visited C. easily seen D. beautiful
19. Children normally feel a lot of anxiety about their first day at school.
A. nervousness B. silence C. self-control D. agreement
20. The 1923 earthquake in Japan killed about 200.000 people and left countless wounded and homeless.
A. imprisoned B. injured C. killed D. enriched
21. The Internet is available only in cities and towns, so we cannot easily get access to it in the countryside.
A. visiting B. existing C. safe D. helpful
22. The naughty boy was scolded for breaking the neighbour’s window yesterday.
A. told off B. complimented C. caught D. taken care of
23. Sue and Daisy are as different as chalk and cheese. No wonder their friendship has broken up recently.
A. changed B. ended C. improved D. appeared
24. He was astounded at his bad luck. He couldn’t believe it.
A. unhappy B. frightened C. astonished D. amused
25. It hasn’t rained for a long time. If the crops are not irrigated soon, the harvest will be affected.
A. plowed B. watered C. planted D D. fertilized
26. In the 1920s, amateur theater performances benefited poor families and other charitable causes.
A. untrained B. inexperienced C. non-profit D. nonprofessional
27. It is imperative that they arrive on time for the lecture. They mustn’t be late.
A. necessary B. suggested C. hoped D. intended
28. The widespread use of pesticides and herbicides has led to contamination of groundwater in some areas.
A. extensive B. experimental C. occasional D. popular
19. The professor tried to stimulate interest in archaeology by taking his students on expeditions.
A. simulate B. fake C. encourage D. diminish
20. In this fairytale there is a wicked old woman. Nobody wants to come near her.
A. evil B. marked C. weak D. immortal
19. The boundary between Canada and the United States has been unfortified (phòng ngự) for over one hundred years.
A. border B. binding C. relationship D. water
20. This organization aims to help the less able in society to lead an independent life.
A. identify B. entertain C. assist D. defend
19. For nearly a hundred years, the lake was present continually, and has appeared and disappeared again several times since.
A. vanish B. exist C. inhabit D. grow
20. When we travel overseas we hope to go to Iceland.
A. on the sea B. by water C. with foreigners D. to foreign lands
19. The guests at the Japanese Embassy reception enjoyed it very much but refused to eat the raw fish.
A. stale B. fresh C. rotten D. uncooked
20. The teacher gave some suggestions on what could come out for the examination.
A. demonstrations B. symptoms C. hints D. effects
19. The development of basic skills like how to cross the street, or what to do when you get lost, must be carefully taught at primary school.
A. social B. necessary C. cultural D. difficult
20. I’m happy that my sister is getting on very well in her new job.
A. making progress B. avoiding punishment C. feeling surprised D. learning new things
19. The television is among the most efficient machines invented by man.
A. valuable B. dangerous C. expensive D. useful
20. Local authorities should prohibit and fine heavily anyone using electricity to catch fish.
A. allow B. follow C. forbid D. imprison
BÀI TẬP I: CHỮA LỖI SAI
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions.1. United Kingdom consists of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
A B C D
Vì mạo từ xác định“the” được dùng trước những danh từ riêng chỉ biển, sông, quần đảo, dãy núi, tên gọi của một số nước là tập hợp của nhiều bang/bộ phận nhỏ, sa mạc, miền…. Vậy nên đổi lại là “ The United Kingdom”; “The USA” …
2. Nutritionists believe what diet affects how one feels physically and emotionally.
A B -> that (tin rằng) C D
3. I asked David where would he spend his holiday the next summer.
A B (he would) C D
4. When I was in your age I had to work very hard.
A B C D (at one’s age: ở độ tuổi của ai)
5. With his father’s guidance, Mozart began playing the clavier at three and compose at the age of 5.
A B C D
Sau đt “began + playing” tức là một “V-ing”nên đt sau đó phải sửa là“composing”
Mozart: Nhà soạn nhạc người Áo (Austria)
6. We need any information before we can reach a decision.
A (some) B C D
Đây là câu khẳng định nên dùng “some”
7. The harder he tried, the worst he danced before the large audience.
A B (worse) C D
So sánh kép (hơn kém) càng…càng…
-> Mẹo dễ nhớ “The + so sánh hơn + chủ ngữ + động từ, the + so sánh hơn + chủ ngữ + động từ”
8. Have the members of the club be told about the changes of their timetable yet?
A B (been told) C D
Nghĩa bị động ở thì HTHT là “have…been + PII” “được nói, được thông báo…”
9. Although I didn’t personally see who was responsible for this mess, but I think I can make a guess.
A B C (bỏ) D
Ở mệnh đề chỉ sự nhượng bộ. Sau các từ “Though/ Even though/ Although thì chỉ có dấu phẩy ở cuối mệnh đề đó, mệnh đề sau không có giới từ “but”.
10. The more frequent you exercise, the greater physical endurance (sức bền thể chất) you will have.
A(frequently) B C D
Sau đó là một động từ thường “exercise” nên phải dùng trạng từ.
11. Where many of my friends take a shower in the morning, I usually take one before I go to bed.
A (While: Trong khi) B C D
- Trong khi nhiều bạn của tôi tắm vào buổi sáng,còn tôi thì lại thường tắm trước khi đi ngủ.
12. The price of crude oil used to be a great deal lower than now, wasn’t it?
A B C D
Trợ động từ đi với mẫu câu “used to” ở thể phủ định phải là “didn’t it” chứ k dùng “was/ were…”
13. Their free trip, which they won on a television game-show, include four days in London and a
A B C D (includes: trip = it + V(s/es))
week in Paris.
14. The young are thought being the future leaders of the country, and it is essential that they
A B -> are thought to be(nghĩa bị động) C
understand their responsibilities.
D
15. If there will be too much exhaust fume in the air, our breathing will be badly affected.
A ->is B C D
Câu điều kiện loại 1, Khói xăng là danh từ không đếm được, chia ở HTĐ = ngôi “it” + “is”.
16. I do not know where could he have gone so early in the morning.
A B -> he could have C D
Câu nói gián tiếp không được đảo trợ đt lên trước mà phải theo mẫu câu “S + V/could V…”
17. The oxygen in the air we breathe has no tasting, smell, or color.
A B C(taste là dt: vị) D
Cần một danh từ vì mẫu câu “S + have/has… no + danh từ. Sau đó có hai danh từ là “smell” và “color” rồi.
VD: I have no money = I don’t have (any) money.
18. When contented, and occasionally when hunger, cats frequently make a purring sound.
A B C (hungry = cats are hungry) D
19. Laser discs provide images of best quality than those of either television signals or video tapes.
A B->better quality C D
So sánh hơn vì sau đó có từ “than”, còn “best” là so sánh cấp nhất
20. His teacher encouraged him taking part in the competition.
A B C->to take part D
S + encourage + sb to-V: động viên ai nên làm gì
21. Ozone is an unstable, faintly bluish gas that is the most chemical active form of oxygen.
A B C->chemically D
Vì trạng từ bổ nghĩa/ nhấn mạnh cho tính từ sau đó.
22. According to a team of scientists, there are evidence that Mount Everest is still rising.
A B (there is) C D
Vì “evidence” là dt không đếm được nên tương đương với ngôi “it”+ is -> there is
Chiều cao của đỉnh Everest lần đầu tiên được xác định bởi một nhóm người Anh vào khoảng năm 1856 là 8,842 mét nhưng số đo được công nhận phổ biến nhất là 8.848 mét, do Ấn Độ tiến hành trong cuộc khảo sát vào năm 1954. Năm 1999, một nhóm nghiên cứu của Hiệp hội Địa lý Quốc gia Mỹ sử dụng công nghệ GPS đã đo được độ cao của Everest là 8.850 mét….
23. There are more potatoes cultivated than any the other vegetable crops worldwide.
A B C-> other D
Vì nói chung chung không dùng mạo từ xác định.
24. Some metals such gold, silver, copper, and tin occur naturally, and are easy to work.
A B (such as: như là) C D
25. The test administrator (người quản lý) ordered us not opening our books until he told us to do so.
A B-> not to open C D
S + order + sb + (not) to-V: ra lệnh/ sai ai (không) được làm gì
26. We are supposing to read all of Chapter Seven and answer the questions for tomorrow’s class.
A B C D
27. Because it was unsafe and too expensive to repair, the 70-years-old building had to be
demolished. A B C D (tính từ ghép nên không có số nhiều)
28. These interested paintings were donated (cho, tặng) to the library by Gilmore Foundation
A B C
20 years ago.
D A -> interesting (HTPT được dùng như tính từ - đi với dt chỉ vật mang nghĩa chủ động là những bức tranh đẹp…)
29. The museum director was neither friendly or professional in his approach to US.
A B C (friendly nor) D
(neither friendly nor proffessional: không thân thiện mà cũng không chuyên nghiệp)
30. Many young people lack skills, good education, and financial to settle in the urban areaswhere many jobs are found.
A. lack B. financial C. urban areas D. are found
B -> finance (vì cần một danh từ do trước đó có từ thiếu là lack và có 2 cụm dt rồi nên từ đằng sau bắt buộc phải là một danh từ chứ k phải tính từ)
31. Martin was chosen because she is a good administrator which gets along with everyone.
A. was B. which (ĐTQHchỉ người phải là who/that)
C. chosen D. for
32. Sandra has not rarely missed a play or a concert since she was 17 years old.
A (bỏ rarely) B C D
33. Robots in the home might not be enough creative to do the cooking, plan the meal and so on.
A B C D
(creative enough: tính từ đứng trước trạng từ enough)
34. It is becoming extremely difficult to grow enough to feed the world’s rapidly increased population.
A B C D (increasing population)
35. Now that the stress of examinations are over, we can go somewhere for our holiday.
A B (is) C D +
Vì stress là một dt không đếm được nên tương đương với ngôi “it” + is
36. The English summer course will start in May 29th and finish in August.
A B C (on…) D
Khi có các đơn vị thời gian khác nhau trong cùng một cụm thì giới từ được dùng sẽ được tính theo đơn vị nhỏ nhất. VD: in 2021; in May 2021; on May 2nd; ; on 2nd May 2021; at 6p.m 2nd May 2021….
37. There were so a lot of people trying to leave the burning building that the police had a great deal
A B (many) C D
of trouble controlling them.
… so many/ much + danh từ + that… quá nhiều… đến nỗi/ mức mà…
38. Ice skating and to go skiing are popular winter sports in the Northern United States.
A B C D
To go skating: vì sau đó có cụm động từ “to go skiing không gạch chân thì mặc định là nó đúng rồi nên trước đó phải theo …)
39. The surgeon examined the patient quickly, and then the operation was begun.
A B C D (he began the operation)
Bác sĩ phẫu thuật đã kiểm tra bệnh nhân nhanh chóng, và sau đó bắt đầu tiến hành phẫu thuật.
40. World hunger it is one of the most urgent problems that we face today.
A B C D
World hunger (nạn đói trên thế giới) = it + is
41. Dew (sương mù) usually disappeared by seven o’clock in the morning when the sun comes up.
A B C D
Sương mù thường tan vào bảy giờ sáng khi mặt trời mọc. -> hiện tượng tự nhiên nên dùng thì HTĐ và sẽ là disappears.
42. The governor, with his wife and children, are at home watching the election returns on television.
A B C D
Vì ông thống đốc là chủ ngữ nên tương đương với ngôi he + is
43. We solved the problem by using a computer rather than to do it all by hand. A B C D
Vì trước đó có cụm by using nên sau rather than phải tương đương về cấu trúc nên sẽ phải là “doing”
44. The park keeper told us not walk on the grass or we would be fined.
A B C D
Vì có mẫu câu S + tell + sb + (not) to-V: bảo ai (k) nên làm gì
45. John used to smoking cigarettes when he was a young man.
A B C D
Vì S + used to + V: đã từng làm gì (thói quen trong quá khứ)
46. Tom didn’t drive a car since he had an accident two years ago.
A B C D
Vì sau đó có giới từ “since” nên trước đó phải chi ở thì HTHT (hasn’t driven)
47. You need your shoes to repair, don't you?
A B C D -> C -> repairing/ to be repaired
Vì: S + need + N: cần cái gì
S + need + to-V: cần làm gì
S + need + to be + PII: cần được làm gì (nghĩa bị động)
S + need + V-ing: cần được làm gì (nghĩa bị động)
48. I borrowed some milk from a neighbor of us as we didn't have enough for breakfast.
A B C -> of ours D
Vì:Cần Đại từ sở hữu đứng độc lập của ngôi thứ nhất số nhiều là ours nên là of ours
49. When they lived in Jakarta, they used to eating, Indonesian food.
A B C D -> eat
Vì S + used to + V: đã từng làm gì (thói quen trong quá khứ)
50. At first life was difficult for me because of I didn’t understand English.
A B C -> because D
Vì sau “because” là một mệnh đề nên sẽ bỏ giới từ “of” đi
51. Copper comes from seven types of ores that also contain the other materials.
A B C D -> other
Sau “other” có danh từ thì cần từ “other” thôi chứ không cần cả mạo từ xác định “the” nữa.
52. Silicon chips contain thousands of circuits in an area as smaller than a fingernail.
A B C -> smaller D
Vì sau đó có từ “than”là so sánh hơn với tính từ ngắn thì chỉ thêm đuôi “er” vào thôi chứ không thêm cả “as” vì “as” lại là câu so sánh ngang bằng rồi
53. Mercury is the smaller planet in the solar system and the closest to the sun.
A B -> smallest C D
Vì hành tinh Sao Thủy là hành tinh nhỏ nhất trong hệ mặt trời và nó gần với mặt trời nhất. -> So sánh cấp nhất sẽ thêm đuôi “est” vào sau tính từ ngắn
54. My grandmother used to be telling us folktales when we were small.
A B C D B
Vì S + used to + V: đã từng làm gì (thói quen trong quá khứ)
55. There wasn’t hardly electricity in the mountainous regions ten years ago.
A B C D B
->bỏ đi trạng từ “hardly” vì đã có từ mang nghĩa phủ định là “wasn’t” – trong khi “hardly” cũng mang nghĩa phủ định là hiếm/ ít khi
56. I still have to finish my project, what keeps me very busy.
A B C D C -> which
(thay cho cụm dt đứng trước đó chỉ vật là việc tôi vẫn phải hoàn thành xong dự án/ kế hoạch…)
57. The more healthy he is, the most easy his life becomes.
A B C D
Vì đây là cấu trúc so sánh hơn “Càng…càng…. = ss kép” nên sửa là easier
58. Despite its smaller size, the Indian Ocean is as deep the Atlantic Ocean (Đại Tây Dương).
A B C D D
Despite + Cụm danh từ/ V-ing
D-> As deep as: sâu bằng(so sánh bằng)
- Mặc dù kích thước nhỏ hơn, Ấn Độ Dương sâu như Đại Tây Dương.
A B C D D
-> considerably: đáng kể (vì đứng sau động từ thường thì cần một trạng/ phó từ)
60. When too many firms enter competitive markets, their share of profits will fell.
A B C D D
->Câu điều kiện loại 1 vì trước đó có động từ “enter” chia ở thì HTĐ nên vế sau sẽ chia ở thì TLĐ hoặc HTĐ tức là “will fall/ falls”
61. The term “middle class”describes people between the upper and the low social classes.
A B C -> the lower D
Thuật ngữ “tầng lớp trung lưu” miêu tả những người giữa các tầng lớp xã hội trên và dưới. (trên đó có tt so sánh hơn là “the upper”không gạch chân và mặc định là đúng nên sau phải đồng bộ và sửa là “the lower”
62. Nowadays there are more and more places when we cannot use our phone.
A B C-> where D
Trước “C” là cụm từ chỉ nơi chốn “more places” nên cần một trạng từ quan hệ chỉ nơi chốn .
Chú ý: Có 3 trạng từ quan hệ là:
- Where: thay cho một cụm từ chỉ nơi chốn.
- When: thay cho một cụm từ chỉ thời gian.
- Why: thay cho một cụm từ chỉ lý do hay nguyên nhân.
A B C D
Most: + danh từ không xác định. (Most boys like football…..)
Most of + the/ these/ those/ my/ your… (Most of my friends are good).
Almost + anybody/ anything/ all…. (từ hạn định)
64. The children’s television program called “Sesame Street” was seeing in 84 countries in 1989.
A B C -> seen D
Vì chương trình này được xem ở 84 Quốc gia nên nó phải là câu bị động và cần một động từ chia ở QKPT 2.
65. If I will have to make a difficult decision , I will discuss it with my friends.
A B C D A -> have to
Đây là câu điều kiện loại 1 nên vế đầu sẽ chia ở HTĐ là “have to” còn vế sau chia ở TLĐ.
66. I was listening to the radio last night when the door bell rings.
A B C D -> rang
Một hành động đang xảy ra tại một thời điểm trong quá khứ thì dùng thì QKTD, còn hành động xen kẽ xảy đến thì dùng thì QKĐ nên sẽ chia D -> rang
67. Do you know how getting to the post office from here?
A B C D B -> how to get: cách làm gì
68. He looked around , picked a piece of grass, and careful tied it to a branch.
A B C D C -> carefully
Vì trạng từ đứng trước động từ thường
69. “If thunder could dance,”he thought, “it will sound like this”.
A B C D
C -> it would là câu đk 2 vì trước có từ “could”
70. The house stood next the road is not far from the hills.
A B C D B -> next to/ near
BÀI TẬP II: KHOANH TRÒN CÂU TRẢ LỜI GẦN NGHĨA VỚI CÂU ĐÃ CHO
MARK LETTER A, B, C OR D ON YOUR ANSWER SHEET TO INDICATE THE SENTENCE THAT IS CLOSEST IN MEANING TO THE ORIGINAL SENTENCE IN EACH OF THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS.
1. Study hard or (nếu k thì) you will fail the exam.
A. You don’t fail the exam unless you study hard.
B. If you don’t study hard, you will fail the exam.
C. You don’t study hard, so you will fail the exam.
D. Because you study hard, you don’t fail the exam.
2. My school has no playground equipment or extra activities.
A. I wish my school had had (ước ở quá khứ) playground equipment or extra activities.
B. I wish my school had (ước ở HT) playground equipment or extra activities.
C. I wish my school can have playground equipment or extra activities.
D. I wish my school will have playground equipment or extra activities.
3. Children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family. We are pleased about that.
A. We are pleased about children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
B. We are pleased that children are allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
C. We are pleased that children allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
D. We are pleased for children to be allowed to have a voice in decision making in the family.
4. Although his leg was broken, he managed to get out of the car.
A. In spite his broken leg, he managed to get out of the car.
B. In spite of his broken leg, he managed to get out of the car.
C. In spite his leg broken, he managed to get out of the car.
D. In spite of his leg was broken, he managed to get out of the car.
5. They reported that the troops were coming.
A. It had been reported that the troops were coming.
B. It was being reported that the troops were coming.
C. It was reported that the troops to be coming.
D. It was reported that the troops were coming.
6. “What time did you come home last night, Mark?” said Tom.
A. Tom asked Mark what time had he come home the previous night.
B. Tom asked Mark what time he had come home last night.
C. Tom asked Mark what time he came home last night.
D. Tom asked Mark what time he had come home the previous night.
7. Did you always eat sweets when you were small?
A. Were you use to eat sweets when you were small?
B. Did you used to eat sweets when you were small?
C. Were you used to eat sweets when you were small?
D. Did you use to eat sweets when you were small?
8. We last visited Ho Chi Minh city 3 years ago.
A. We didn’t visit Ho Chi Minh city for 3 years.
B. We haven’t visited Ho Chi Minh city for 3 years
C. We haven’t visited Ho Chi Minh city for 3 years ago.
D. We didn’t visit Ho Chi Minh city for 3 years go.
9. I have not met her for three years.
A. The last time I met her was three years ago.
B. It is three years when I will meet her.
C. I did not meet her three years ago.
D. During three years, I met her once.
10."How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!" Peter said to Mary.
A. Peter promised to buy Mary a beautiful dress.
B. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
C. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.
D. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress.
11. Barry continued to smoke even though we had advised him to quit.
A. Barry took our advice so he stopped smoking.
B. If we had advised Barry, he would have quit smoking.
C. Barry did not quit smoking because of our advice.
D. Despite being told not to smoke, Barry continued to do.
12. Many people think Steve stole (QKĐ) the money.
A. It was not Steve who stole the money.
B. Steve is thought to have stolen (quá khứ) the money.
C. Many people think the money is (HTĐ) stolen by Steve.
D. The money is thought to be (hiện tại) stolen by Steve.
13. Even though it was raining heavily, the explorers decided to continue their journey.
A. It rained so heavily that the explorers could not continue their journey.
B. The explorers put off their journey due to the heavy rain.
C. The heavy rain could not prevent the explorers from continuing their journey.
D. If it had rained heavily, the explorers would not have continued their journey.
14. He cannot afford a new computer.
A. The new computer is so expensive that he cannot buy it.
B. Therefore, he would buy a new computer.
C. So, he would buy a new computer.
D. The new computer is so expensive but he can buy it.
15. The roads were slippery because it snowed heavily.
A. It snowed too heavily to make the roads slippery.
B. The heavy snow prevented the roads from-being slippery.
C. Thanks to the slip of the roads, it snowed heavily.
D. The heavy snow made the roads slippery.
16. You’d better take a taxi; it was raining hard outside
A. You’d better take a taxi in case it was raining
B. She advised us to take a taxi because it was raining outsideC. She gave us a lift because it was raining heavily
D. She didn’t lend us any raincoats but a taxi
17. We’ll get there early so that we’ll be able to get tickets.
A. If we get there early, we’ll be able to get tickets.
B. If we don’t get there early, we’ll be able to get tickets.
C. If we get there early, we won’t be able to get tickets.
D. Unless we get there early, we’ll be able to get tickets.
18. “Close your books and go out to play”, the teacher said to us.
A. The teacher told us close our books and go out to play.
B. The teacher told us to closing our books and go out to play.
C. The teacher told us closing our books and go out to play.
D. The teacher told us to close our books and go out to play.
19. My dad worked in a factory in the past, but doesn’t work there now.
A. My dad used to working in a factory.
B. My dad used to be working in a factory.
C. My dad used to work in a factory.
D. My dad used to be work in a factory.
20. Mr. Peter has written a lot of articles for the CNN (Cable News Network) News.
A. A lot of articles have written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
B. A lot of articles have been written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
C. A lot of articles has written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
D. A lot of articles has been written for the CNN News by Mr. Peter.
21. Although he was tired, he finished doing his homework.
A. In spite his tiredness, he finished doing his homework.
B. In spite of his tiredness, he finished doing his homework.
C. In spite of he was tired, he finished doing his homework.
D. In spite his tired, he finished doing his homework.
22. He is a much slower speaker than my brother.
A. He speaks much more slowly than my brother.
B. He doesn’t speak much more slowly than my brother.
C. He speaks much more quickly than my brother.
D. He doesn’t speak much more quickly as my brother.
23. They often went to school by bike when they were young.
A. They used go to school by bike when they were young.
B. They used to going to school by bike when they were young.
C. They used to go to school by bike when they were young.
D. They used to went to school by bike when they were young.
23. She has taught her children to play piano for 4 years.
A. She started teaching her children to play piano 4 years ago.
B. She started to teaching her children to play piano 4 years ago.
C. She started teaching her children to play piano for 4 years ago.
D. She started teaching her children to play piano since 4 years.
24. It's a pity I can't cook as well as my mom.
A. I wish I could cook as well as my mom.
B. I wish I can cook as well as my mom.
C. I wish I could cook as good as my mom.
D. I wish I can cook as better as my mom.
25. Shall we use environmental problem in Ha Noi as a theme of the presentation?
A. She suggests use environmental problem in Ha Noi as a theme of the presentation.
B. She suggests to use environmental problem in Ha Noi as a theme of the presentation.
C. She suggests to using environmental problem in Ha Noi as a theme of the presentation.
D. She suggests using environmental problem in Ha Noi as a theme of the presentation.
26. Finish your homework or you can't go out with your friend.
A. Unless you finish your homework, you can go out with your friend.
B. If you don't finish your homework, you can go out with your friend.
C. If you don't finish your homework, you can't go out with your friend.
D. If you finish your homework, you can't go out with your friend.
27. It took me 4 hours to read the first chapter of the book.
A. I spent 4 hours reading the first chapter of the book.
B. I spent 4 hours to read the first chapter of the book.
C. I spent 4 hours to reading the first chapter of the book.
D. I spent 4 hours read the first chapter of the book.
28. Snowboarding is more dangerous than tennis.
A. Tennis is as dangerous as snowboarding.
B. Tennis is not as dangerous as snowboarding.
C. Tennis is as dangerously as snowboarding.
D. Tennis is not as dangerously as snowboarding.
29. Nobody saw her book at the party last night.
A. Her book was seen at the party last night.
B. Her book was not seen at the party last night.
C. Her book were seen at the party last night.
D. Her book were not seen at the party last night.
30. Jenny took a taxi, but she still arrived late for the interview.
A. In spite of Jenny took a taxi, she still arrived late for the interview.
B. Although taking a taxi, Jenny still arrived late for the interview.
C. Although Jenny took a taxi, she still arrived late for the interview.
D. In spite of took a taxi, Jenny still arrived late for the interview. N
Nam = 4/4
31. We didn’t go out because of the heavy rain.
A. We didn’t go out because it rained heavily.
B. We didn’t go out because of it rained heavily.
C. We didn’t go out because it didn’t rain heavily.
D. We didn’t go out because it rained heavy.
32. I’m sorry I can’t go to your birthday party tomorrow.
A. I wish I can go to your birthday party tomorrow.
B. I wish I can’t go to your birthday party tomorrow.
C. I wish I could go to your birthday party tomorrow.
D. I wish I couldn’t go to your birthday party tomorrow.
33. “Why don’t you meet to discuss how to organize the fair?”
A. He suggested that we should meet to discuss how to organize the fair.
B. He suggested that we shouldn’t meet to discuss how to organize the fair.
C. He suggested to meet to discuss how to organize the fair.
D. He suggested to meeting to discuss how to organize the fair.
34. Nobody has invited me, so I’m not going to the party.
A. Because I haven’t been invited, I’m going to the party.
B. Because of I haven’t been invited, I’m not going to the party.
C. Because I have been invited, I’m not going to the party.
D. Because I haven’t been invited, I’m not going to the party.
35. They have a great interest in artificial intelligence (trí tuệ nhân tạo AI).
A. They are great interested in artificial intelligence.
B. They are greatly interested in artificial intelligence.
C. They aren’t great interested in artificial intelligence.
D. They aren’t greatly interested in artificial intelligence.
36. Although it rained heavily, we all enjoyed the excursion.
A. Despite it rained heavily, we all enjoyed the excursion.
B. Despite the rain heavy, we all enjoyed the excursion.
C. Despite the heavy rain, we all enjoyed the excursion.
D. Despite the heavily rain, we all enjoyed the excursion.
37. Our school library contains(HTĐ) over 50 thousand books.
A. There is over 50 thousand books in our school library.
B. There are (HTĐ) over 50 thousand books in our school library.
C. There have been (HTHT) over 50 thousand books in our school library.
D. There has been over 50 thousand books in our school library.
38. She loves Japanese food. She goes to that Japanese restaurant every week.
A. She loves Japanese food so she goes to that Japanese restaurant every week.
B. She loves Japanese food because she goes to that Japanese restaurant every week.
C. She loves Japanese food because of she goes to that Japanese restaurant every week.
D. She loves Japanese food as she goes to that Japanese restaurant every week.
39. “Where are you going on your holidays?” I asked them.
A. I asked them where they are going on their holidays.
B. I asked them where are they going on their holidays.
C. I asked them where they were going on their holidays.
D. I asked them where were they going on their holidays.
40. “I will help you,” Bob said to me.
A. Bob told me he would help me.
B. Bob asked me to help him.
C. Bob said that he would help you.
D. Bob warned me that he would help her.
41. They had decorated the tree with colored balls.
A. Colored balls had been decorated under the tree.
B. The tree had been decorated with colored balls.
C. They had decorated colored balls and the tree.
D. With colored balls the tree had looked beautiful.
42. I don’t want to hear you complaining any more.
A. I’ve had enough of your complaining.
B. I wish to hear you complaining more and more.
C. Why don’t you complain more?
D. I’m too busy to listen to your complaining.
43. I didn't arrive in time to see her.
A. I was early enough but I didn't see her.
B. She was late so I couldn’t see her.
C. I wasn't early enough to see her.
D. I am so late that I can't see her.
44. The exercise was so difficult that we couldn’t do it.
A. It was so a difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
B. It was too a difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
C. It was enough a difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
D. It was such a difficult exercise that we couldn’t do it.
45. He is sorry he is not able to speak English well.
A. He wishes he can speak English well.
B. He wishes he could speak English well.
C. He wishes he is able to speak English well.
D. He wishes he was able to speak English well.
46. Tom passed the test easily.
A. Tom have no difficulty passing the test.
B. Tom has no difficulty passing the test.
C. Tom had no difficulty passing the test.
D. Tom didn’t have no difficulty passing the test.
47. My friend cannot run as fast as me.
A. I can run faster than my friend.
B. I cannot run faster than my friend.
C. I can run faster as my friend.
D. I can run faster more than my friend.
48. He started working in this company five years ago.
A. He has worked in this company for five years.
B. It was five years ago did he start working in this company.
C. He hasn’t worked in this company for five years.
D. It is five years since he has worked in this company.
49. The woman was too weak to lift the basket.
A. Although she was weak, she could lift the basket.
B. The woman shouldn't have lifted the basket because she was so weak.
C. She was so weak that she couldn't lift the basket.
D. The woman lifted the basket, so she wasn't very weak.
50. "If I were you, I would take a break," Tom said to Daisy.
A. Tom wanted to take a break with Daisy.
B. Tom advised Daisy to take a break.
C. Tom suggested not taking a break.
D. Tom wanted to take a break, and so did Daisy.
51. They got success since they took my advice.
A. They took my advice, and failed.
B. If they did not take my advice, they would not get success.
C. But for taking my advice, they would not have got success.
D. My advice stopped them from getting success.
52. They did not let me in because I was not a member of the club.
A. They invited me although I was not a member of the club.
B. They did not allow me to enter because I was not a member of the club.
C. They invited me to the clubs as if I had been a member.
D. They asked me to get out of the club because I was not a member.
53. The last time I went to the museum was four years ago.
A. I have not been to the museum for four years.
B. Four years ago, I often went to the museum.
C. My going to the museum lasted four years.
D. At last I went to the museum after four years
54. They are not allowed to go out in the evening by their parents.
A. Their parents do not want them to go out in the evening.
B. Their parents never let them to go out in the evening.
C. Going out in the evening is permitted by their parents.
D. Although their parents do not allow, they still go out in the evening.
55. This is the first time I attend such an exciting holiday.
A. The first holiday I attended was exciting.
B. I had the first exciting holiday.
C. My attendance at the first holiday was exciting.
D. I have never attended such an exciting holiday before.
56. “Alice in the Wonderland” was written for children. It appeals to many adult readers.
A. Though for children written, “Alice in the Wonderland” appeals to many adult readers.
B. Though written for children, “Alice in the Wonderland” appeals to many adult readers.
C. Though it written for children, “Alice in the Wonderland” appeals to many adult readers.
D. Though writing for children, “Alice in the Wonderland” appeals to many adult readers.
57. The agreement ended six-month negotiation (đàm phán). It was signed (ký)yesterday.
A. The agreement ended six-month negotiation which was signed yesterday.
B .The agreement which was signed yesterday lasted six months.
C. The negotiation which lasted six months was signed yesterday.
D. The agreement which was signed yesterday ended six-month negotiation.
58. Think it through very carefully. Or else, you will not come up with the right answer.
A. If you think it through very carefully, you will not come up with the right answer.
B. Although you think it through very carefully, you will not come up with the right answer.
C. However carefully you think it through, you will not come up with the right answer.
D. Unless you think it through very carefully, you will not come up with the right answer.
59. He felt very tired. However, he was determined to continue his work.
A. As the result of his tiredness, he was determined to continue his work.
B. He felt so tired that he was determined to continue his work.
C. Feeling tired, he was determined to continue his work.
D. Tired as he might feel, he was determined to continue his work.
60. He started learning French six years ago.
A. He has learned French for six years.
B. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
C. He hasn’t learnt French for six years.
D. It is six years since he has learnt French.
61. People believed he won a lot of money on the lottery.
A. He is believed that he won a lot of money on the lottery.
B. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
C. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.
D. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.
62. “Leave my house now or I’ll call the police!” shouted the lady to the man.
A. The lady threatened to call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
B. The lady said that she would call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
C. The lady told the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.
D. The lady informed the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house
63. The last time I went to the museum was a year ago.
A. I have not been to the museum for a year.
B. A year ago, I often went to the museum.
C. My going to the museum lasted a year.
D. At last I went to the museum after a year
64. The woman was very weak. She couldn’t lift the basket.
A. Although she was weak, she could lift the basket.
B. The woman shouldn't have lifted the basket because she was so weak.
C. She was too weak to lift the basket.
D. The woman lifted the basket, so she wasn't very weak.
65. They did not let me in. I was not a member of the club.
A. They invited me although I was not a member of the club.
B. They did not allow me to enter because I was not a member of the club.
C. They invited me to the clubs as if I had been a member.
D. They asked me to get out of the club because I was not a member.
66. They made too many mistakes. Therefore, they failed in the exam.
A. They made very many mistakes that they failed in the exam.
B. They made too many mistake for them to fail in the exam.
C. They made so many mistakes that they failed in the exam.
D. They made such many mistakes that they failed in the exam.
67. The coffee was not strong. It didn’t keep us awake.
A. The coffee was very strong, but it couldn’t keep us awake.
B. We were kept awake because the coffee was strong.
C. The coffee was not strong enough to keep us awake.
D. The coffee was so hot that it didn’t keep us awake.
68. Billionaire Pham Nhat Vuong founded Vinfast Automobile Company in 2017.
A. Vinfast Automobile Company is founded by billionaire Pham Nhat Vuong in 2017.
B. Vinfast Automobile Company was founded by billionaire Pham Nhat Vuong in 2017.
C. Vinfast Automobile Company were founded by billionaire Pham Nhat Vuong in 2017.
D. Vinfast Automobile Company has been founded by billionaire Pham Nhat Vuong in 2017.
69. "I am working for an international bank in Hanoi now," my brother said.
A. My brother said (that) he was working for an international bank in Hanoi then.
B. My brother said (that) he was working for an international bank in Hanoi now.
C. My brother said (that) he was working for an international bank in Hanoi at this time.
D. My brother said (that) he was working for an international bank in Hanoi.
70. If you don’t follow the guidelines from The Ministry of Health, you may be affected by Covid-19.
A. Unless you don’t follow guidelines from The Ministry of Health, you may be affected by Covid-19.
B. Unless you followed guidelines from The Ministry of Health, you may be affected by Covid-19.
C. Unless you follow guidelines from The Ministry of Health, you may not be affected by Covid-19.
D. Unless you follow guidelines from The Ministry of Health, you may be affected by Covid-19.
71. The last time we met Nguyen Quang Hai football player was two months ago.
A. We have met Nguyen Quang Hai football player for two months.
B. We haven’t met Nguyen Quang Hai football player since two months.
C. We haven’t met Nguyen Quang Hai football player for two months.
D. We haven’t met Nguyen Quang Hai football player for two months ago.
72. Jenifer is more intelligent than all the other students in my class.
A. No student in my class is as intelligent as Jenifer.
B. No student in my class isn’t as intelligent as Jenifer is.
C. No student in my class is as intelligent than Jenifer is.
D. No student in my class is more intelligent as Jenifer is.
73. My sister failed the exam because she was lazy.
A. Because my sister’s laziness, she failed the exam.
B. Because of my sister’s laziness, she failed the exam.
C. Because of my sister was lazy, she failed the exam.
D. Because of my sister laziness, she failed the exam.
74. “What is your name?” Mary asked Tom.
A. Mary asked Tom what his name is.
B. Mary asked Tom what his name was.
C. Mary asked Tom what his name were.
D. Mary asked Tom what your name was.
75. Jack can’t tell you about that sight because he doesn’t see it.
A. If Jack saw that sight, he couldn’t tell you about it.
B. If Jack didn’t see that sight, he could tell you about it.
C. If Jack saw that sight, he could tell you about it.
D. If Jack didn’t see that sight, he couldn’t tell you about it.
76. He told her about the book.He liked it best.
A. He told her about the book which he liked it best.
B. He told her about the book which he liked best.
C. He told her about the book whom he liked best.
D. He told her about the book whose he liked best.
77. I always give my mother flowers on Mother’s Day .
A. My mother always is given flowers on Mother’s Day.
B. Flowers is always given by my mother on Mother’s Day.
C. My mother is always given flowers on Mother’s Day.
D. My mother is given always flowers on Mother’s Day.
78. I'm looking for a job as a secretary.
A. I'm looking for someone who works as a secretary.
B. I'm trying to find a job as a secretary.
C. A secretary is looking for a job as my job.
D. I was offered a job as a secretary.
79. Mr.Richards lost his job because he was late every day.
A. If Mr.Richards were late every day, he would lose his job.
B. If Mr.Richards had been late every day, he would have lost his job.
C. If Mr.Richards weren't late every day, he wouldn't lose his job.
D. If Mr.Richards hadn't been late every day, he wouldn't have lost his job.
80. The black dress is more expensive than the white one.
A. The black dress is cheaper than the white one.
B. The black dress is not as expensive as the white one.
C. The white dress is not as expensive as the black one
D. The white dress is as expensive as the black one.
81. Although she is intelligent, she doesn't do well at school.
A. In spite of intelligent, but she doesn't do well at school.
B. Despite being intelligent, she doesn't do well at school.
C. Even though her intelligence, she doesn't do well at school.
D. In spite the fact that she is intelligent, she doesn't do well at school.
82.The dictionary was so expensive that I didn't buy it.
A. The dictionary was enough expensive for me to buy.
B. The dictionary was too expensive for me to buy.
C. It was an expensive dictionary so that meant I didn't buy.
D. It was so an expensive dictionary that I didn't buy it.
83. "Don't walk on the grass", the gardener said to us.
A. The gardener said to us don't walk on the grass.
B. The gardener told us not to walk on the grass.
C. The gardener suggested us not to walk on the grass.
D. The gardener advised us not walking on the grass.
84. “ Do you have a camera?” she asked.
A. She wanted to know if I have a camera.
B. She wanted to know if I had a camera.
C. She asked me whether I did have a camera.
D. she asked me whether did I have a camera.
85. The exam lasted three hours.
A. We finished the exam at three o'clock.
B. We had three-hours exam.
C. It was a three-hour exam.
D. It takes us three hours to take the exam.
86. They are watering the flowers in the garden.
A. The flowers are being watered in the garden.
B. They need some water and flowers in the garden.
C. There are some water on the flowers in the garden.
D. They are putting the flowers in water in the garden.
TRANG B = 10 Đ
87. Unlike her friends, Jane prefers an independent life.
A. Jane doesn't like her friends because she prefers an independent life.
B. Her friends live in an independent life and Jane doesn't like it.
C. Jane doesn't like her friends to live in a dependent life.
D. Jane prefers an independent life but her friends do not.
88. When they arrived, the good seats were already taken.
A. They didn't get good seats because they arrived too late.
B. They arrived late enough to get good seats.
C. They had to stand for a long time to have good seats.
D. They couldn't get good seats although they arrived early.
89. Keeping calm is the secret of passing the driving test.
A. Keep calm or you will pass the driving test.
B. As long as (Chỉ cần) you keep calm, you will pass the driving test.
C. Unless you keep calm you will pass the driving test.
D. Pass the driving test is without keeping calm.
90. The exam was much easier than he had expected.
A. The exam was much easier that he finished it all.
B. He did not find the exam as difficult as he had thought.
C. It's possible for him to perform well on the exam.
D. He had expected that the exam was easy.
91. John and Mary have been married for five years.
A. John and Mary's marriage life lasted five years.
B. It took John and Mary five years to prepare their wedding.
C. It is five years since John and Mary got married.
D. John and Mary got married after five years of being friends.
92. “Tsunami” is a Japanese word. This word means “harbor wave: sóng ở bến cảng (port)”.
A. “Tsunami” is a Japanese word which it means “harbor wave”.
B. “Tsunami” is a Japanese word it means “harbor wave”.
C. “Tsunami” is a Japanese word which means “harbor wave”.
D. “Tsunami” means “harbor wave” is a Japanese word.
93. He said to me “I can’t do this test”.
A. He said to me that I can’t do that test.
B. He said to me that I couldn’t do this test.
C. He said to me that he couldn’t do this test.
D. He said to me that he couldn’t do that test.
94. Although the traffic was bad yesterday, I arrived at the meeting on time.
A. So bad was the traffic yesterday that I arrived at the meeting on time.
B. Because the traffic was bad yesterday, I arrived at the meeting on time.
C. In spite of the traffic was bad yesterday, I arrived at the meeting on time.
D. Despite the bad traffic yesterday, I arrived at the meeting on time.
95. We started to write to each other three years ago.
A. We used to write to each other for three years.
B. We have written to each other for three years.
C. We wrote to each other since three years.
D. We used to write to each other in three years.
96. If it hadn't been so late, I would have called you.
A. It was not late when I called you.
B. It was late, so I did not call you.
C. It was late, but I called you.
D. It was not late but I did not call you.
97. This flat is too small for my family.
A. This flat is not enough big for my family.
B. This flat is not big enough for my family.
C. This flat is not very big for my family.
D. This flat is not rather big for my family.
98. To find a house in this city is difficult.
A. It's impossible to buy a house in this city.
B. It's difficult to find a house in this city.
C. It's very difficult to build a house in this city.
D. It costs a lot to rent a house in this city .
99. Nobody has invited her to the party.
A. No one has been invited to the party.
B. She has invited nobody to the party. "
C. Nobody has given a party to her.
D. She hasn't been invited to the party.
100. “Why do you come here late?”, she asked me.
A. She asked me why I came there late. B. She asked me why did I come there late.
C. She asked me why he came here late. D. She asked me why he did come there late.
101. You can enrich your knowledge by listening to the radio.
A. You can be rich if you listen to the radio.
B. Listening to the radio makes you know less.
C. Listening to the radio enables you to be rich.
D. Listening to the radio can make you know more .
102. It took him two hours to do his homework.
A. He did his homework two hours ago.
B. He finished his homework two hours ago.
C. He had his homework done in two hours.
D. He spent two hours doing his homework.
103. He last had his eyes tested a year ago.
A. He hadn't tested his eyes for a year.
B. He didn't have any tests on his eyes in a year.
C. He hasn't had his eyes tested for a year.
D. The last time he tested his eyes was a year ago
104. No one but the seven-year-old boy saw the accident.
A. Only the seven-year-old boy saw the accident.
B. No one at all saw the seven-year-old boy's accident.
C. The seven-year-old boy saw no one in the accident.
D. No one in the accident saw the seven-year-old boy
105. Most people get fewer colds in summer than in winter.
A. A person is more likely to get a cold in winter than in summer.
B. More people have summer colds than winter colds.
C. People get colder in summer than in winter.
D. Winter is much colder than summer.
106. He couldn't afford the flat.
A. He didn't have enough money for the flat.
B. He had never afforded for the flat.
C. He couldn't stay in the flat because of having much money.
D. He wouldn't buy the flat despite having much money.
107. The weather is terrible. I am very depressed now.
A. If the weather had not been terrible, I wouldn't be so depressed now.
B. If the weather were not terrible, I wouldn't be so depressed now.
C. Unless the weather were terrible, I wouldn't have been so depressed now.
D. Had the weather been terrible, I would be depressed now.
108. This film is more interesting than that one.
A. This film is as interesting as that one. B. That film is not as interesting as this one.
C. This film isn’t as interesting as that one. D. That film is as interesting as this one.
109. Mary said,"I don’t know what Fred is doing".
A. Mary said that she doesn’t know what Fred is doing.
B. Mary said that she didn’t know what Fred is doing.
C. Mary said that she doesn’t know what Fred was doing.
D. Mary said that she didn’t know what Fred was doing.
110. He wasn’t wearing a seat-belt. He was injured.
A. Unless he hadn’t been wearing a seat-belt, he wouldn’t have been injured.
B. If he had been wearing a seat-belt, he wouldn’t have been injured.
C. If he wasn’t wearing a seat-belt, he would have been injured.
D. Were it not for a seat-belt, he wouldn’t have been injured.
111. I didn’t know that he was a liar. I now regret it.
A. I wish he wasn’t a liar. B. I regret that he is a liar.
C. I wish I had known that he was a liar. D. I regret to beileve him and what he said.
112. Nam won the scholarship; he studied well.
A. Nam,who studied well,won the scholarship. B. Nam,that studied well,won the scholarship.
C. Nam who studied well won the scholarship. D. Nam won the scholarship,so he studied well.
113. They have built a new bridge across the river.
A. A new bridge across the river have been built. B. A new bridge has built across the river.
C. A bridge has been built new across the river. D. A new bridge has been built across the river.
114. He started working as an engineer 5 years ago.
A. He worked as an engineer 5 years ago. B. He had worked as an engineer for 5 years.
C. He didn't work as an engineer any more. D. He has worked as an engineer for 5 years.
115. The bank was open until nine o'clock and the department store (CH bách hóa) until ten.
A. The bank opened at nine and the department store at ten.
B. The bank closed at nine and the department store at ten.
C. The bank opened at nine,and the department store closed at ten.
D. The bank closed at nine,and the department store opened at ten.
116. David felt sick from eating too many green apples.
A. David felt sick because he has eaten a lot of green apples.
B. David felt sick because he has eaten so many green apples.
C. David felt sick because there were too many green apples he ate.
D. David felt sick because he had eaten too many green apples.
117. Charlie said, "Nora and Jim are getting married tomorrow”.
A. He said that Nora and Jim are getting married tomorrow
B. He said that Nora and Jim were getting married the next day.
C. He said that Nora and Jim were getting married tomorrow.
D. He said that Nora and Jim are getting married the next day.
118. I don't know the answer, so I can't tell it to you.
A. If I knew the answer, I wouldn't tell it to you.
B. If I knew the answer, I would tell it to you.
C. If I knew the answer, I will tell it to you.
D. If I had known the answer, I would tell it to you
119. When did you last ride a bike?
A. What time is it since you ride a bike?
B. How long is it since you last rode a bike?
C. How much time did you ride a bike?
D. How often did you ride a bike?
120. The day was so cold that we stayed indoors.
A. It was such cold a day that we stayed indoors.
B. It was such a cold day that we stayed indoors.
C. It was a so cold day that we stayed indoors.
D. It was a cold day so that we stayed indoors.
121. I am sorry that I didn't learn English when I was younger.
A. I regret not to have learned English when I was younger.
B. I regret not to be learned English when I was younger.
C. I regretted not to learn English when I was younger.
D. I wish that I had learned English when I was younger.
122. Someone has robbed the bank near our house.
A. The bank have been robbed near our house.
B. The bank near our house has been robbed.
C. The bank near our house had been robbed.
D. The bank near our house has robbed
123. I'm grateful that you helped my brother do that work.
A. Thank you for helping my brother do that work.
B. Thank you about helping my brother do that work.
C. Thank you because you helped me do that work.
D. Thank you that you help my brother do that work
124. I find it impossible not to worry about Lan
A. I can’t help feeling worried about Lan
B. I feel worried about Lan, but I can’t do anything to help
C. I can’t do nothing to help Lan although I feel worried about her
D. I’m unable to worry about Lan
125. You’d better take a taxi; it was raining hard outside
A. You’d better take a taxi in case it was raining
B. She advised us to take a taxi because it was raining outsideC. She gave us a lift because it was raining heavily
D. She didn’t lend us any raincoats but a taxi
126. My brother and I went to that school
A. I went to that school and my brother, too
B. I went to that school and so my brother did
C. I went to that school and so did my brother
D. I went to that school and so my brother did, too
127. The meeting was put off because of pressure of time.
A. There was not enough time to hold the meeting.
B. People wanted to get away, so the meeting began early
C. The meeting was planned to start in a short time
D. The meeting lasted much longer than usual
128. When they arrived, the good seats were already taken.
A. They didn’t get good seats because they arrived too late
B. They arrived late enough to get good seats
C. They had to stand for the whole show
D. We couldn’t get good seats although we arrived early
129. They would never have accepted his money if they had known his plans.
A. They knew what he wanted to do, so they refused his money
B. They agreed with his wishes because they were glad to have his money
C. They didn’t know his plans and never took money from him
D. They took the money he offered them without realizing his purpose
130. He could not afford to buy the car.
A. He couldn’t buy the car because it was too expensive
B. He bought the car because it was expensive
C. He bought the car though it was expensive
D. He had enough money but he didn’t buy the car
131. Tam is not good at English and neither am I.
A. Neither Tam nor I am good at English
B. Either Tam or I am good at English
C. I’m not as good at English as Tam is
D. Tam isn’t good at English but I am
132. “ I’m sorry I have to leave so early” he said.
A. He apologized for having to leave early.
B. He apologize that he has to leave early.
C. He apologizes for having to leave early.
D. He apologize for having to leave early.
133. “Why don’t you put a better lock on the door?" said John.
A. John suggested to put a better lock on the door.
B. John asked why not putting a better lock on the door.
C. John suggested putting a better lock on the door.
D. John made us put a better lock on the door.
134. I don’t have enough money with me now; otherwise I would buy that coat.
A. If I didn"t have enough money with me now, I would buy that coat.
B. If I had enough money with me now, I would buy that coat.
C. If I had enough money with me now, I wouldn’t buy that coat.
D. If I didn’t have enough money now, I wouldn’t buy that coat.
135. You should clean this room every day.
A. This room should be cleaned everyday.
B. This room should been cleaned everyday.
C. This room should clean everyday.
D. This room should be clean everyday.
136. Despite the fact that it was snowing, I didn’t feel cold.
A. In spite of the snow, I felt quite cold.
B. In spite of feeling warm, it was snowing.
C. Although it was snowing, I didn’t feel cold.
D. Although I didn’t feel cold, it was snowing.
137. People say that prevention is better than cure.
A. That prevention is said is better than cure.
B. It is said that prevention is better than cure.
C. Prevention is better that cure is said by people.
D. Prevention says to be better than cure.
138. He said, “If I have a pen, I can write the answers”.
A. He said if he had a pen, he could write the answers.
B. He told me to give him a pen to write the answers.
C. He could write the answers because he had my pen.
D. I could write the answers if he gave me his pen.
139. The woman was too weak to lift the suitcase.
A. Although she was very weak, she could lift the suitcase.
B. The woman shouldn’t lift the suitcase because she was so weak.
C. The woman lifted the suitcase, so she wasn’t very weak.
D. She was so weak that she couldn’t lift the suitcase.
140. People must not leave bicycles in the hall.
A. Bicycles must not be left in the hall. B. Bicycles in the hall must not being left.
C. Bicycles in the hall must not left. D. Bicycles must been not left in the hall.
141. If the homework is difficult, I will ask you for help.
A. Unless the homework is easy, I will ask you for help.
B. Unless the homework is difficult, I will ask you for help.
C. Unless the homework is easy, I won’t ask you for help.
D. Unless the homework isn’t difficult, I won’t ask you for help.
142. That expression on his face has some meaning.
A. That expression on his face is meaningless. B. That expression on his face means.
C. That expression on his face is mean. D. That expression on his face is meaningful.
143. Bad habits can do harm to our health.
A. Bad habits cannot be harmful to our health.
B. Bad habits can be harmful to our health.
C. Bad habits can be harmless to our health.
D. Bad habits can be harmful with our health.
144. Water these plants or they will die.
A. If you did not water these plants, they will die.
B. If you water these plants, they will die.
C. If you don’t water these plants, they will die.
D. If you are watering these plants, they will die.
145. Mary said to me, “Can I borrow you some money? I want to buy this shirt.”
A. Mary asked me if she could borrow me some money because she wanted to buy that shirt.
B. Mary asked me if she could borrow me some money although she wanted to buy that shirt.
C. Mary asked me if she can borrow me some money because she wantes to buy that shirt.
D. Mary asked me if she could borrow me some money although she wantes to buy that shirt.
146. The old man is working in this factory. I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.
A. The old man is working in this factory which I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.
B. The old man whom is working in this factory I borrowed his bicycle yesterday.
C. The old man whom I borrowed his bicycle yesterday is working in this factory.
D. The old man whose bicycle I borrowed yesterday is working in this factory.
147. In Vietnam, football is more popular than basketball.
A. In Vietnam, basketball is not as popular as football.
B. In Vietnam, basketball is more popular than football.
C. In Vietnam, football is not as popular as basketball.
D. In Vietnam, football is as popular as basketball.
148. No one has sent me that letter.
A. I haven’t been sent that letter. B. I wasn’t sent that letter.
C. That letter hasn’t been sent me. D. That letter has sent to me by no one.
149. He survived the operation thanks to the skillful surgeon.
A. He survived because he was a skillful surgeon.
B. He wouldn’t have survived the operation without the skillful surgeon.
C. There was no skillful surgeon, so he died.
D. Though the surgeon was skillful, he couldn’t survive the operation.
150. Lee gave up her job. She planned to continue her education.
A. Lee’s education was interrupted because she wanted to find a job.
B. Lee gave up her job to continue her education.
C. Lee gave up her job in case she continued her education.
D. Lee gave up her job and continuing her education.
151. This is the first time I have gone out for a picnic.
A. I have ever gone out for a picnic.
B. I have never gone out for a picnic before.
C. I had never gone out for a picnic before.
D. I never go out for a picnic.
152. It’s difficult for me to understand what he implies.
A. I find it difficult to understand what he implies.
B. Understanding what he implies is found difficult.
C. What he implies is not very difficult to understand.
D. To understand what he really implies is difficult to find.
153. The man was shot in the bank robbery. The doctors are operating on him.
A. The man was shot in bank robbery where the doctors are operating on him.
B. The man whom the doctors are operating on shot in the bank robbery.
C. The man was whom the doctors are operating on him shot in the bank robbery.
D. The doctors are operating on the man who was shot in the bank robbery.
154. He said to me, “I must finish these works on time. ”
A. He said to me that I must finish these works on time.
B. He said to me that he must finish these works on time.
C. He said to me that he had to finish these works on time.
D. He said to me that I must finish those works on time.
155. He is too short to play basketball.
A. If he were not short, he could play basketball.
B. If he is not short, he could play basketball.
C. If he were not short, he will play basketball.
D. If he were short, he could play basketball.
156. You saw that smoke. It came from the hills.
A. You saw that smoke which comes from the hills.
B. You saw that smoke which came from the hills.
C. You saw that smoke that came from the hills.
D. You saw that smoke came from the hills.
157. “I’ll come with you as soon as I am ready. ” Tom said to her.
A. Tom said to her that he will come with her as soon as he was ready.
B. Tom said to her that he would come with her as soon as he was ready.
C. Tom said to her that he will come with you as soon as he was ready.
D. Tom said to her that he will come with her as soon as he is ready.
158. Children tend to learn English better than adults.
A. Adults tend to be the best at learning English.
B. Children do not learn English as well as adults.
C. Adults tend to learn English worse than children.
D. Children tend to learn English more than adults.
159. Marie didn’t turn up at John’s birthday party. I feel so sorry for that.
A. If only Marie turn up at John’s birthday party.
B. I wish Marie had turned up at John’s birthday party.
C. I wished Marie wouldn’t turn up at John’s birthday party.
D. It’s a shame Marie had turned up at John’s birthday party.
160. This is my opinion. You can do nothing to change it.
A. You can do nothing to change it my mind.
B. There’s nothing you can do to change my mind.
C. There’s nothing can be done except changing my mind.
D. You can do everything to change it my mind
161. Although they are poor, they are very generous.
A. In spite of their poverty, they are very generous.
B. In spite of their poor, they are very generous. (The rich and the poor/…)
C. In spite of they are poor, they are very generous.
D. In spite of their poverty but they are very generous.
162. I won't swim in the sea because it is too cold.
A. The sea isn't enough warm for us to swim in.
B. The sea is not so warm that I can swim in.
C. The sea is not warm for me to swim in.
D. The sea is not warm enough for me to swim in.
163. I want to meet Nga , but I don’t have her address.
A. If I had Nga’s address, I would meet her.
B. If I have Nga’s address, I would meet her.
C. If I had Nga’s address, I will meet her.
D. If I had had Nga’s address, I would have met her.
164. The journey to Bristol took six hours.
A. It was a six-hour journey to Bristol.
B. It was a six-hours journey.
C. The journey to Bristol was short.
D. It was six-hour journey to Bristol.
165. Mr. Smith is not as keen on gardening as he used to be.
A. Mr. Smith is very keen on gardening.
B. Mr. Smith used to be keener on gardening.
C. Mr. Smith likes gardening.
D. Mr. Smith didn’t use to do the gardening.
166. "Can I borrow your car, Helen?" said Mary.
A. Mary asked Helen if she can borrow her car.
B. Mary asked Helen if she could borrow her car.
C. Mary asked Helen she can borrow her car.
D. Mary asked Helen she could borrow her car.
167. I didn’t tried hard, so I didn’t succeed.
A. If I tried hard, I would succeed. (ĐK2 = hiện tại)
B. If I had tried hard, I would succeed.
C. If I tried hard, I would have succeeded.
D. If I had tried hard, I would have succeeded. (ĐK3= QK)
168. Lee gave up her job. She planned to continue her education.
A. Lee’s education was interrupted since she wanted to find a job.
B. Lee gave up her job with the aim at continuing her education.
C. Lee gave up her job in case she continued her education.
D. Lee gave up her job with a view to continuing her education.
169. Taking photographs is not permitted here.
A. Photographers must not use flash here. B. Do not remove these photographs.
C. Do not use your camera here. D. Photographs are on sale here.
170. I thought this film would be better.
A. The film was boring.
B. The film made me bored.
C. I didn't like the film because it was boring.
D. The film wasn't as good as I expected.
171. You press this button to stop the machine.
A. If you press this button, the machine doesn’t stop.
B. You can use this button to operate the machine.
C. This button helps you to stop the machine.
D. The machine can't stop without this button
172. I have never read such a good book before.
A. This book is the best I have never read.
B. This book is the best I have ever read.
C. This is the first time I had read such a good book.
D. This is the first time I read a good book.
173. The trip was boring but we enjoyed it a lot.
A. We enjoyed boring trips.
B. We were bored with the trip.
C. The trip bored us.
D. We liked the trip very much although it was boring.
174. The old house burned down last week. No one lived there.
A. The old house burned down last week, so no one lived there.
B. No one lived in the old house, but it burned down last week.
C. No one lived in the old house, which made it burned down last week.
D. The old house where no one lived burned down last week.
175. The boy is too fat to run far.
A. The boy was very fat and couldn’t run fast. B. The boy’s fatness didn’t stop him running far.
C. The boy had to run a lot because he was fat. D. The boy became ill because he was too fat.
176. My band teacher taught me how to play three instruments. My teacher’s name is Ms. Godsey.
A. Ms. Godsey is my band teacher, so she taught me how to play three instruments.
B. My band teacher is Ms. Godsey who taught me how to play three instruments.
C. My band teacher , Ms. Godsey , taught me how to play three instruments.
D. Ms. Godsey is my band teacher because she taught me how to play three instruments.
177. It’s ages since I last had a holiday at the sea.
A. I may have had a holiday at the sea ages ago. B. I have had a holiday at the sea for a long time.
C. I have never had a holiday at the sea before. D. It’s ages since I last went to the sea.
178. He had spent his childhood in Oslo. He knew the city well.
A. Having spent his childhood in Oslo, he knew the city well.
B. He had spent his childhood in Oslo, but he knew the city well too.
C. Spending his childhood in Oslo, as he knew the city well
D. Knowing the city well, he had spent his childhood in Oslo.
179. She worked very hard. She could not please her step mother.
A She worked very hard in order to please her step mother.
B. However hard she worked, she could not please her step mother.
C. She worked very hard, so that she could please her step mother.
D. Unless she worked very hard, she could please her step mother.
180. Bill took a taxi. He still arrived late.
A. In spite of having taken a taxi, Bill arrived late.
B. Despite of having taken a taxi, Bill arrived late
C. Although of having taken a taxi, Bill arrived late
D. Though having taken a taxi, , Bill arrived late
181. No one has seen Linda since the day of the party
A. Linda has not been seen since the day of the party
B. Linda has been seen since the day of the party
C. Linda wasn’t seen since the day of the party
D. Linda was seen since the day of the party
182. “Would you like to come out to dinner with me tonight, Jenny?” Paul said.
A. Paul suggested that Jenny go out to dinner with him that night.
B. Paul insisted on Jenny going out to dinner with him that night.
C. Paul invited Jenny to go out to dinner with him that night.
D. Pau offered Jenny to go out to dinner with him that night
183. Fanxipan is the highest mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula.
A. There are some mountains in the Indochinese Peninsula higher than Fansipan.
B. The Indochinese Peninsula includes one of the highest mountain on earth.
C. The highest mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is exclusive Fansipan.
D. No mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is as high as Fansipan.
184. Israel, India and Pakistan are generally believed to have nuclear weapons.
A. There’s a general belief that that Israel, India and Pakistan should have nuclear weapons.
B. It is generally believed that Israel, India and Pakistan have nuclear weapons.
C. They believed that Israel, India and Pakistan should have nuclear weapons.
D. It generally believes that Israel, India and Pakistan have nuclear weapons.
185. The book costs $15.50 but I have only $14.50
A. I have more than enough money to pay for the book.
B. The book costs no more than I have with me.
C. I have just enough money to pay for the book.
D. I need a few more dollars to pay for the book.
186. As I didn't witness the scene myself, I didn't report the case to the police.
A. I'd report the case to the police but I didn't witness the scene myself.
B. I'd have reported the case to the police if I had witnessed the scene myself.
C. I wish I witnessed the scene myself so that I could report the case to the police.
D. Although not witnessing the scene myself, I think I shouldn't report the case to the police
187. It is reported that the prisoners escaped by means of a helicopter.
A. The prisoners is reported to have escaped by means of a helicopter.
B. The prisoners are reported to have escaped by means of a helicopter.
C. The prisoners are reported to escape by means of a helicopter.
D. The prisoners are reported to have been escaped by means of a helicopter.
188. Poverty and overcrowding are ruining the life of people in many cities.
A. Crowds of people in many big cities are ruining their life.
B. Only poor people in many big cities have their life ruined.
C. Due to poverty and overcrowding the life of people in many big cities is being ruined.
D. Overcrowding in many big cities has made people poorer.
189. He can’t support his family even after having found some .extra work.
A. Before having found some extra work, he can support his family.
B. His family support him to find having found some extra work.
C. Although he has found some extra work, he can’t support his family.
D. He can’t support his family although having found some extra work.
190. Taking that job will mean your having to travel a lot.
A. If you took that job you’d have to travel a lot.
B. You should take that job despite travelling a lot.
C. You will have to travel a lot when you take that job.
D. You mean to travel a lot if you take that job.
191. The last time I had a swim in the lake was ten years ago.
A. I haven’t swum in the lake for 10 years.
B. I last didn’t swim in the lake ten years ago.
C. I don’t like swimming in the lake for 10 years.
D. I will not swim in the lake.
192. A house in that district will cost at least $ 100, 000.
A. If you have $ 100, 000, you can surely buy a house in that district.
B. $ 100, 000 is the maximum price for a house in that district.
C. You won't be able to buy a house in that district for more than $ 100, 000.
D. You won't be able to buy a house in that district for less than $ 100, 000.
193. I liked reading your article about global warming in the newspaper
A. I was very interested to read your article about global warming in the newspaper.
B. I was very interesting to read your article about global warming in the newspaper.
C. I was interested in reading your article of global warming in the newspaper.
D. I was very interesting in reading your article of global warming in the newspaper.
194. I’m afraid I disagree with you. Many points are not reasonable.
A. I am afraid I don’t agree to you about a number of points.
B. I am afraid I can’t agree to you on number of points.
C. I am afraid I don’t agree with you on a number of points.
D. I am afraid I can’t agree with you about the number of points.
195. The new restaurant looks good. However, it seems to have few customers.
A. In order to get more business, the new restaurant should improve its appearance.
B. The new restaurant would have more customers if it looked better.
C. If it had a few more customers, the new restaurant would look better.
D. In spite of its appearance, the new restaurant does not appear to attract much business
196. He is by far the richest man I know.
A. He is the richest man in my country.
B. He is one of many rich men I know.
C. He is richer than all his friends.
D. He is much richer than anyone I know.
197. By next May he will have worked here for 5 years.
A. He no longer works here.
B. He has now worked here for 5 years.
C. He is going to work here for the next 5 years.
D. He is at present working here.
198. She would have sung for us if he had asked her.
A. He didn’t ask her to sing so she didn’t sing.
B. She was going to sing for us but she then changed her mind.
C. She sang for us although he didn’t ask her.
D. He asked her to sing but she refused.
199. His record at high school was poor.He failed to apply to that university.
A. His record at high school was poor as a result of his failure to apply to that university.
B. Failing to apply to that university, his record at high school was poor.
C. His record at high school was poor; as a result, he failed to apply to that university.
D. His record at high school was poor because he didn’t apply to that university.
200. My new neighbour is a famous author.My new neighbour is also an influential political commentator.
A. My new neighbour is both a famous author and she is an influential political commentator.
B. My new neighbour likes writing famous books and commenting on politics.
C. My new neighbour is not only a famous author but also an influential political commentator.
D. My new neighbour writes famous books, but she does not know much about politics.
201. My father likes nothing better than fishing on a hot summer day
A. My father doesn’t like fishing a lot on a hot summer day.
B. Although he likes fishing, my father doesn't want to do it on a hot summer day.
C. Fishing is my father’s favorite enjoyment on a hot summer day.
D. Fishing is better than doing nothing on a hot summer day
202. I have to hurry to deposit this money before the bank closes
A. The bank closed before I could deposit this money.
B. If I hurry, I can get to the bank before closing time to deposit this money.
C. I have to take some money out of the bank before it closes.
D. The bank is closing my account as I haven’t deposited any money.
203.When there is so much traffic on the roads, it is sometimes quicker to walk than to go by car.
A. The traffic is always so heavy that you'd better walk to work; it's quicker.
B. There is so much traffic these days that it is more pleasant to walk than to drive.
C. During rush hours, walking gives me much more pleasure than driving in the heavy traffic.
D. It is faster to walk than to drive in the heavy traffic at certain time of the day
204. Mary apologizes for having kept them waiting.
A. Mary has been waiting for them so long time.
B. Mary is sorry they were very late.
C. Mary says they called to say they will be late.
D. Mary is sorry that she made them wait for her.
205. We have learnt Enlish for 4 years.
A. We started to learn English 4 years. B. We started learning English 4 years ago.
C. We have learned to start English 4 years. D. We have started to learn English 4 years ago.
206. He often played the piano at night.
A. He used to playing the piano at night. B. He is used to play the piano at night.
C. He used to play the piano at night. D. He is used to playing the piano at night.
207. She doesn’t go to China with us.
A. We wish she goes to China with us. B. We wish she did went to China with us.
C. We wish she went to China with us. D. We wish she can go to China with us.
208. It is likely that they forgot about the extra class.
A. They probably forgot about the extra class.
B. They surely forgot about the extra class.
C. They must forget about the extra class.
D. They may forget about the extra class
209. The baby has been giving his parents a lot of sleepless nights lately.
A. The baby has been sleeping very well lately.
B. The baby's parents have had to wake him often recently.
C. The baby has been waking up his parents often lately.
D. The baby's parents have had to sleep at different times recently.
210. Keith couldn't figure out what was the matter with Carol.
A. Carol told Keith she couldn't solve the math problem.
B. It seemed that Carol was angry at Keith.
C. Carol had nothing to say to Keith.
D. It wasn't clear to Keith what Carol's problem was.
211. The test we did last time was more difficult than this one.
A. We did an easy test last time and a difficult one this time.
B. This test is not as difficult as the one we did last time.
C. This time we have to do the most difficult test of all.
D. The test we have done this time is not difficult at all.
212. “No, it’s not true.I didn’t steal the money!” Jean said.
A. Jean refused to steal the money. B. Jean did not intend to steal the money.
C. Jean admitted stealing the money. D. Jean denied having stolen the money.
213. The road is so narrow that cars can not park here.
A. The road is too narrow for cars to park here. B. The road is too narrow that cars to park here.
C. The road is such narrow for cars to park here. D. The road is so narrow for cars to park here.
214. He can shout even louder but I still won’t take any notice.
A. No matter how much louder he can shout, I still will take some notice.
B. No matter how much louder he can shout, I still will take some notice.
C. No matter how much louder he can shout, I still won’t take any notice.
D. No matter how many louder he can shout, I still won’t take any notice.
215. I wish I had gone there with her.
A. I hadn’t gone there with her which makes me feel bad.
B. If only I went there with her.
C. I regret not having gone there with her.
D. If I had gone there with her, I wouldn’t have felt bad now.
216. The reasons for his resignation were a complete mystery to some people.
A. The reason why he was resigned had been a complete mystery to some people.
B. Some people might find it confused to understand his reasons for resignation.
C. Some people were completely mystified by the reasons for his resignation.
D. Some people were curious about his reasons for his resignation and they considered it a mystery.
217. I’m always nervous when I travel by air
A. I feel safe when I travel by air
B. I’ve never travel buy because some times feel nervous
C. Travelling by air always makes me nervous
D. I always feel nervous, so I never travel by air
218. “Let’s go on a walking today?”, said Trang
A. Jane suggested going on a walking
B. Jane wanted us to going on a walking
C. Jane suggested to go on a walking
D. Jane allow us to go on a walking
219. Although his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
A. Despite his legs to be broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
B. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before exploding.
C. Despite his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
D. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before it exploded.
220. I haven"t eaten this kind of food before.
A. This is the first time I"ve eaten this kind of food.
B. I haven"t eaten this kind of food already.
C. This is the first kind of food I have eaten.
D. Even before I have not eaten this kind of food.
221. It isn’t necessary for us to get a visa for Singapore.
A. We needn’t get a visa for Singapore.
B. We mustn’t get a visa for Singapore.
C. We mayn’t get a visa for Singapore.
D. We shouldn’t get a visa for Singapore.
222. The girl just said hello. She is Tom’s youngest sister.
A. The girl who just said hello is Tom’s youngest sister.
B. The girl saying hello is Tom’s youngest sister.
C. The girl just said hello is Tom’s youngest sister.
D. The girl, who just said hello, is Tom’s youngest sister.
223. I’m waiting for the bus. It is late.
A. The bus which I’m waiting is late.
B. The bus whom I’m waiting for is late.
C. The bus for that I’m waiting is late.
D. The bus I’m waiting for is late.
224. This house was built years ago. It is still in very good shape.
A. This house, which built years ago, is still in very good shape.
B. This house, built years ago, is still in very good shape.
C. This house, building years ago, is still in very good shape.
D. This house, which was built years ago is still in very good shape.
225. He drives more carelessly than he used to.
A. He doesn’t drive as carefully as he used to.
B. He doesn’t drive carefully than he used to.
C. He doesn’t drive as carefully than he used to.
D. He doesn’t drive as carefully he does.
226. Noone in our club can speak English as fluently as Mai.
A. Mai speaks English more fluently than noone in our club.
B. Mai is the worst English speaker in our club.
C. Mai speaks English as fluently as other people in our club.
D. Mai speaks English the most fluently in our club.
226. The sooner you stop smoking cigarettes the better you’ll feel.
A. As soon as you feel better, you’ll try to stop smoking.
B. You feel so much better since he stopped smoking.
C. Though you feel better, you still smoke.
D. When you stop smoking, you’ll begin to feel better.
227. Noone in the class is taller than Dave.
A. Dave is the tallest student in the class.
B. Dave is taller student in the class.
C. Dave is the taller student in the class.
D. Dave is tallest student in the class.
228. I haven’t seen my aunt for years.
A. I haven’t meet my aunt for long ago.
B. The last time I met my aunt was since years ago.
C. I last saw my aunt years ago.
D. I didn’t see my aunt years ago.
229. “Would you like to stay for dinner?” she asked me.
A. She asked me if I liked to stay for dinner.
B. She invited me to stay for dinner.
C. She offered me dinner.
D. She was very kind to offer me dinner.
230. “If I were you, I wouldn’t go. ” he said.
A. He advised me against going. B. He told me to stay with him.
C. He asked me not to go. D. He advised me never to go.
231. “Mum, please don’t tell Dad my mistake!” the boy said.
A. The boy insisted his mother not tell his father his mistake.
B. The boy told his mother not to mention his mistake any more.
C. The boy asked his mother not to tell his father his mistake.
D. The boy wanted his mother to keep his mistake in her heart.
232. Chuck denied breaking the window.
A. Chuck refused to break the window.
B. Chuck said that he hadn’t broken the window.
C. Chuck didn’t break the window.
D. Chuck was determined not to break the window.
233. “Have you ever been to Japan?” he asked me.
A. He told me if I had gone to Japan.
B. He wanted to know whether had I been to Japan.
C. He ed me if Japan was visited by me.
D. He asked me if I had ever been to Japan.
234. “I’m sorry I forgot your birthday. ” Harry told Mary.
A. Harry said sorry to Mary for forgetting her birthday.
B. Harry felt sorry to forget Mary’s birthday.
C. Harry apologized Mary for having forgotten her birthday.
D. Harry really felt a pity not to remember Mary’s birthday.
235. “Let’s go to the cinema tonight. ” he suggested.
A. He suggested they to go to the cinema that night.
B. He suggested going to the cinema that night.
C. He suggested that they went to the cinema that night.
D. He suggested that let’s them go to the cinema that night.
236. Bad habits can do harm to our health.
A. Bad habits cannot be harmful to our health.
B. Bad habits can be harmful to our health.
C. Bad habits can be harmless to our health.
D. Bad habits can be harmful with our health.
237. The scientists succeeded in finding a vaccine for that disease.
A. The scientists were able to find a vaccine for that disease.
B. The scientists were finding a vaccine for that disease.
C. The scientists should have found a vaccine for that disease.
D. The scientists couldn"t find a vaccine for that disease.
238. If you are not careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.
A. Unless you are careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.
B. If you are careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.
C. Unless you are not careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.
D. Unless you were careful, you will cut yourself with that knife.
239. You should clean this room every day.
A. This room should be cleaned everyday.
B. This room should been cleaned everyday.
C. This room should clean everyday.
D. This room should be clean everyday.
240. My career as a teacher began 14 years ago.
A. I have started teaching for 14 years now.
B. For 14 years have I been a teacher.
C. I was a teacher for 14 years.
D. I have been a teacher for 14 years now.
241. It has always been my ambition to become a famous artist.
A. I want to become a famous artist as soon as possible.
B. Always in my life do I want to become a famous artist.
C. I have always dreamt of becoming a famous artist.
D. Dreaming of becoming a famous artist, I always have that ambition.
242. As soon as I receive my result, I will phone you.
A. I will ring you the moment I receive my result.
B. Sooner or later after I receive my result. I will give you a ring.
C. After receiving my result, I will call you.
D. I will make a phone call to you when I get my result.
243. When I was a young girl, chocolate was one of my favourites.
A. When very young, I like eating chocolate cakes.
B. Chocolate used to be a favorite of mine when I was a young girl.
C. My favourite was chocolate as was a little girl.
D. Being a little girl, I like chocolate.
244. “Why don’t you put a better lock on the door?" said John.
A. John suggested to put a better lock on the door.
B. John asked why not putting a better lock on the door.
C. John suggested putting a better lock on the door.
D. John made us put a better lock on the door.
245. Although his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
A. Despite his legs to be broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
B. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before exploding.
C. Despite his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
D. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before it exploded.
246. I haven"t eaten this kind of food before.
A. This is the first time I"ve eaten this kind of food.
B. I haven"t eaten this kind of food already.
C. This is the first kind of food I have eaten.
D. Even before I have not eaten this kind of food.
247. After fighting the fire for 12 hours, the firemen succeeded in putting it out.
A. The firemen managed in vain to put the fire out after a 12-hour fight.
B. Fighting the fire for 12 hours, the firemen were able to put it out.
C. The firemen wasted 12 hours putting the fire out.
D. Fighting the fire for 12 hours, the fire was put out.
248. The architect has drawn plans for an extension to the house.
A. Plans have been drawn for an extension to the house by the architect.
B. The house has had its plans for an extension drawn by the architect.
C. Plans for an extension to the house have been drawn by the architect.
D. The architect has had the plans drawn for an extension to the house.
249. I don"t have enough money with me now; otherwise I would buy that coat.
A. If I didn"t have enough money with me now, I would buy that coat.
B. If I had enough money with me now, I would buy that coat.
C. If I had enough money with me now, I wouldn"t buy that coat.
D. If I didn"t have enough money now, I wouldn"t buy that coat.
250. That expression on his face has some meaning.
A. That expression on his face is meaningless.
B. That expression on his face means.
C. That expression on his face is mean.
D. That expression on his face is meaningful.
251. She is too weak; she can"t sit up and talk to you.
A. If she weren"t too weak, she could sit up and talk to you.
B. If she hadn"t been too weak, she could sit up and talk to you.
C. If she isn"t too weak, she can sit up and talk to you.
D. If she wasn"t too weak, she can sit up and talk to you.
252. I do apologize for my forgetting your birthday
A. I did forget your birthday
B. I am really sorry I forgot your birthday
C. I am not sorry at all because I remember your birthday
D. I never apologize for my forgetting birthday
253. The coffee was not strong. It didn’t keep us awake
A. The coffee was very strong, but it couldn’t keep us awake
B. We were kept awake because the coffee was strong
C. The coffee was not strong enough to keep us awake
D. The coffee was so hot that it didn’t keep us awake
254. The hostess made every effort to see that her guests got the foods and drinks they wanted
A. The hostess tried hard to please her guests
B. Neither The guests nor the hostess had the foods and drinks they wanted
C. the guests refused the foods and drinks prepared by the hostess
D. The hostess was reluctant
255. Jane hardly ever enjoyed eating vegetables
A. she enjoys eating vegetables B. She has fun of growing vegetables
C. She almost never eats vegetables D. She sells vegetables for living
256. Ann never wants to see another horror film
A. Ann hasn’t seen a horror films
B. Ann has enjoyed all horror films she has seen
C. Ann is tired of seeing all horror films
D. She is anxious not to miss the next horror film
257. I find it impossible not to worry about Lan
A. I can’t help feeling worried about Lan
B. I feel worried about Lan, but I can’t do anything to help
C. I can’t do nothing to help Lan although I feel worried about her
D. I’m unable to worry about Lan
258. You’d better take a taxi; it was raining hard outside
A. You’d better take a taxi in case it was raining
B. She advised us to take a taxi because it was raining outside
C. She gave us a lift because it was raining heavily
D. She didn’t lend us any raincoats but a taxi
259. My brother and I go to that school
A. I went to that school and my brother, too
B. I went to that school and so my brother did
C. I went to that school and so did my brother
D. I went to that school and so my brother did, too
260. Because it was an interesting novel, I stayed up all night to finish it.
A. I stayed up all night to finish the novel, therefore, it was interesting.
B. Unless it were an interesting novel, I would stay up all night to finish it.
C. Though it was an interesting novel, I stayed up all night to finish it.
D. So interesting was the novel that I stayed up all night to finish it.
261. He cannot afford a new computer.
A. The new computer is so expensive that he cannot buy it.
B. Therefore, he would buy a new computer.
C. So, he would buy a new computer.
D. The new computer is so expensive but he can buy it.
262. The roads were slippery because it snowed heavily.
A. It snowed too heavily to make the roads slippery.
B. The heavy snow prevented the roads from-being slippery.
C. Thanks to the slip of the roads, it snowed heavily.
D. The heavy snow made the roads slippery.
263. I did not understand what the lecturer was saying because I had not read his book.
A. What the lecturer wrote and said was too difficult for me to understand.
B. The lecturer's book which I had not read was difficult to understand.
C. I found it very difficult to understand what the lecturer said in his book.
D. I would have understood what the lecturer was saying if I had read his book.
264. Because they made too many mistakes, they failed in the exam
A. They made very many mistakes that they failed in the exam
B. They made too many mistake for them to fail in the exam
C. They made so many mistakes that they failed in the exam
D. They made such many mistakes that they failed in the exam
265. She locked the door so as not to be disturbed
A. She locked the door in order that she wouldn’t be disturbed
B. She locked the door to be not disturbed
C. She locked the door for her not to be disturbed
D. She locked the door so that not to not to be disturbed
266. Fewer people came to the meeting than we had expected
A. Too many people came to the meeting
B. There were more people at the meeting than we had expected
C. We had expected more people to come to the meeting
D. There were not enough seats for all people as we had expected
267. Nancy isn’t used to walking so far
A. Nancy used to walk farther
B. Nancy doesn’t like to walk so far
C. Nancy isn’t accustomed to walking very far
D. Nancy needed help to walk so far
268. I have not met her for three years.
A. The last time I met her was three years ago.
B. It is three years when I will meet her.
C. I did not meet her three years ago.
D. During three years, I met her once.
269. "How beautiful is the dress you have just bought!" Peter said to Mary.
A. Peter promised to buy Mary a beautiful dress.
B. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
C. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.
D. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress.
270. Barry continued to smoke even though we had advised him to quit.
A. Barry took our advice so he stopped smoking.
B. If we had advised Barry, he would have quit smoking.
C. Barry did not quit smoking because of our advice.
D. Despite being told not to smoke, Barry continued to do.
271. Many people think Steve stole the money.
A. It was not Steve who stole the money.
B. Steve is thought to have stolen the money.
C. Many people think the money is stolen by Steve.
D. The money is thought to be stolen bySteve.
272. Mary tried to keep calm although she was very disappointed.
A. Mary was too disappointed to keep calm.
B. Disappointed as she was, Mary tried to keep calm.
C. Mary lost her temper because of her disappointment.
D. Feeling disappointed, Mary tried to keep calm, but she failed.
273. Even though it was raining heavily, the explorers decided to continue their journey.
A. It rained so heavily that the explorers could not continue their journey.
B. The explorers put off their journey due to the heavy rain.
C. The heavy rain could not prevent the explorers from continuing their journey.
D. If it had rained heavily, the explorers would not have continued their journey.
274. Housewives do not have to spend a lot of time doing housework any more.
A. Housework will never be done by housewives any more.
B. Housewives have to spend more and more time to do housework.
C. Never have housewives spent as much time doing housework as they do now.
D. No longer do housewives have to spend a lot of time doing housework.
275. "If I were you, I would take a break," Tom said to Daisy.
A. Tom wanted to take a break with Daisy.
B. Tom advised Daisy to take a break.
C. Tom suggested not taking a break.
D. Tom wanted to take a break, and so did Daisy.
276. They got success since they took my advice.
A. They took my advice, and failed.
B. If they did not take my advice, they would not get success.
C. But for taking my advice, they would not have got success.
D. My advice stopped them from getting success.
277. I am very interested in the book you lent me last week.
A. The book is interesting enough for you to lend me last week.
B. It was the interesting book which you lent me last week.
C. The book which you lent me last week is too interesting to read.
D. The book that you lent me last week interests me a lot
278. They did not let me in because I was not a member of the club.
A. They invited me although I was not a member of the club.
B. They did not allow me to enter because I was not a member of the club.
C. They invited me to the clubs as if I had been a member.
D. They asked me to get out of the club because I was not a member.
278. His eel soup is better than any other soups I have ever eaten.
A. Of all the soups I have ever eaten, his eel soup is the best.
B. I have ever eaten many soups that are better than his eel soup.
C. His eel soup is the worst of all soups I have eaten.
D. His eel soup is good but I have ever eaten many others better.
- The last time I went to the museum was a year ago.
B. A year ago, I often went to the museum.
C. My going to the museum lasted a year.
D. At last I went to the museum after a year
- They are not allowed to go out in the evening by their parents.
B. Their parents never let them to go out in the evening.
C. Going out in the evening is permitted by their parents.
D. Although their parents do not allow, they still go out in the evening.
- This is the first time I attend such an enjoyable wedding party.
B. I had the first enjoyable wedding party.
C. My attendance at the first wedding party was enjoyable.
D. I have never attended such an enjoyable wedding party before.
- Madeleine wears high heels to look taller.
B. So that to look taller, Madeleine wears high heels.
C. Madeleine wants high heels to make her taller.
D. Madeleine buys high heels to look taller.
- He started learning French six years ago.
B. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
C. He hasn’t learnt French for six years.
D. It is six years since he has learnt French.
- People believed he won a lot of money on the lottery.
B. He won a lot of money on the lottery, it is believed.
C. He is believed to have won a lot of money on the lottery.
D. He was believed to win a lot of money on the lottery.
- “Why don’t you get your hair cut, Gavin?” Said Adam .
B. Gavin was suggested to have a haircut.
C. It was suggestible that Adam get Gavin’s haircut.
D. Adam suggested that Gavin should have his haircut.
- “Leave my house now or I’ll call the police!” shouted the lady to the man.
B. The lady said that she would call the police if the man didn’t leave her house.
C. The lady told the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house.
D. The lady informed the man that she would call the police if he didn’t leave her house
- “You should have finished the report by now” John told his secretary.
B. John said that his secretary had not finished the report.
C. John reminded his secretary of finishing the report on time.
D. John scolded his secretary for not having finished the report
- “I will pay back the money, Gloria.” Said Ivan .
B. Ivan offered to pay Gloria the money back.
C. Ivan promised to pay back Gloria’s money.
D. Ivan suggested paying back the money to Gloria.
- The woman was too weak to lift the basket.
B. The woman shouldn't have lifted the basket because she was so weak.
C. She was so weak that she couldn't lift the basket.
D. The woman lifted the basket, so she wasn't very weak.
290. “You’re always making terrible mistakes”, said the teacher.
- The teacher asked his students why they always make terrible mistakes.
- The teacher realized that his students always made terrible mistakes.
- The teacher complained about his students making terrible mistakes.
- The teacher made his students not always make terrible mistakes.
- It’s a long time since I tried this kind of food.
- I have tried this kind of food many times.
- This is the first time I had tried this kind of food.
- This is the first time I have tried this kind of food.
- Tom ordered me to trust him and promise not to let me down.
- Tom promised not to let me down.
- Tom advised me to trust him and not to let me down.
- Tom insisted on not letting me down.
- Our cottage was broken into last Saturday.
- Our cottage was being broken into last Saturday.
- Our cottage has been broken into last Saturday.
- Our cottage had broken into last Saturday.
- Because of the weather was hot, the boys continued playing football in the schoolyard.
- Because the hot weather, the boys continued playing football in the schoolyard.
- In spite of the hot weather, the boys continued playing football in the schoolyard.
- Despite the weather was hot, the boys continued playing football in the schoolyard.
- Unless we had her contribution, we could continue with the project.
- But for her contribution, we could have continued with the project.
- If she hadn’t contributed positively, we couldn’t have continued with the project.
- Provided her contribution wouldn’t come, we couldn’t continue with the project.
- Since nobody wanted to hear our conversation, I whispered.
- So as not to hear our conversation, I whispered.
- Because I whispered, anybody heard our conversation.
- I lowered my voice in order that our conversation couldn't be heard.
- Tim joined the ranks of the unemployed because he graduated with a good degree.
- If Tim graduated with a good degree, he would join the ranks of the unemployed.
- Though Tim graduated with a good degree, he joined the ranks of the unemployed.
- That Tim graduated with a good degree helped him join the ranks of the unemployed.
A. When they are too tired, they can work.
B. Because they can’t work, they’re too tired.
C. They are tired but they think they can work.
D. They are so tired that they cannot work.
299. You may get cold on the mountain, so take the coat.
A. To take the coat you will get cold on the mountain.
B. In case you’re cold on the mountain, you should take a coat.
C. If you didn’t take a coat, you’d be cold on the mountain.
D. If you get cold on the mountain, you can take the coat.
300. In population, Los Angeles is not as big as New York.
A. New York is bigger than Los Angeles.
B. Los Angeles is more densely-populated than New York.
C. New York is not as crowded as Los Angeles.
D. New York is bigger than Los Angeles in population.
301. The children couldn't go swimming because it was too cold.
A. The children were not warm enough to go swimming.
B. It was not warm enough but the children went swimming.
C. It was not warm enough for the children to go swimming.
D. It was too cold, so the children had to stay at home.
302. Corazon Aquino was the first women in the Philippines. She was elected as the president of the country.
- Corazon Aquino was the first women who is elected as the president of the Philippines.
- Corazon Aquino was the first women to be elected as the president of the Philippines.
- Corazon Aquino was the first women elected as the president of the Philippines.
- Corazon Aquino was the first women being elected as the president of the Philippines.
- The more forests we cut down, the hotter the Earth becomes.
- The more we cut down forests, the hotter the Earth becomes.
- The more forests we cut down, the Earth becomes hotter.
- The more we cut down forests, the Earth becomes hotter.
- What almost surprised me was the strange way he behaved.
- His behavior was a very strange thing, that surprised me the most.
- I was almost surprised by his strange behavior.
- He behaved very strangely, which surprised me very much.
- Because of the weather was hot, the boys continued playing football in the schoolyard.
- Because the hot weather, the boys continued playing football in the schoolyard.
- In spite of the hot weather, the boys continued playing football in the schoolyard.
- Despite the weather was hot, the boys continued playing football in the schoolyard.
A. He denied that he was there at the time. B. He denied that he wasn’t there at the time.
C. He denied being there at the time. D. He denied not being there at the time.
307. “I haven’t been very open-minded,” said the manager.
- The manager promised to be very open-minded.
- The manager admitted not having been very open-minded.
- The manager denied having been very open-minded.
- The manager refused to have been very open-minded.
- Peter enjoyed working as a journalist for a local newspaper.
- Peter no longer likes the job as a journalist for a local newspaper.
- Peter has stopped working as a journalist for a local newspaper.
- Peter refused to work as a journalist for a local newspaper.
- She reminded me of seeing a doctor if the sore throat did not clear up.
- She ordered me to see a doctor if the sore throat did not clear up.
- She insisted that I see a doctor unless the sore throat did not clear up.
- She suggested that I see a doctor if the sore throat did not clear up.
- My friend Albert, whose car was stolen last week, has decided to buy a motorbike.
- My friend Albert whose car was stolen last week has decided to buy a motorbike.
- My friend Albert has decided to buy a motorbike which car stolen last week.
- My friend Albert has decided to buy a motorbike has his car stolen last week.
- The book which my brother bought it yesterday is very interesting.
- The book my brother bought yesterday is not interesting.
- The book which is very interesting my brother bought yesterday.
- The book which my brother bought yesterday is very interesting.
- Hardly did he finished eating his breakfast when he fell down.
- Hardly he had finished eating his breakfast when he fell down.
- Hardly have he finished eating his breakfast when he fell down.
- Hardly had he finished eating his breakfast when he fell down.
- aShe was the first woman being elected as the president of the Philippines.
- She was the first woman who is elected as the president of the Philippines.
- She was the first woman to be elected as the president of the Philippines.
- She was the first woman elected as the president of the Philippines.
- We fell asleep as the coffee was weak.
- We weren’t awake even though the coffeewas weak.
- The coffee was too strong to keep us awake.
- We were awake because the coffee was strong.
- This is the first jazz music I listen to.
- This is the first time I listen to jazz music.
- This is the first time I have listened to jazz music.
- This is the first time I listened to jazz music.
- Much as the hotel was noisy, they stayed there.
- In spite of the noisy hotel and they liked it.
- Despite the hotel was noisy, they stayed there.
- Although the noisy hotel, they stayed there.
- Tom offered to give Janet the answer by the end of the week.
- Tom promised to give Janet the answer by the end of the week.
- Tom suggested giving Janet the answer by the end of the week.
- Tom insisted on letting Janet know the answer by the end of the week.
- The coffee was so strong that he could drink it.
- He couldn’t drink the strong coffee before.
- The coffee was not weak enough for him to drink.
- The coffee was too strong for him to drink.
- I met the workers because reporters interviewed them last week.
- I met the workers who interviewed reporters last week.
- I met the workers who were interviewed by reporters last week.
- I met reporters who interviewed workers last week.
- Unless you try to work hard, you won’t fail in the exam.
- Unless do you try to work hard, you will fail in the exam.
- Unless you try to work hard, you will fail in the exam.
- Unless don’t you try to work hard, you will fail in the exam.
- My brother can’t find a job in spite of he is very well-qualified.
- My brother can’t find a job even though he is very well-qualified.
- My brother can’t find a job despite he is very well-qualified.
- My brother can’t find a job, but he is very well-qualified.
A. I have never eaten Korean food before. B. I did not use to eating Korean food.
C. I used to eat Korean food. D. I no longer eat Korean food.
323. “Me? No, I didn’t take Sue’s calculator”, said Bob.
- Bob denied that he had taken Sue’s calculator.
- Bob apologized for not having taken Sue’s calculator.
- Bob decided not to take Sue’s calculator.
- Bob suggested not taking Sue's calculator.
- If only you would tell me about her family.
- If only I didn’t regret that you hadn’t told me about her family.
- If only you had told me about her family.
- If only you hadn’t told me about her family.
- She asked Bell not to take the course.
- She warned Bell against taking the course.
- She insisted on Bell’s taking the course.
- She advised Bell to take the course.
- Mr. George is neither a famous author nor an influential speaker.
- Mr. George likes writing famous books and making speechers.
- Mr. George is a famous author, and he is also an influential speaker.
- Mr. George writes famous books, but he doesn’t know much about speeches.
- Although I have tried hard, I can’t earn enough money.
- Inspite of I have tried hard, I can’t earn enough money.
- Despite I have tried hard, I can’t earn enough money.
- Although I have tried hard, but I can’t earn enough money.
- My Tam, who has many famous songs, is a pop star.
- My Tam, that has many famous songs, is a pop star.
- My Tam, whose has many famous songs, is a pop star.
- My Tam, which has many famous songs, is a pop star.
A. If I am rich, I can help other people. B. If I were rich, I can help other people.
C. If I am rich, I could help other people. D. If I were rich, I could help other people.
330. Harry no longer smokes a lot.
A. Harry now smokes a lot. B. Harry used to smoke a lot.
C. Harry didn’t use to smoke a lot. D. Harry rarely smoked a lot.
331. “I’ll call you as soon as I arrive at the airport,” he said to me.
- He objected to calling me as soon as he arrived at the airport.
- He promised to call me as soon as he arrived at the airport.
- He denied calling me as soon as he arrived at the airport.
- He reminded me to call him as soon as he arrived at the airport.
- Taking regular exercises is better than sitting in front of the television all day.
- Sitting in front of the television all day helps you take regular exercises.
- Sitting in front of the television all day and taking exercises are advisable.
- Don’t take regular exercises, just sit in front of the television all day.
- The new computer is so expensive but he can buy it.
- Therefore, he would buy a new computer.
- So, he would buy a new computer.
- The new computer is so expensive that he cannot buy it.
BÀI TẬP III: CHỌN CÂU ĐÚNG DỰA TRÊN CÁC TỪ GỢI Ý VIẾT THÀNH CÂU
MARK LETTER A, B, C OR D ON YOUR ANSWER SHEET TO INDICATE THE SENTENCE THAT IS CLOSEST IN MEANING TO THE GIVEN WORDS.
1. my/ opinion/ wear/ uniforms/ encourage/ students/ proud/ school//.
A. In my opinion, wear uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
B. In my opinion, wearing uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
C. In my opinion, to wear uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
D. In my opinion, to wearing uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
2. holiday/ be/ so/ disappointing/ they/ decide/ ask/ money/ back//.
A. The holiday was so disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
B. The holiday was such disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
C. The holiday was too disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
D. The holiday was enough disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
3. if/ there/ be/ much/ exhaust fume/ air/ more/ people/ cope/ respiratory problem//.
A. If there is too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
B. If there will be too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
C. If there are too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
D. If there was too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
4. you/ know/ name/ lecturer/ talk/ natural disasters/ workshop/ two days ago//?
A. Do you know the name of the lecturer whom talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
B. Do you know the name of the lecturer whose talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
C. Do you know the name of the lecturer which talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
D. Do you know the name of the lecturer who talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
5. I’m always nervous when I travel by air
A. I feel safe when I travel by air
B. I’ve never travel buy because some times feel nervous
C. Travelling by air always makes me nervous
D. I always feel nervous, so I never travel by air
6. “Let’s go on a walking today?”, said Trang
A. Jane suggested going on a walking
B. Jane wanted us to going on a walking
C. Jane suggested to go on a walking
D. Jane allow us to go on a walking
7. Although his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
A. Despite his legs to be broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
B. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before exploding.
C. Despite his legs were broken, he managed to get out of the car before it exploded.
D. Despite his broken legs, he was able to get out of the car before it exploded.
8. I haven"t eaten this kind of food before.
A. This is the first time I"ve eaten this kind of food.
B. I haven"t eaten this kind of food already.
C. This is the first kind of food I have eaten.
D. Even before I have not eaten this kind of food.
9. We/ought/ submit/assignment/ tomorrow.
A. We ought submit our assignment tomorrow.
B. We ought to submit our assignment tomorrow.
C. We ought to have submitted our assignment tomorrow.
D. We ought have submitted our assignment tomorrow.
10. We/ hardly/ understand/ him/ because/ his accent.
A. We hardly ever can understand him because of his accent.
B. We may hardly understand him because his accent.
C. We hardly understand him because he has his accent.
D. We can hardly understand him because of his accent.
11. he/ retire/ eldest son/ take over/ business.
A. After he retired, his eldest son took over his business.
B. After retiring, his eldest son will take over his business.
C. After he retires, his eldest son will take over a business.
D. After he has retired, his eldest son took over a business.
12. The patient/ recover/ more/ rapidly/ expected.
A. The patient recovered rapidly he expected more than.
B. The patient has recovered more rapidly he expected.
C. The patient recovered more rapidly than expected.
D. The patient rapidly recovered than he more expected.
13. Their 25th/ wedding anniversary/ going/celebrate/ Nha Trang
A. Their 25th wedding anniversary are going to celebrate in Nha Trang
B. Their 25th wedding anniversary is going to be celebrated in Nha Trang
C. Their 25th wedding anniversary are going to be celebrate in Nha Trang
D. Their 25th wedding anniversary is going to be celebrate in Nha Trang
14. Mr. Thompson/ consider/ been/ most famous professor/ English linguistics.
A. Mr. Thompson is considered to have been the most famous professor in English linguistics.
B. Mr.Thompson is considered to be the most famous professor in English linguistics.
C. It is considered that Mr.Thompson to have been the most famous professor in English linguistics.
D. It was considered that Mr.Thompson was the most famous professor in English linguistics.
15. Elephants/ be/ important/ as ever.
A. Elephants are more important as ever.
B. Elephants is as important as ever.
C. Elephants are as important as ever.
D. Elephants are most important as ever.
16. My friend/ advise/ me/ not/ ask him/ help.
A. My friend advised me not to ask him for help.
B. My friend advise me not to ask him for help.
C. My friend advises me to not ask him for help.
D. My friend advised to me not ask him for help.
17. Although/ I/ never/ meet/ Rose before,/ recognized/ her/ a picture.
A. Although I had never met Rose before, I recognized her from a picture.
B. Although I never met Rose before, I recognized her from a picture.
C. Although I have never met Rose before, I recognized her from a picture.
D. Although I had never met Rose before but I recognized her from a picture.
18. Etna,/ on the island/ Sicily,/ active volcano.
A. Etna, which is on the island of Sicily, is an active volcano.B. Etna, that is on the island of Sicily, is an active volcano.
C. Etna, which is on the island of Sicily, is a active volcano.D. Etna, that is on the island of Sicily, is an active volcano.
19. Tim/ couldn’t battle/ final/ due/ broken arm.
A. Tim couldn’t battle in the final due to his broken arm.B. Tim couldn’t battle on the final due to his broken arm.
C. Tim couldn’t battle in the final due to his breaking arm.D. Tim couldn’t battle in the final due his broken arm.
20. Mary/ has/ ability/ collaborate/ others/ do/ projects.
A. Mary has the ability and collaborate with others in doing projects.
B. Mary has the ability to collaborate with others on doing projects.
C. Mary has the ability to collaborate with others in doing projects.
D. Mary has the ability collaborating with others in doing projects.
21. The doctor/whom/ I told/ you last week/ work/ here.A. The doctor about whom I told you last week is working here.
B. The doctor at whom I told you last week is working here.
C. The doctor about whom I told your last week is working here.
D. The doctor about who I told you last week is working here.
22. Many people/ think/ new regulations/ encourage/ people/ use/ less energy.
A. Many people think that the new regulations will encourage people use less energy.
B. Many people think that the new regulations will encourage people to use less energy.
C. Many people think that the new regulations would encourage people to use less energy.
D. Many people think that the new regulations will encourage people using less energy.
23. Jupiter/ big/ than/ all/ other planets/ solar system.
A. Jupiter is biger than all the other planets in the solar system.
B. Jupiter is bigger than all the other planets in the solar system.
C. Jupiter is bigger than all the other planets on the solar system.
D. Jupiter is biggest than all the other planets in the solar system.
24. I/ not/ dare/ turn on/ television/ fear/ wake/ up the baby.
A. I did not dare to turn on the television for fear of waking up the baby.
B. I did not dare to turn off the television for fear of waking up the baby.
C. I did not dare to turn on the television for fear to waking up the baby.
D. I did not dare turn on the television for fear of waking up the baby.
25. lot/ present/give/ Martha/ her birthday.
A. A lot of presents were given to Martha in her birthday.
B. A lot of presents were given Martha on her birthday.
C. A lot of presents were given to Martha on her birthday.
D. A lot of presents was given to Martha on her birthday.
26. Thankfully, there/ no need/ Diana/ have/ operation.
A. Thankfully, there is no need to Diana to have an operation.
B. Thankfully, there is no need for Diana to have an operation.
C. Thankfully, there is not need for Diana to have an operation.
D. Thankfully, there is no need for Diana having an operation.
27. minister/ had/ resign/ because/ ill health.
A. The minister had to resign because of ill health.
B. The minister had to resign because he ill health.
C. The minister had resign because of ill health.
D. The minister had to resign because of illness health.
35. The last time I went to London was when I left my college.
A. The last time I went to London is when I left my college.
B. The last time I go to London was when I left my college.
C. The last time I went to London was when I had left my college.
D. The last time I went to London was when I left my college.
36. Neither/ my brother/ I/ good/ English.
A. Neither my brother nor I am good in English.
B. Neither my brother nor I are good at English.
C. Neither my brother or I am good at English.
D. Neither my brother nor I am good at English.
36. You’d better/ change/ all the locks/ case/ burglar/ come/ back.
A. You’d better changing all the locks in case the burglar comes back.
B. You’d better change all the locks in case the burglar comes back.
C. You’d better change all the locks in case of the burglar comes back.
D. You’d better change all the locks in case the burglar come back.
37. The student/ next/ me/ kept/ chew/ gum, bothered/ me/ lot.
A. The student next to me kept chewed gum, which bothered me a lot.
B. The student next to me kept chewing gum, that bothered me a lot.
C. The student next to me keep chewing gum, which bothered me a lot.
D. The student next to me kept chewing gum, which bothered me a lot.
38. flowers/ would grow/ faster/ if there/ more rain.
A. The flowers would grow faster if there was more rain.
B. The flowers would grow faster if there were more rains.
C. The flowers would grow faster if there were more rain.
D. The flowers would grown faster if there were more rain.
39. I often/ go/ fish/ my brother/ when/ I/ be/ a child.
A. I often went fishing with my brother when I was a child.
B. I often go fishing with my brother when I was a child.
C. I often went fishing with my brother when I am a child.
D. I often went fish with my brother when I was a child.
40. I/ never/ meet/ intelligent/ woman than/ her.
A. I have never met a more intelligent woman than her.
B. I have never met a most intelligent woman than her.
C. I have never met a more intelligent woman as her.
D. I have never meet a more intelligent woman than her.
41. my/ opinion/ wear/ uniforms/ encourage/ students/ proud/ school//.
A. In my opinion, wear uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
B. In my opinion, wearing uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
C. In my opinion, to wear uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
D. In my opinion, to wearing uniforms encourages students to be proud of their school.
42. holiday/ be/ so/ disappointing/ they/ decide/ ask/ money/ back//.
A. The holiday was so disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
B. The holiday was such disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
C. The holiday was too disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
D. The holiday was enough disappointing that they decided to ask for their money back.
43. if/ there/ be/ much/ exhaust fume/ air/ more/ people/ cope/ respiratory problem//.
A. If there is too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
B. If there will be too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
C. If there are too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
D. If there was too much exhaust fume in the air, more and more people will cope with respiratory problem.
44. you/ know/ name/ lecturer/ talk/ natural disasters/ workshop/ two days ago//?
A. Do you know the name of the lecturer whom talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
B. Do you know the name of the lecturer whose talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
C. Do you know the name of the lecturer which talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
D. Do you know the name of the lecturer who talked about natural disasters at the workshop two days ago?
44. world’s oceans/ vast/ cope/ present levels/ pollution
A. The world’s oceans are too vast to cope with the present levels of pollution.
B. The world’s oceans are vast and cope with the present levels of pollution.
C. The world’s oceans are vast though they can cope with the present levels of pollution.
D. The world’s oceans are so vast that they can cope with the present levels of pollution.
45. It/ better/ play safe/ exams/ give/ original answer
A. It is better to play safe in exams than to give an original answer.
B. It often better playing safe in exams than to give an original answer.
C. It is better to play safe in exams than giving an original answer.
D. It often better playing safe in exams than giving an original answer.
46. She suggest/ take/ plane today/ or/ go/ train tomorrow
A. She suggested that we should take the plane today or going by train tomorrow.
B. She suggested taking the plane today or going by train tomorrow.
C. She suggested taking the plane today or we should go by train tomorrow.
D. She suggested to take the plane today or to go by train tomorrow.
47. robots/ use/ more/ free/ people/ do/ housework
A. Robots should use and free people to do more housework.
B. Robots would be used to free people can do more housework.
C. Robots should be used more to free people from doing housework.
D. Robots use is free, so people do for them more housework.
48. He/ would/ like/ his wife /stop/ work/ look/ after/ children.
- He would like his wife stop working and look after their children.
- He would like his wife to stop work and look after their children.
- He like his wife to stop working and look after their children.
- He would like his wife to stop working and look after their children.
- Binh Thuan province, which is located in the South Central Coast of Vietnam, is famous for its scenery and beaches.
- Binh Thuan province, which located in the South Central Coast of Vietnam, is famous for its scenery and beaches.
- Binh Thuan province, that is located in the South Central Coast of Vietnam, is famous for its scenery and beaches.
- Binh Thuan province, which is located in the South Central Coast of Vietnam, is famous on its scenery and beaches.
- If she has known the whole story, she wouldn’t have been angry.
- If she had known the whole story, she wouldn’t has been angry.
- If she had known the whole story, she have wouldn’t been angry.
- If she had known the whole story, she wouldn’t have been angry.
- The student next to me bothering me a lot kept chewing gum.
- The student next to me kept chewing gum bothered me a lot.
- The student next to me kept chewing gum that bothered me a lot.
- The student next to me kept chewing gum, which bothered me a lot.
- Despite of my strong disapproval of your behavior, I will help you this time.
- Despite my strong disapproval with your behavior, I will help you this time.
- Despite my strong disapproval at your behavior, I will help you this time.
- Despite my strong disapproval of your behavior, I will help you this time.
BÀI TẬP IV: ĐỌC VÀ CHỌN ĐÁP ÁN ĐÚNG
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 25 to 28.
| MY HOMETOWN I was born in Newcastle, a city in the North East of England. Newcastle is on the bank of the River Tyne. It is a quite big city of about 200,000 inhabitants. There is a cathedral and a university. There are five bridges over the River Tyne, which link Newcastle to the next town, Gateshead, where there is one of the biggest shopping centers in the world, the Metro Centre. A few years ago, the main industries were shipbuilding and coal mining, but now the chemical and soap industries are important. I moved from Newcastle ten years ago, but I often return. I miss the people, who are so warm and friendly, and I miss the wild, beautiful countryside near the city, where there are so many hills and streams. |
| Question 25: Newcastle is ___________________ |
| A. a city near the North East of England B. a city in the North East of England C. a city in the North of England D. a small town in England |
| Question 26: Gateshead has one of_______________ in the world. |
| A. the largest rivers B. the most important shipbuilding industries C. the most beautiful countrysides D. the biggest shopping centers |
| Question 27: According to the passage, the writer_____________. |
| A. is still living in Newcastle B. has never returned to Newcastle C. doesn’t live in Newcastle any more D. has come back to live in Newcastle |
| Question 28: Which of the following is NOT true about Newcastle? |
| A. Its people is friendly B. Its main industry now is shipbuilding C. It has a cathedral and a university D. It is next to Gateshead   |
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
| In the country of China, there is a wall that is 1,500 miles long. (21.196km). It is called the Great Wall of China. It winds uphill and down, through valleys and mountains, and it appears (29) __kéo dài (to-V)_____ endless (vô tận). It was made totally by hand of Chinese residents. The Great Wall of China was built (30) ______ 246 and 209 BC. The people of China (31) ______ it to keep out all their enemies. There are watch towers all along the way. (32) _______, the Wall is made 100% of brick, sand and earth. It is high and wide on top. (33) ________, people can walk along the top as if it were a road. No other defense line has been made (34) _______ tourists as long as the Great Wall of China | |||||
| Question 29 | A. last | B. lasting | C. to last | D. lastly | |
| Question 30 | A. between | B. from | C. during | D. in | |
| Question 31 | A. was making | B. made | C. make | D. has making | |
| Question 32 | A. Luckily | B. Badly | C. Unfortunately | D. Surprisingly | |
| Question 33 | A. Yet | B. Although | C. Therefore = So | D. However | |
| Question 34 | A. to protect | B. protect | C. protecting | D. protected | |
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Levi Strauss, a young immigrant from Germany, arrived in San Francisco in 1850. California was in the middle of the Gold Rush, thousand of men were coming to California to dig for gold. And Levi Strauss came to sell canvas to these gold miner. Canvas is heavy fabric, (25) ______ Levi Strauss thought the miners could use the canvas for tents.
One day Strauss heard a miner (26) _______ that he couldn’t find clothes strong enough for the work he was doing. Strauss got an idea. He quickly took some of his canvas and made it (27) ______ pants. These are pants were (28) _____ the miners needed. In one day Strauss sold all the pants he had made.
25. A. so B. because C. although D. and
26. A. complain B. tell C. ask D. talk
27. A. from B. for C. into D. to
28. A. that B. what C. which D. whom
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
In the early years of television, educational specialists believed that it would be very useful in teaching and learning. Many schools have brought television sets, intending to use them effectively to improve the quality of education; but actually they are rarely used properly in classrooms. Meanwhile, children spending the majority of their out-of-school hours watching TV and their typical school days proceed as if television did not exist.
There are some explanations for the failure of television to get the interest of the teachers. Firstly, the schools that purchased television sets have not set aside money for equipment repairs and maintenance so these television sets are sooner and later out of work. Secondly these schools have not found an effective way to train teachers to integrate television into their ongoing instructional programs. Lastly, most teachers do not regard the quality of television and its usefulness in the classroom.
Teachers at the schools work hard for at least twelve years to train their students to become good readers. However, according a recent statistics, teenagers seldom spend their free time reading books and newspapers but watching television instead.
29. The text is about ________
A. the use of television at schools. B. teaching and learning television.
C. educational specialists. D. watching TV outside school.
30. When TV first appeared, educational specialists ______
A. did not appreciate it. B. did not appreciate it.
C. believed it would be useful for schooling. D. banned children from watching TV.
31. According to the text, TV ______
A. has not been used properly in classrooms. B. has been used effectively in classrooms.
C. has not existed in classrooms. D. has not attracted students’ interest.
32. There are ______ explanations for the failure of television to get the interest of the teachers.
A. two B. three C. four D. five
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Drought is a condition that becomes when average rainfall for a fertile area drops far below the normal (25)________ for a long period of time. In areas (26)_______ are not irritated, the lack of rain causesfarm crops to wither and dead . Higher than normal temperatures ussually accompany periods of drought . They add to the crop damage. Forest fires start easily during drought . The soil of a drought area becomes dry and crumbles. Often the rich topsoil is (27)________ away by the hot, dry winds . Streams, ponds, and wells often dry up during a drought, and animals suffer and may even die (28)______ the lack of water.
25. A. average B. number C. amount D. rainfall
26. A. who B. what C. which D. where
27. A. to blow B. blew C. blowing D. blown
28. A. because B. because of C. for D. as
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
The country is more beautiful than a town and pleasant to live in. Many people think so and go to the country for the summer holidays though they can not live there all the year round. Some have a cottage built in a village so that they can go there whenever they can find the time. Almost every village has a church, the round or square tower of which can be seen from many miles around. Surrounding the church is the churchyard where people are buried.
The Village green is a wide stretch of grass. Houses or cottages are built round it. Country life is now fairly comfortable and many villages have the water brought through pipes into house.
Most villages are so close to some small towns that people can go there to buy what they can't find in the village shops.
29. What can be easily seen in most villages?
A. a church B. a tower C. a shop D. a cottage
30. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. Many villagers now have water inside their homes.
B. People are buried near the village church.
C. Many English people prefer living in the country.
D. People can buy anything from the village shops.
31. What does the word “it” refer to?
A. grass B. a cottage C. a house D. the village green
32. What is the best title for the passage?
A. The English countryside B. Advantages of country life
C. Things in an English village D. Summer holidays in England
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Face-to-face conversation is a two-way process: You speak to me, I reply to you and so on. Two-way (25)_______ depends on having a coding system that is understood by both sender and (26)_______, and an agreed convention about signaling the beginning and end of the message. In speech, the coding system is the language like English or Spanish; the convention that one person speaks at a time may seem too obvious to mention. In fact, the signals (27)_______ in conversation and meetings are often verbal. For example, lowering the pitch of the voice may mean the end of a sentence, a sharp intake of breath may signal the desire to interrupt, catching the chairman’s eye may indicate the desire to speak in a formal setting like a debate, a clenched fist may indicate anger. When (28)_______ visual signals are not possible, more formal signals may be needed.
25. A. exchange B. interchange C. communication D. correspondence
26. A. announcer B. receiver C. messenger D. transmitter
27. A. use B. are used C. using D. used
28. A. their B. these C. this D. that
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Over the past 600 years, English has grown from a language of few speakers to become the dominant language of international communication. English as we know it today emerged around 1350, after having incorporated many elements of French that were introduced following the Norman invasion of 1066. Until the 1600s, English was, for the most part, spoken only in England and had not extended even as far as two centuries, English began to spread around the globe as a result of exploration, trade (including slave trade), colonization, and missionary work. Thus, small enclaves of English speakers became established and grew in various parts of the world. As these communities proliferated, English gradually became the primary language of international business, banking and diplomacy.
Currently, about 80 percent of the information stored on computer systems worldwide is English. Two - thirds of the world’s science writing is in English, and English is the main language of technology, advertising, media, international airports, and air traffic controllers - Today there are more than 700 million English users in the world, and over half of these are nonnative speakers, constituting the largest number of nonnative users than any other language in the world.
29. What is the main topic of this passage?
A. The French influence on the English Language.
B. The English history.
C. The expansion of English as an international language.
D. The use of English for science and Technology.
30. Approximately when did English begin to be used beyond England?
A. in 1066 B. around 1350 C. before 1600 D. after 1600
31. According to the passage, all of the following contributed to the spread of English around the world EXCEPT______.
A. the slave trade B. the Norman invasion C. missionaries D. colonization
32. The word “enclaves” in line 6 could be best replaced by which of the following.
A. communities B. organizations C. regions D. countries
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C,or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
No writer in American literature is more famous or more loved than Samuel Longhorn Clements. (25)______in Missouri in 1835, he grew up on the bank of the Mississippi river and later adopted the (26)_________ Mark Twain. The village environment inspired the two novels (27)______ made him famous:"Tom Sawyer and Huckleberry Finn" and ":Life on the Mississippi", told of his adventures on the river (28)________ of that period.
Mark Twain's life as a writer started during the Civil War. At that time he worked as a newspaper man in Nevada and California. His short story "The celebrated Jumping Frog of Calaveras County" was an immediate success and his new career began.
25. A. Was born B. Born C. Is born D. Be born
26. A. pen name B. surname C. name D. real name
27. A. where B. who C. whose D. which
28. A. ships B. trains C. boats D. planes
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C,or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Television and Kids
Television is very popular and even has some benefits for kids. It helps very young children learn the letters of the alphabet, and helps other kids learn about science, cultures, and world events.
However, researchers show that too much TV is bad for children. For one thing, there is a link between watching more than four hours of TV a day and being overweight. For another thing, many TV shows are violent and upsetting. Watching these shows may cause kids to be more fearful. And of course, more time in front of the TV means less time to study. Too much TV may also be the cause of lower grades.
Experts do not agree on the solution to these problems. Some say that kids should watch only educational programs; others say kids should watch no TV at all. And others suggest teaching them to watch TV as occasional entertainment, not as an everyday hobby.
29. What is the passage mainly about?
A. Benefits of kids' TV shows B. Effects of television on kids
C. Why kids love TV D. Why kids shouldn't watch TV
30. According to the passage,watching a lot of TV may ______
A. cause weight problems in children B. cause children to be more famous
C. cause children to get better grades D. cause students to study more
31. The word "them" in paragraph 3 refers to ______.
A. programs B. experts C. kids D. problems
32. What can be inferred from the passage?
A. TV is always bad for children.
B. TV is only good for entertainment.
C. Kids should watch only educational shows.
D. Television has some benefits along with problems.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
When you visit London, one of the first things you will see is Big Ben, the famous clock which can be heard all over the world on the BBC.If the Houses of Parliament hadn't burned down in 1834, the great clock would never have been erected.Big Ben takes its (25)______ from Sir Benjamin Hall who was responsible for the making of the clock when the new Houses of Parliament were being built.It is not only of immense size, (26)______is extremely accurate as well.Officials from Greenwich Observatory have the clock checked twice a day.On the BBC, you can hear the clock when it is actually striking because microphones (27)______ to the clock tower.Big Ben has rarely gone wrong .Once, however, it failed to give the correct time.A painter who had been working on the tower hung a pot of paint on one of the hands and slowed it (28)______.
25. A. place B. name C. fame D. time
26. A. but B. however C. and D. so
27. A. connects B. are connected C. is connected D. connect
28. A. down B. up C. with D. time
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
The Beatles
In the 1960s, the Beatles were probably the most famous pop group in the whole world.Since then, there have been a great many groups that have achieved enormous fame, so it is difficult now to imagine how sensational the Beatles were at that time.They were four boys from the north of England and none of them had any training in music.They started by performing and recording songs by black Americans and they had some success with these songs.Then they started writing their own songs and that was when they became really popular.The Beatles changed pop music.They were the first pop group to achieve great success from songs they had written themselves.After that it became common for groups and singers to write their own songs.The Beatles did not have a long career.Their first hit record was in 1963 and they split up in 1970.They stopped doing live performances in 1966 because it had become too dangerous for them – their fans were so excited that they surrounded them and tried to take their clothes as souvenirs! However, today some of their songs remain as famous as they were when they first came out.Throughout the world, many people can sing part of a Beatles song if you ask them.
28. The passage is mainly about _______
A. how the Beatles became more successful than other groups.
B. why the Beatles split up after 7 years.
C. The Beatles’ fame and success.
D. many people’s ability to sing a Beatles song.
29. The four boys of the Beatles ______.
A. came from the same family B. came from a town in the north of England
C. were at the same age. D. received good training in music.
30. What is not true about the Beatles?
A. The members had no training in music.
B. They had long stable career.
C. They became famous when they wrote their own songs.
D. They changed pop music.
31. The word “sensational” is closest in meaning to ______.
A. notorious B. bad C. shocking D. Popular
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
In the Middle Ages the vast majority of European cities had walls around them. They (23) __________to defend the city, but they also kept out undesirable people, like those with contagious diseases.
Most of London's gates had been (24) __________by the end of the eighteenth century. However, by a stroke of luck, the last of them was preserved. This gate is, in actual fact, not called a gate at all; its name is Temple Bar, and it marked the (25) _________between the old City of London and Westminster. However, as the (26) _________of traffic through London increased, Temple Bar became an obstacle to its free flow. In 1878 it was decided to take it down, so its stone were numbered, dismantled and put in storage. A couple of years later a wealthy businessman bought the stones and re-erected them at his house in Hertfordshire.
In the 1970s the Temple Bar Trust was (27) _________with the intention of returning thegate to the City of London. Much of the money for this project was donations from the Temple Bar Trust. The stonework needed a lot of restoration, which was carried out by the Cathedral Works Organization. Today, Temple Bar stands next to St Paul's Cathedral.
23. A. supposed B. served C. expected D. meant
24. A. devoted B. demolished C. declared D. decreased
25. A. division B. part C. line D. boundary
26. A. amount B. quantity C. bulk D. number
27. A. set out B. set up C. set off D. set back
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Although they are an inexpensive supplier of vitamins, minerals, and high- quality protein, eggs also contain a high level of blood cholesterol, one of the major causes of heart diseases. One egg yolk, in fact, contains a little more than two- thirds of the suggested daily cholesterol limit. This knowledge has driven egg sales to plummet in recent years, which in turn has brought about the development of several alternatives to eating regular eggs. One alternative is to eat substitute eggs. These eggs substitutes are not really eggs, but they look somewhat like eggs when they are cooked. They have the advantage of having low cholesterol rates, and they can be scrambled or used in banking. One disadvantage, however, is that they are not good for frying, poaching, or boiling. A second alternative to regular eggs is a new type of egg, sometimes called "designer" eggs. These eggs are produced by hens that are fed low- flat diets consisting of ingredients such as canola oil, flax, and rice bran. In spite of their diet, however, these hens produce eggs that contain the same amount of cholesterol as regular eggs. Yet, the producers of these eggs claim that eating their eggs will not raise the blood cholesterol in humans.
Eggs producers claim that their product has been portrayed unfairly. They cite scientific studies to back up their claim. And, in fact, studies on the relationship between eggs and human cholesterol levels have brought mixed results. It may be that is not the type of eggs that is the main determinant of cholesterol but the person who is eating the eggs. Some people may be more sensitive to cholesterol derived from food than other people. In fact, there is evidence that certainly dietary fats stimulate the body's production of blood cholesterol. Consequently, while it still makes sense to limit one's intake of eggs, even designer eggs, it seems that doing this without regulating dietary fat will probably not help reduce the blood cholesterol level.
28. What is the main purpose of the passage?
A. To introduce the idea that dietary fat increases the blood cholesterol level.
B. To make people how about the relationship between eggs and cholesterol.
C. To persuade people that eggs are unhealthy and should not be eaten.
D. To convince people to eat "designer" eggs and egg substitutes.
29. What has been the cause for changes in the sale of eggs?
A. Increasing price B. Decreased production
C. Dietary changes in hens D. Concerns about cholesterol
30. What is meant by the phrase "mixed results"?
A. The results are blended
B. The results are a composite of things.
C. The results are inconclusive.
D. The results are mingled together.
31. Which of the following could best replace the word "somewhat"?
A. in fact B. a little C. indefinitely D. a lot
32. According to the passage, one yolk contains approximately what fraction of the suggested daily limit for human consumption of cholesterol?
A. 3/4 B. 2/3 C. 1/2 D. 1/3
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
It has long been suspected that lack of sleep can actually lead to illness, particularly in young people. Research involving students aged 14-19 over a three-week period now appears to confirm (23) ________.
The teenagers wore devices that recorded the movements they made, without being (24) ________of them, that indicated they were asleep. The results were then compared to the number of illnesses that they had (25) ________from during the three weeks, in addition to the number of occasions on which they had been absent from school.
What the study showed was that students who slept (26) ________than seven hours a night caught colds, flu and other relatively minor illnesses more often. The problem is that as children enter their teens their natural sleeping patterns change, (27) ________in them going to sleep later and therefore wanting to wake up later - but they still have to get up in the morning to go to school.
23. A. this B. that C. these D. those
24. A. awake B. aware C. familiar D. sensitive
25. A. caught B. affected C. suffered D. experienced
26. A. more B. smaller C. longer D. fewer
27. A. resulting B. producing C. finishing D. forcing
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
In the earliest times children got their education directly from parents and other adults. They learned mainly skills for survival. Adults passed down this knowledge through spoken language. Eventually cultures around the world began inventing writing. As societies developed they set up schools to teach reading, writing, maths and other subjects.
The first schools were usually just for boys. Most of the students came from rich and powerful families. Often the purpose of their education was religious training. In many cultures the religious leaders formed the highest level of society. Some schools had other purposes as well. Many schools focused on military training. Sometimes youths attended special schools to learn the art of public speaking. These skills were meant to help them become future leaders.
Most girls received their education at home. They learned cooking, sewing and other useful skills. Over time education became available to more people, not just the rich and powerful. The governments of some countries set up public systems of education in the 1800s. More schools opened to girls.
During the 1900s marks, or grades, became a new measure of learning. Testing became a regular part of formal education. As education became more important to people, teachers' colleges opened. The requirements for becoming a teacher became stricter. Teaching became a highly respected profession.
28. In the earliest times, children learned mainly skills so that they could________.
A. continue to exist B. pass this knowledge down C. invent writing D. make societies develop
29. The word “they” in the passage refers to________.
A. cultures B. societies C. schools D. subjects
30. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A. The first schools were usually just for boys from rich and powerful families.
B. Art of public speaking was one of the skills that help youths become future leaders.
C. During the 1900s, testing became a regular part of formal education.
D. In the earliest times, knowledge was passed down through written records.
31. The phrase “set up” in the passage could be best replaced by________.
A. made B. based C. founded D. built
32. The best title for the passage could be________.
A. Education in the Earliest Times B. The Development of Education
C. Education in Modern Times D. Testing - a Regular Part of Education
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Rivers are one of the world's most important natural resources. Many cities are on large rivers, and (23) _______every country has at least one river that plays an important part in the lives of its people.
Besides transportation, rivers (24) _______ food, water for crops, water to drink, and opportunities for recreation for people who live along their banks. And in order to get water for crops, engineers sometimes build a dam (25) _______a river and let the water become a lake behind the dam. Then people can use their water not only to irrigate fields but also to make electricity for homes and industries.
However, the water often becomes (26) _______ when cities on river banks grow in size and the number of industries increases. We are learning that it is necessary to keep rivers clean if we want to enjoy the (27) _______of the natural resources.
23. A. many B. a lot C. plenty of D. almost
24. A. provide B. support C. assist D. create
25. A. over B. across C. among D. under
26. A. crowded B. overloaded C. polluted D. excited
27. A. interests B. benefits C. tips D. receipts
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
In early days no medical college took a woman student. Elizabeth Blackwell, however, was determined to become a doctor. The young American wrote
again and again to a number of medical colleges, asking if she could be enrolled but each time the answer was NO.
Then one day, to her surprise, she got a letter from the dean of a college in Geneva, which said YES.
At first Geneva College, like the other colleges, was not willing to enroll Elizabeth. But later the important people of that college learned that Elizabeth's application had the support of a famous doctor, and they were afraid to offend that man.
So the dean decided to play a trick by turning the matter over to the student's general meeting of the college, thinking that the students would be the last to agree to take Elizabeth.
When the boy students met, most students took no interest in the matter. Of the rest, some considered the young American's idea interesting and some thought by having Elizabeth they would be proud of their college training the world's first woman doctor. Very soon the students all agreed to accept Elizabeth.
The dean of Geneva College was of course very sorry to learn this, but seeing that he could do nothing to keep Elizabeth out, he gave in.
28. Elizabeth was surprised by the dean's letter, because it promised her to_______.
A. have free medical education B. go to Geneva
C. become a student in his college D. go to Italy
29. At first Geneva College_______ accepting Elizabeth.
A. did not consider B. thought about C. was interested in D. was not aware of
30. When the student body met to consider Elizabeth's application, _______.
A. most students were serious
B. many of the students showed no interest in the matter
C. most students took interest in the matter
D. most of the students were not joking
31. Some students thought if they let Elizabeth join them they could make_______.
A. her proud B. the dean proud C. Geneva College proud D. him proud
32. The dean was very sorry when he saw his trick_______.
A. worked B. continued C. succeeded D. failed
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Will robots change our lives in the future? It's a funny question to ask when they're changing our lives now in so many ways and they have been for years. From the first time you saw a toaster (23) - “_______” by itself, we've casually accepted that machines can be trusted to do things for us.
Right now all modern technology is designed to (24) - “_______” the world to you: phone, radio, television, internet, but if trends continue, robots will soon bring you to the world, everywhere, and at the (25) - “_______”
of thought.
It's a future goal - something we know we (26) - “_______” do. Robots won't just change our lives in the future, they'll expand them. Not just for fun. but for necessity. We've taken the first steps into welcoming them (27) - “_______” our homes, we just have to wait a bit to proctor them into making US more human. Do you agree?
23. A. pop up B. to pop up C. popping up D. popped up
24. A. transport B. fetch C. carry D. bring
25. A. tempo B. speed C. beat D. rate
26. A. need B. may C. can D. ought
27. A. into B. with C. for D. from
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
American foods began to affect the rest of the world. American emphasis on convenient and rapid consumption is best represented in fast foods such as hamburgers, French fries, and soft drinks. By the 1960s and 1970s fast foods became one of America's strongest exports as franchises for Me Donald's and Burger King spread through Europe and other parts of the world, including Russia and China. Traditional meals cooked at home and consumed at a leisurely pace gave way to quick lunches and dinners eaten on the run as other countries imitated American cultural patterns.
By the late 20lh century Americans had become more conscious of their diets, eating more poultry, fish and vegetables, and fewer eggs and less beef. Cooks began to rediscover many world cuisines in forms closer to their original. In California, chefs combined fresh fruits and vegetables available with ingredients and spices borrowed from immigrant kitchens to create an innovative cooking style that was lighter than traditional French, but more interesting and varied than typical American cuisine. Along with the state's wines, California cuisine took its place among the acknowledged forms of fine dining.
28. Fast foods such as hamburgers, French fries, and soft drinks_______.
A. are popular because of their nutritious values
B. are traditional meals of the US people
C. became more popular than meals cooked at home in China
D. became popular with other European and Asian countries
29. Which of the following is similar in meaning to the word “cuisine”?
A. cooking B. cooker C. cookery D. cook
30. What is the main idea of the first paragraph?
A. America's cuisine used to have an influence on many countries.
B. Fast foods became one of America's strongest exports.
C. Me Donald’s and Burger King are American food suppliers successful in Europe.
D. Traditional meals cooked at home are not common in the US.
31. Which of the following statements is true?
A. By the late 20th century, fast foods had lost their popularity in the US.
B. Americans used to eat more poultry, fish, fruits and vegetables than they do now.
C. Cooking styles of other countries began to affect Americans by the late 20th century.
D. Fewer eggs and less beef in American diet made them fitter.
32. An innovative style of cooking was created in California_______.
A. to attract more immigrants to the state
B. and made the state’s wines well-known
C. by borrowing recipes from immigrant kitchens
D. by combining the local specialties with immigrants spices
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Water is one of our most precious resources; put it simply, without water there would be no life.Unfortunately, many of us seem to have (21)_______ this fact, and as a result the world is facing the danger of running (22)_______ water.The actual (23)_______ of water on earth has changed little since the time of dinosaurs.The problem has been caused by people’s misuse of our water supply.This not only means that we have polluted our rivers and seas, but also that we are (24)_______ a great deal of this precious resource.Unfortunately the destruction of the rain forests has (25)_______ this problem worse since much of the rain that falls is lost because it runs off into the sea.The population of the earth is increasing daily, so it is vital that we (26)_______ a solution to this problem before it is too late.
21. A. looked over B. omitted C. forgotten D. missed
22. A. out of B. into C. off D. away with
23. A. sum B. total C. number D. amount
24. A. exploiting B. wasting C. spending D. throwing
25. A. caused B. done C. created D. made
26. A. recover B. work C. find D. come up
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Smoking causes lung cancer, which is the number one cancer among men. Ninety percent of the people who get lung cancer die. Smoking is also the leading cause of mouth cancer, tongue cancer, and throat cancer. Many smokers have heart disease and pneumonia. Smoking causes one million early deaths in the world every year.
Smokers not only harm themselves but also harm others. Smokers breathe smoke out into the air. They breathe it out on their children and their wives or husbands. Children whose parents smoke have more breathing and lung problems than other children. Women who are married to smokers are more likely to have lung cancer than those married to non-smokers. We are all aware that smoking is bad. So why do people smoke?
27. The number one cancer among men is____________.
A. tongue cancer B. throat cancer C. lung cancer D. mouth cancer
28. Every year, smoking causes about one million____________.
A. cancer patients B. killing diseases C. early deaths D. injured men
29. The word “it” in the passage refers to____________.
A. cancer B. smoke C. air D. breath
30. Who are more likely to have lung cancer and lung problems?
A. People who live in the city B. People who live with smokers.
C. People who live with non-smokers. D. People who live in the country.
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Rice is eaten by Vietnamese people every day. It often (21)______in tropical countries such as Vietnam, Thailand or Malaysia. The Chinese have also been growing rice for (22)______years. The seeds are planted in special beds to grow into young rice plants. Then they are taken to fields covered (23)______muddy water called paddies. The fields of rice look very (24)_____. After 3 or 5 months, the rice is ready (25)______. People often drain away water before collecting rice. Eating rice is a special action in the world. They don’t use spoons or forks to enjoy bowls of rice. (26)______, they use two short sticks known as chopsticks to put rice into their mouths. China and Vietnam are the two countries in which people use chopsticks very well.
21. A. plants B. stays C. grows D. keeps
22. A. thousands B. thousands of C. thousand D. thousand of
23. A. in B. of C. with D. by
24. A. beautify B. beauty C. beautiful D. beautifully
25. A. to pick B. to be picked C. picking D. being picked
26. A. However B. Besides C. Moreover D. Instead
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
My village is generally called Langde which consists of Upper Langde and Lower Lane. My own village is Upper Langde, 32 kilometers away from Kaili city and 17 kilometers away from Leishan Country. My hometown is located at the foot of a scenic mountain with a murmuring crystal clear river in front. Groups of waterwheels by the river side produce beautiful folk songs day and night.
My father said that we have this festival runs for three consecutive years. People do not kill fattened pigs during the first and second years but only in the final year. So the most special year is the last one, namely the 13th year. As you can imagine, it is not easy to see many in one lifetime. I can’t remember what the last one, 13 years ago, was like. Fortunately my village held the festival from 22nd February to 2nd March this year and the one this year was a very spectacular.
27. The writer’s village is ______.
A. in Upper Langde B. 32 km away from Leishan County
C. in Lower Lane D. 17km away from Kaili city planned
28. What is NOT mentioned in the description of the author’s hometown?
A. It produced beautiful folk songs B. It is near a river
C. You can go there on foot D. It is near a mountain.
29. When are the fattened pigs killed?
A. Every thirteen years of the festival. B. During the first year of the festival.
C. During the second year of the festival D. In the final year of the festival.
30. The word “namely “ can be replaced by.
A. such as B. that is C. like D. for example
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Many health experts believe that children and young people today are more unhealthy than they used to be. So why has this happened?
One reason is bad eating habits. __( 21 )__ of young people don’t have a healthy diet. They eat too much fast food like hamburgers and pizza and not enough fruit and vegetables. In the US, many children __( 22 )__ fast food regularly since they were very young. In fact, almost one-third of American children aged four to nineteen have been eating fast food __(23)__ all the time. ___(24) ___, they don’t do exercise and spend too much of their time watching TV, surfing the Internet or playing computer games.
So how can you change your habits if you have been following an unhealthy lifestyle for a long time? First, change your __(25)__ and eat more fruit and vegetables. Next, find an activity you enjoy. Why not try something different like rock climbing, surfing or hiking? Many young people have found that __(26)__ fit and healthy can be a lot of fun.
21. A. Lots B. Very few C. Much D. Many
22. A. ate B. have been eating C. eat D. are eating
23. A. nearly B. most of C. for D. most
24. A. Moreover B. Therefore C. Although D. And
25. A. recipes B. menu C. ingredients D. diet
26. A. became B. to be become C. becoming D. become
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Every year, students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children. Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others study by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the language in films, on television, in the office or among their friends. But not many are lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another language.
Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own language, mathematics, and English. In England, America, or Australia, many boys and girls study their native language, which is English, mathematics, and another language, perhaps French, or German or Spanish.
Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies, because some of their books are in English at college or university. Others learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.
27. According to the writer _______ .
A. only adults learn English B. no children like to learn English
C. English is popular all over the world D. English is useful only for teenagers
28. Most people learn English by ______.
A. talking with foreigners B. watching videos only
C. working hard on their lessons D. hearing the language in the office
29. Many boys and girls learn English because _______ .
A. it is included in their study courses B. they are forced to learn it
C. English can give them a job D. they have to study their own languages
30. In America or Australia many school children study ______.
A. English as a foreign language
B. English and mathematics only
C. their own language and no foreign language
D. such foreign languages as French, German, and Spanish
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Pets can improve your life
The role of animals in helping people recover from a range of health and emotional problem has long been widely recognized. Now a survey (21)______ is reported in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology appears to show that owning a pet can benefit healthy individuals, too. A number of experiments, (22)______ by two universities in the United States, indicate that pet owners are generally happier, (23)______, fitter, more confident and better able to cope with everyday issues than non – owners.
The researchers discovered that individuals have just as close a relationship with the key people in their lives (24)______ they have with their pets. And although they found no (25)______ that people choose emotional relationship with pets over relationships with (26)______ people, a study of universities showed that owning a pet helped them get over the break-up of a relationship with a partner.
21. A. which B. who C. where D. when
22. A. carried B. conducted C. governed D. operated
23. A. healthy B. healthier C. more healthy D. as healthy
24. A. because B. because of C. as D. although
25. A. testimony B. support C. evidence D. indication
26. A. every B. other C. another D. others
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Education is another area of social life in which information technology is changing the way we communicate. Today’s college students may not simply sit in a lecture or a library to learn about their field. Through their computers and the wonders of virtual reality they can participate in lifelike simulated experiences and consider the following scenario of the future of education made possible through developments in information technology.
For children over the age of 10, daily attendance at schools is not compulsory. Yet, some of the older children attend school only once or twice weekly to get tutoriol support or instruction from a teacher. For the most part, pupils are encouraged to work online from home. Students must complete a minimum number of study hours per years; however, they may make up these hours by studying at home at times that suit their family schedule. They can log on early or late in the day and even join live classes in other countries. In order to ensure that each student is learning adequately, computer software will automatically monitor the number of hours a week each student studies online as well as that students’ learning materials and assessment activities. Reports will be available for parents and teachers. The software can then identify the best learning activities and condition for each invidual student and generate similar activities. It can also identify areas of weak achievement and produce special programs adjusted to the students’ needs.
27. What is the topic of the passage?
A. Students don’t have to go to school any more.
B. Computer software will make sure students learn at home.
C. Students can know about their weak aspects to focus.
D. The effect of information technology on education.
28. How many times are children who are older than 10 required to go to school weekly?
A. No time. B. Three. C. Four. D. Once or twice.
29. What counts the number of hours per week that students spend learning?
A. Virtual reality. B. Teacher. C. Computer software. D. Parents.
30. What is NOT MENTIONED as a benefit of information technology to the students?
A. Students’ learning time won’t be monitored.
B. Students’ weak achievement can be identified.
C. Students can learn at times that suit their schedule.
D. Students can stay at home to learn.
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
More than 90 percent of teenagers nowadays use social media. The increasing usage of social media has led to (21)________ large number of teenagers to be bullied or become a bully online. Cyberbullying, a (22)___________ to describe bullying that happens on technology platforms, is a serious problem. Studies show that teenagers often say mean thing and hurt other people because they are not aware of the effect of their action. When you socialize in real life, facial expressions and body language allows you (23)_________ what you say can be hurtful. The same thing cannot be said about when you socialize, using social media. Teenagers also bully because they can get away with it. Teens can (24)_________ bully their peers online without facing any real consequences. Being bullied can lead to (25)______, low self-esteem or suicide thought. Cyberbullying also (26)__________ the bullies who often have problem like violence tendency, alcohol and abuse.
21. A. a B. an C. the D. no article
22. A. way B. mean C. term D. kind
23. A. realize B. to realize C. realized D. realizing
24. A. easy B. easily C. easier D. the easiest
25. A. depression B. happiness C. cheerfulness D. pleasure
26. A. effect B. effects C. affects D. affect
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Education System of Viet Nam in the Past
Because of 1, 000 years under the control of China, there were no records which indicated a formal education system in Viet Nam. In 939, Emperor Ngo Quyen expelled the Chinese invaders and declared Vietnamese independence. But the first two dynasties Ngo and Dinh did not last so long, and were busy with the national defense, so the education was just in pagodas. Ly Cong Uan, the founder king of the dynasty had been educated in a pagoda.
To the Ly dynasty, the fundamental education system was officially improved. King Ly Thanh Ton established the Temple of Literature at the ancient Capital of Thang Long to encourage people to appreciate the education. In 1075, the first exam was done by the order of King Ly Nhan Ton to select scholars for the office and the later year, 1076, the Imperial Academy, the first university in Viet Nam’s history, was set up for the education of sons of royalty and other high-ranking officials.
There were also many private classes taught by prominent scholars such as Chu Van An, Le Quy Don, Nguyen Binh Khiem, Phung Khac Khoan, Vo Truong Toan… The students would only study literature and ancient history of China, of Viet Nam for entirety of their schooling. Later on, the Public Administration curriculum was finally added to the programme. When the Ho Royal family ruled the country, students were taught simple mathematics.
From 1918 to 1945, Viet Nam’s education programme adopted the western education system with three levels:elementary, high school, and college. At all levels, from 1945 the Vietnamese national language is officially used. Students have the opportunity to learn literature, history, philosophy, law, science, math, medicine and other languages.
27. In the 10th century, parent __________.
A. could let their children have a formal education.
B. were too busy to send their children to school.
C. could send their children to pagodas to have some schooling.
D. didn’t want their children go to school under the control of China.
28. All of the following were done during the Ly dynasty EXCEPT that __________.
A. all good students could go to Imperial Academy
B. King Ly Thanh Ton established the Temple of Literature
C. the Imperial Academy was established in 1076
D. King Ly Nhan Tong ordered to hold the first exam to select scholars.
29. In the past, students mostly learned _______________.
A. public administration B. science subject and mathematics
C. the ways to rule the country D. literature and ancient history
30. We can infer from the passage that __________.
A. the private classes replaced the Imperial Academy
B. education was highly appreciated during the dynasties
C. mathematics was highly developed during the Ho dynasty
D. the prominent scholars such as Le Quy Don couldn’t teach at the Imperial Academy
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
I first met Maryam at a farewell party (21)_____ by Lan two years ago. Her charming face caught my attention. We exchanged greetings and became friends. Since then we have kept (22)_____ touch and shared our common interests. Maryam is two years older than I am. She is in grade 12 in a senior high school. She works her hardest and always comes top in her class. She especially loves (23)_____ sciences.
I am proud of have a pen pal (24)_____ her. I hope our friendship will (25)______forever. I always remember her parting words, "This moment has become unforgettable for me. I will be thinking about you. Mai. " And this morning I got a letter from her. She said that she would come to Viet Nam next summer vacation. I am looking forward to (26)_____ her again. I am thinking of a plan for what we are going to do during her visit.
21. A. hold B. held C. holding D. was held
22. A. with B. at C. on D. in
23. A. natural B. nature C. naturally D. naturalize
24. A. as B. alike C. liking D. like
25. A. take B. last C. lengthen D. widen
26. A. see B. seeing C. seen D. saw
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Good manners are a treasure to the people who possess them, as well as to the community they live in. Manners are taught, learnt, and passed from generation to generation.
Even hundreds of years ago, children were taught to behave responsibly. They learnt to respect seniority. When they passed an object to another person, they had to use both hands. When they entered a room, they had to bow and greet the oldest person first. Boys learnt to work hard to support their families. Girls learnt to do housework, and to take care of others. Loyalty and honesty were highly appreciated. When they made a mistake, they would not let another person be punished for it. That would be cowardly and mean. They were taught that families were strong, and everybody should stick together in adversity.
Fortunately, many of these values have been well preserved. They have contributed to making the unique Vietnamese culture, and strengthening our society.
27. Good manners are _______________________.
A. of great value B. of the community
C. traditional D. only for the old
28. What was seen as a boy’s main duty?
A. to respect seniority B. to support his family
C. to do housework D. to share good things
29. The sentence:“When they made a mistake, they would not let another person be punished for it” means they would _____________________.
A. deny their mistake B. admit their mistake
C. keep it a secret D. be punished
30. This passage is about_______________________.
A. people who possess good manners B. what bad manners children in the past had
C. the preservation of bad values D. good manners and their value
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
I went to Australia on a student program last year and I like to (21)_______you about it. I was very (22)_______when I knew I was going to Australia because I had never been there before. I didn’t think about the problems of speaking English (23)_______I met my host family. At first I couldn’t communicate with them because my English was so bad. All the five years I had been learning English but I wasn’t much used at all (24)_______we didn’t have real practice at school. Even though my grammar was good, my pronunciation wasn’t. My problem is (25)_______ ‘l’ and ‘r’. For example, Australian people often asked “What do you eat in Vietnam?” I wanted (26)______ them that we eat rice, but they didn’t understand when I said “We eat lice”…
21. A. say B. tell C. talk D. speak
22. A. exciting B. excite C. excited D. excitement
23. A. after B. until C. when D. while
24. A. although B. even C. because D. so
25. A. pronouncing B. speaking C. reading D. telling
26. A. tell B. to tell C. told D. telling
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world. It is also the highest trash pile in the world. About 400 people try to reach the top every year. Having many climbers means a lot of trash.
It is very dangerous to climb Mt.Everest. The air is very thin and cold. Most people carry bottles of oxygen; they could die without it. When the oxygen bottles are empty, people throw them on the ground. When strong winds rip their tents, people leave them behind. They don’t have the energy to take the trash away. They only have enough energy to go down the mountain safely.
Trash is a terrible problem. Since people first began to climb Mt.Everest, they have left 50, 000 kilos of trash on the mountain. Several groups have climbed the mountain just to pick up the trash. When people plan to climb the mountain, they have to plan to take away their trash.
27. What is the main topic of the passage?
A. Wind on the mountain B. A problem with trash
C. A dangerous mountain D. Climbing safely
28. Why do climbers leave their trash on the mountain?
A. Special groups will pick it up. B. The wind will blow it away.
C. They don’t have the energy to take it away. D. Other climbers will use it later.
29. Why do climbers on Mount Everest carry bottles of oxygen?
A. The weather is not cold. B. Climbing makes them tired.
C. The air is very thin. D. They are thirsty.
30. In line 5, what does the word them refer to?
A. tents B. oxygen bottles C. strong winds D. people
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Singapore is an Island City of about three million people.It is a beautiful city with lots of parks and open spaces. It is also a very____ (21)____city.
Most of the people____ (22)____in high- rise flats in different parts of the Island. The business district is very modern with ____ (23)____ high new office buildings. Singapore also has some nice older sections. In Chinatown, there are rows of old shop houses. The Government buildings in Singapore are very beautiful and date from the colonial days.
Singapore is famous ____ (24)____ its shops and restaurants. There are many good shopping centers. Most of the goods are ___(25)___. Singapore’s restaurants sell Chinese, Indian, Malay and European food, and the ____ (26)____is quite acceptable.
21. A. polluted B. dirty C. smoggy D. clean
22. A. live B. living C. lives D. lived
23. A. lots B. a lot C. many D. much
24. A. at B. of C. for D. with
25. A. duty free B. free duty C. no duty D. none duty
26. A. money B. fee C. price D. currency
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
If your application indicates that you are qualified, the employer may request an interview. The interview enables you to learn more about the job. It also helps the employer find out if you are the best person for the job. Many people prepare for an interview by learning about the employer’s business. You can find such information in an organization’s annual report or on its website. This kind of knowledge can help you ask intelligent questions during your interview. It also shows the interviewer that you are interested in the employer’s business.
Most interviewers pay close attention to the way an applicant acts, dresses and answers questions. You can make a good impression by arriving on time and by being confident, prepared and well-organized. Your clothing should be clean, comfortable and professional. Wear the kinds of clothes appropriate to the company, unless the workers wear uniforms. The interviewer will probably ask about your interests, your work experience and your goals. Answer all questions briefly. You should also prepare questions to ask the interviewer about the company and the position you are seeking. Send a follow-up letter to everyone who interviewed you no later than two days after the interview. In the letter, thank the interviewer for the time spent discussing the position with you. Let the interviewer know if you are still interested in the job.
27. The interview is necessary to _____.
A. the interviewer B. the company
C. the candidate D. both the interviewer and the interviewee
28. Visiting the employer’s website _____.
A. helps you read the organization’s annual report.
B. only wastes some of your time
C. may help candidates prepare questions to ask the interviewer
D. is not necessary before an interview
29. You can make a good impression on the interviewer _____.
A. by wearing casual clothes B. by wearing the company’s uniform
C. with your acting skills D. with your punctuality
30. The follow-up letter should _____.
A. include your gratitude to the interviewer and your interest in the job
B. interest everyone interviewed for the job
C. include the good time you experienced at the interview
D. be written after two days of the interview
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
For many young people, sport is a popular part of school life and being in one of the school teams and playing in matches is very important. If ___(21)___ is in a team, it means a lot of extra training and often spending a Saturday or Sunday away from home___(22)___many matches are played then. It also involve traveling to other towns to play ___(23)___ other school teams and then ___(24)___ on after the match for a meal or a drink. Sometimes, parents, friends or ___(25)___ students will travel with the team to support their own side.
When a school team wins another one, it is the whole school that___(26)___ proud, not only the players. It can also mean that a school becomes well-known for being good at certain sports.
21. A. anyone B. someone C. everyone D. no one
22. A. because B. so C. so that D. although
23. A. for B. with C. against D. versus
24. A. being B. staying C. leaving D. spending
25. A. other B. another C. others D. the other
26. A. feels B. comes C. turns D. gets
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
It is very important to have healthy teeth. Good teeth help us to chew our food. They also help us to look nice. How does a tooth go bad? The decay begins in a little crack in the enamel covering of the tooth. This happens after germs and bits of food have collected there then the decay slowly spreads inside the tooth. Eventually, poison goes into the blood, and we may feel quite ill.
How can we keep our teeth healthy? Firstly, we ought to visit our dentist twice a year. He can fill the small holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check that they are growing in the right way. Unfortunately, many people wait until they have toothache before they see a dentist. Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and fluoride toothpaste at least twice a day-once after breakfast and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal. Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body:milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals. They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.
27. Good teeth help us to ______ .
A. have good eyesight B. be important C. chew our food D. have good health
28. When food and germs collect in a small crack, our teeth______.
A. send poison into the blood C. become hard
B. begin to decay D. make us feel quite ill
29. A lot of people visit a dentist only when______ .
A. they have well brushed teeth C. they have holes in their teeth
B. they begin to have toothache D. their teeth grow properly
30. Sweets are harmful because they may make our teeth ______.
A. crack B. decay C. painful D. black
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
The next generation of telephone users will probably laugh when we explain how we used to stand next to a wall in the kitchen to___(21)___ a phone call. Mobile communications, already highly advanced compared with a decade ago, will completely change communications in the next few years. ___(22)___ there are millions of people using mobile phones, most people know little about the mobile telecommunications industry and its technology.
There are three types of mobile phone. These are hand portables, pocket- sized hand portables and transportables. The smallest and most popular are the pocket- sized hand portables. These work on rechangeable batteries, which allow an average on separate batteries. Mobiles that are fitted permanently in a vehicle do not___(23)___on separate batteries. They require an external aerial on the vehicle. This can mean a stronger signal with clearer___(24)____ . Transportables have a higher power capability and can be used___(25)___anywhere. They come with powerful battery packs for longer, continuous use and may also be put___(26)___ a vehicle, using its eletrics. They tend to be bulkier than hand portables.
21. A. make B. give C. take D. do
22. A. In addition B. Because C. As a result D. Although
23. A. rely B. create C. carry D. insist
24. A. wave B. letter C. speech D. speed
25. A. mostlly B. hardly C. most D. almost
26. A. on with B. into C. up with D. in to
Read the following passage,and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Coca Cola is a popular drink for people all over the world. At first, very few people drank Coca Cola, but now it is sold in more than 160 countries. More than 1, 6 billion gallons are sold every year. Coca Cola was invented by Dr. John Pemberton in Atlanta on 8 May, 1886. However, the name Coca Cola was given by Frank Robinson, one of Dr. Pemberton's partners. Later, in 1888, the business was sold to another man, Asa Candler. He opened his first factory to produced this drink in 1895 in Dallas, Texas. Since then, a great quantity of Coca Cola has been produced there.
Since 1982, a special kind of Coca Cola has been made for overweight people - diet Coke. They have used many clever advertisements to increase the amount of Coca Cola sold every year.
Besides Coca Cola, there are many other drinks of the same kind sold all over the world such as Pepsi Cola, Sp-Cola and Dr. Pepper. However, Coca Cola is the most popular. People drink Coca Cola with their meals, when they are thirsty or when they socialize with friends. It is certain that more and more people will drink Coca Cola all over the world in this century.
27. Coca Cola was first made______.
A. in the USA B. in England C. in Australia D. in Canada
28. The name Coca Cola was given to the drink by______
A. Dr. Pemberton B. Asa Candler C. Frank Robinson D. Dr. Pepper
29. Diet Coke is used for ______ people.
A. fat B. sick C. thin D. small
30. Coca Cola is_______.
A. more popular than other drinks of the same kind
B. less popular than other drinks of the same kind
C. as popular as Sp Cola
D. as not popular as other drinks of the same kind.
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
London is the big city, but many of the people who live there regard it as a number of small towns put together. Each district has its (21)_______ identity and atmosphere. And some parts are even described by their (22)_______ as villages. Much of the centre of the city consists of shops and businesses and the majority of people live in the suburbs. Many of them travel to work in the city every day (23)_______ train, bus, tube or car. The (24)_______ of living in London is higher than most other parts of Britain, and many people are paid extra money on top of their salaries because of this.
Millions of visitors come to London every year from all over the world to see the famous sights, (25)______ Buckingham Palace, and many other historic buildings. London is also very famous for its theatres, red buses, and black taxis. London has (26)_______ attractions, both for people from overseas and for people from other parts of Britain.
21. A. own B. private C. an D. only
22. A. students B. inhabitants C. owners D. Visitors
23. A. with B. by C. on D. in
24. A. price B. level C. condition D. cost
25. A. such as B. due to C. in spite of D. because of
26. A. a lot B. many C. much D. lot of
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
The story of a town
Brighton is the largest seaside resort in the south-east of England. At first the town was a fishing village and did not become popular until about 1800. Rich people began to visit Brighton in large numbers and when King George IV decided to build a house there, it became very fashionable. The King continued to visit it until 1827, but Queen Victoria did not like the house. It is open to the public every day and there is a special exhibition there in the summer.
Brighton offers all kinds of entertainment, from concerts and plays in the Theatre to local attractions like the Aquarium.
The area of old houses known as The Lanes is a very attractive shopping centre, where visitors can buy souvenirs and antiques. The houses were once lived in by fishermen but have now been converted into shops. Not far from The Lanes is a modern shopping centre with licensed restaurants and tables outdoors where you can enjoy a drink in good weather.
Brighton is within easy reach of London and has been a popular day out for Londoners for many years.
27. Why did the town become popular?
A. because it's on the sea. B. Because it was a fishing village
C. Because Queen Victoria liked it. D. Because the King built a house there
28. What things does the text say can you do in Brighton?
A. Visit the fisherman. B. Fish, shop and swim.
C. Buy antiques and souvenirs. D. Visit the cinema and the theatre.
29. How have the fishermen's cottages changed?
A. They are restaurants now. B. They are shops now.
C. They are very fashionable now. D. They are nearer to London now.
30. What kind of buildings are in The Lanes?
A. Modern shops. B. Old pubs. C. New houses. D. Converted houses.
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
PLANET EARTH
Planet earth is part of a system of planets and their moons, as well as numerous asteroids and comets which (21)_________around a huge star we call the Sun. The Sun itself (22)_________of gas. Nuclear reactions inside its core produce the heat and light that make life on the Earth (23)________. The Earth is the third of four small terrestrial (Earth like)planets. Further out in our Solar System are four huge gas planets, while distant Pluto, the smallest planet, is made (24)_________rock and ice. Our Earth is one of the ten planets that orbit the Sun- a huge, burning-hot star in the center of our Solar System. The Solar System and all the stars in the (25)________are part of our galaxy-the Milky Way, (26)______ contains as many as 200 billions stars. Beyond our galaxy are millions more galaxies. They all add together to make up the Universe.
21. A. run B. orbit C. turn D. walk
22. A. consists B. remains C. includes D. maintains
23. A. able B. possibility C. possible D. ability
24. A. from B. of C. for D. in
25. A. space B. Universe C. Moon D. sky
26. A. who B. whom C. whose D. which
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
The Richter scale is a numerical logarithmic scale developed and introduced by Charles R. Richter in 1935 to measure the amplitude of the largest trace recorded by a standard seismograph one hundred kilometers from the epicenter of an earthquake. Tables have been formulated to demonstrate the magnitude of any earthquake from any seismograph. For example, for a one- unit increase in magnitude, there is an increase of thirty times in released energy. The Richter scale considers earthquakes of 6. 75 as great and 7. 0 to 7. 75 as major. An earthquake that reads 4 to 5. 5 would be expected to cause localized damage, and those of magnitude 2 may be left. It is estimated that almost one million earthquakes occur each year, but most of them are so minor that they pass unnoticed.
27. What does this passage mainly discuss?
A. Earthquakes B. The Richter scale C. Charles R. Richter D. Seismography
28. According to information in the passage, what does the Richter scale record?
A. The distance from the epicenter B. The amplitude of the largest trace
C. The degree of damage D. The location of the epicenter
29. What is the value of the tables?
A. They allow us to interpret the magnitude of earthquakes
B. They help us to calculate our distance from earthquakes
C. They record all earthquakes
D. They release the energy of earthquakes
30. According to the Richter scale, which of the following numbers would indicate that there had probably been damage to the immediate area only?
A. 7. 0 B. 6. 0 C. 5. 0 D. 2. 0
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
Easter Island is a small triangle of rock situated in the Pacific Ocean. It’s about 2, 000 miles (21)______ the nearest city. Easter Island is (22)______ for its statues. Hundreds of these huge, stone faces can be found all over the island. Who made them? How did they move these giant pieces of rock? What happened to the people (23)______ lived there? Studies show that people first arrived on the island about 1600 years ago. They had a very advanced culture. They made many objects and they had their own written language. (24)______, the number of people on the island grew and grew until it reached about 10, 000 people. Soon there were too many people and there wasn’t enough food to eat. A terrible war started and (25)______ of the statues were broken. When western explorers (26)______ the island on Easter Day in 1722, the huge rock statues were the only sign that a great society had once lived there.
21. A. for B. from C. on D. by
22. A. important B. famous C. interesting D. fascinating
23. A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
24. A. Although B. Moreover C. Therefore D. However
25. A. few B. lot C. many D. enough
26. A. invented B. discovered C. sailed D. came
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Different Colours can affect us in many different ways; that’s according to Verity Allen. In her new series ‘Colour me Healthy’, Verity looks at the ways that colours can influence how hard we work and the choices we make. They can even change our emotions and even influence how healthy we are.
‘Have you ever noticed how people always use the same colours for the same things?’ says Verity. ‘Our toothpaste is always white or blue or maybe red. It’s never green. Why not? For some reason we think that blue and white is clean, while we think of green products as being a bit disgusting. It’s the same for businesses. We respect a company which writes its name in blue or black, but we don’t respect one that uses pink or orange. People who design new products can use these ideas to influence what we buy.’
During this four-part series, Verity studies eight different colours, two colours in each programme. She meets people who work in all aspects of the colour industry, from people who design food packets, to people who name the colours of lipsticks. Some of the people she meets clearly have very little scientific knowledge to support their ideas, such as the American ‘Colour Doctor’ who believes that serious diseases can be cured by the use of coloured lights. However, she also interviews real scientists who are studying the effects of green and red lights on mice, with some surprising results.
Overall, it’s an interesting show, and anyone who watches it will probably find out something new. But because Verity is goes out of her way to be polite to everyone she meets on the series, it’s up to the viewers to make their own decisions about how much they should believe.
27. What is the writer doing in this text? A. giving information about how colours influence us
B. reporting what happens in a new television series
C. giving information about a television presenter
D. giving his opinion of a recent television show 28. According to Verity, why is a knowledge of colour important?
A. It can help you to choose the best products. B. It can give you new ideas.
C. It can help you to change people’s minds. D. It can help you to sell products.
29. Who does the writer respect least?
A. Verity Allen B. The people who name lipsticks
C. The ‘Colour Doctor’ D. The scientists who work with mice
30. Which of the following would make a good title for the text?
A. Enjoy it, but don’t believe everything.
B. Another great show from Verity Allen! Five Stars!
C. Don’t miss this if you work in Business!
D. Watch this programme! It will make you healthy!
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
The USA is encouraging Americans to wear face masks.There has been a lot of talk about whether or not face masks are effective in helping slow down the (25)______ of the COVID -19 coronavirus.The government is set to encourage Americans to use homemade face covering like cloth masks, bandanas and scarves.At first, the WHO and some health organizations recommended that people (26)______ were not sick didn’t need to wear masks or cover their faces.(27)______, it is now proved that face masks can work effectively.They point to countries like Singapore and South Korea, where people wear masks and reported infection (28)______ are lower.
25. A. release B. widening C. lengthening D. spread
26. A. which B. where C. why D. who
27. A. Moreover B. Although C. However D. Because
28. A. rates B. levels C. percentages D. scales
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
One of the most urgent environmental problems in the world today is the shortage of clean water.Having clean drinking water is a basic human right. However, acid rain, industrial pollution and garbage have made many sources of water undrinkable. Lakes, reservoirs and even entire seas have become vast pools of poison. Lake Baikal in Russia is one of the largest lakes in the world. It contains a rich variety of animals and plants, including 1, 300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world. Yet, they are being destroyed by the massive volumes of industrial effluent which pour into the lake every day. Even though laws have been made, the government do not have the power to enforce them. Most industries simply ignore the regulations. The Mediterranean Sea occupies 1% of the world's water surface, but it is the dumping ground for 50% of all marine pollution. Almost 16 countries regularly throw industrial wastes a few miles off shore.
Water is free to everyone. A few years ago people thought that the supply of clean water in the world was limitless. Today, many water supplies have been ruined by pollution and sewage. Clean water is now scarce, and we are at last beginning to respect this precious source. We should do something now.
29. According to the writer, one environmental problem in the world today is ________
A. safe water shortage B. pools of poison
C. industrial pollution D. population explosion
30. What is the serious problem of Lake Baikal in Russia?
A. It has 1, 300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world.
B. It is one of the largest lakes that contains a variety of animals and plants.
C. It is polluted by massive volumes of industrial wastes discharged into it.
D. It is the only lake in Russia whose source of water is not drinkable.
31. What does the word "them" in the passage refer to?
A. laws B. the government C. animals D. plants
32. What is the message to the readers?
A. We should take action to protect our water sources.
B. We should take all water sources into account.
C. We should limit the use of water sources.
D. We should encourage people to use safe water.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Mr. Brown and some volunteer conservationists are on a very dirty beach now. Today they are ready (25)___________ the beach a clean and beautiful place again. After listening to Mr. Brown’s instructions, they are divided (26)___________ three groups. They work in 3 different places.
Garbage must be put into plastic bags, and they will be (27)__________ by Mr. Brown. He will take the bags to the garbage dump. Each member will be given a map to find the right place. They won’t eat the picnic lunch provided by Mrs. Smith (28)_____ the whose area is clean. They are all eager to work hard so as to refresh this spoiling Area.
25. A. make B. making C. to make D. made
26. A. in B. into C. on D. to
27. A. collected B. chosen C. selected D. elected
28. A. until B. as C. when D. since
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Sydney was founded as a British colony in 1788. Sydney was the first everlasting European settlement in Australia and today it is the country's largest city area, with about 4 million residents. Sydney is the seat of state government as the capital of New South Wales, Australia's most populous and economically important state. The city is an active cultural centre with a varied economy based on service industries, tourism, manufacturing, and international commerce. Its port is one of the leading centers of intercontinental trade in the Asia-Pacific region. Sydney is located on Australia’s southeastern coast at Port Jackson, a large, sheltered, deep-water inlet of the Tasman Sea.
Sydney is well-known for its Opera House. The Sydney Opera House is the centerpiece of the city’s places for live performances of ballet, opera, and classical music. The Australian Opera, Australian Ballet, and Sydney Dance companies regularly stage performances there. Moreover, the place often hosts internationally touring performances. Sydney also has many places for musical theater, drama, and popular music. The Sydney Theatre Company is one of many successful theatre companies in the city.
Sydney is also home to the internationally praised Australian Chamber Orchestra and Sydney Symphony Orchestra. The cultural life of Sydney is exciting and varied, reflecting the multicultural nature of the city. Many festivals, parades, and outdoor concerts cheer up the city streets in the summer months. Annual events include the Sydney Festival in January and February, the Gay and Lesbian Mardi Gras in March, the Royal Easter Show in April, and the multicultural festival Carnival in September and October. Sydney has also become world renowned for its street parties and fireworks on New Year's Eve and on Australia Day, celebrated on Sydney's Founding date, January 26.
29. According to the first paragraph, the following are true of Sydney EXCEPT______
A. It was set up in the 18th century.
B. Europe had it as the first settlement in Australia.
C. Now Sydney is the capital of Australia.
D. Today it has a population of nearly 4 million people.
30. The word intercontinental in the first paragraph could be best replaced with……
A. within continents B. into continents
C. out of continents D. between continents
31. According to the second paragraph, which of the following is TRUE of the Sydney Opera House?
A. International film festivals are held here. B. This place hosts live modern music programs.
C. Plays are not performed here. D. This building makes Sydney famous.
32. From the passage, it can be inferred that Sydney was established……
A. on New Year’s Eve, 1791 B. in April, 1789
C. in October, 1790 D. in January, 1788
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
It’s always worth preparing well for an interview. Don’t just hope for the best. Here are a (25)_________tips. Practise how you say things, as well as what you (26)_________to say. If you don’t own a video camera, perhaps a friend of yours does. Borrow it and make a video tape of yourself. Find somebody to watch it with you and give you some (27)_________of advice on how you appear and behave. Before the interview, plan what to wear. Find out how the company expects its employees to dress. At the interview, believe in yourself and be honest, open and friendly. Pay attention and keep your answers to the point. The interviewer doesn’t want to waste time and (28)_________do you.
25. A. little B. several C. few D. lot
26. A. intend B. consider C. imagine D. think
27. A. numbers B. slices C. plenties D. pieces
28. A. so B. either C. neither D. or
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
The invention of the phonograph happened quite by accident. Thomas Edison moved to Menlo Park, New Jersy in 1876, where he established an industrial research laboratory. There, Edison was working on a carbon telephone transmitter to improve the existing Bell telephone system.
In that laboratory a year later, Edison invented the phonograph while he was trying to improve a telegraph repeater. He attached a telephone diaphragm to the needle in the telegraph repeater; in this way, he was able to reproduce a recording that could be played back. After he made some improvements to the machine, he tested it. He recited “Mary Had a Little Lamb” into the machine and played his voice back to a very surprised audience.
29. What is the best title for the passage?
A. Thomas Edison’s invention.
B. Improvements in telephone and telegraph
C. The History of Menlo Park
D. An accidental invention
30. In what year did the invention of phonograph occur?
A. 1876 B. 1877
C. 1878 D. the article does not say
31. What was Edison working on when he created the phonograph?
A. A telegraph repeater B. A telegraph diaphragm
C. A telephone repeater D. A telephone diaphragm
32. According to the passage, how did Edison test his new invention?
A. He made improvements to the machine. B. He used a carbon transmitter.
C. He read a children’s rhyme. D. He produced the audience voice.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Traditionally, rural villages in Vietnam produced handicrafts (25)______ they were not busy with planting or harvesting crops. Over time, many villages developed the expertise to (26)______ specialized products and so particular villages became famous (27)______ such things as weaving, woodwork, lacquer work and metal products.
With industrialisation many villagers moved to the cities but not maintained their craft skills and networks to produce products for the city market, for example, craft villages make furniture, grow flowers or make utensils for the urban population. Other villages changed from making (28)______ crafts to producing different products desired by an industrialised society.
25. A. where B. when C. how D. why
26. A. do B. get C. give D. make
27. A. for B. at C. in D. after
28. A. fashional B. traditional C. natural D. industrial
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Sydney is Australia’s most exciting city. The history of Australia begins here. In 1788 Captain Athur Philips arrived in Sydney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain (including 770 prisoners). Today there are about 3. 6 million people in Sydney. It is the biggest city in Australia, the busiest port in the South Pacific and one of the most beautiful cities in the world. In Sydney, the buildings are higher, the colors are brighter and the nightlife is more exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sydney and its warm climate and cool winter have made it a favourite city for immigrants from overseas. There are two things that make Sydney famous:its beautiful harbor, the Sydney Harbor Bridge, which was built in 1932 and the Sydney Opera House, which was opened in 1973.
29. The first population of Sedney was ______.
A. 1624 B. 770 C. 3. 600. 000 D. 2394
30. The things that make Sydney famous are ______.
A. the high buildings and exciting nightlife
B. brighter colours and exciting nightlife
C. Sydney Harbor Bridge and Sydney Opera House
D. warm climate and cool winter
31. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Sydney?
A. Sydney is one of the most beautiful cities in the world.
B. Sydney is the most exciting city in Australia.
C. Sydney is not a favourite city for people from overseas to immigrate into.
D. Sydney is the busiest port in the South Pacific.
32. Which of the following should be the title of the reading passage?
A. Sydney Opera House. B. The History of Sydney.
C. Sydney beaches and harbors D. An introduction of Sydney
Read the following passage, then choose the correct answer to questions.
It can be shown in facts and figures that cycling is the cheapest, most convenient, and most environmentally desirable form of transport (21)______ towns, but such cold calculations do not mean much on a frosty winter morning. The real appeal of cycling is that it is so (22)______. It has none of the difficulties and tensions of other ways of travelling, (23)_______ you are more cheerful after a ride, even through the rush hour.
The first thing a non-cyclist says to you is:“But isn’t it (24)______ dangerous?”. It would be foolish to deny the danger of sharing the road with motor vehicles and it must be admitted that there are an alarming (25)______ of accidents involving cyclists. However, although police records (26)______ that the car driver is often to blame, the answer lies with the cyclist. It is possible to ride in such a way as to reduce risks to a minimum.
21. A. in B. at C. to D. on
22. A. boring B. careful C. enjoyable D. tiring
23. A. although B. because C. however D. so
24. A. expectedly B. strangely C. terribly D. comfortably
25. A. size B. number C. deal D. digit
26. A. point B. indicate C. display D. exhibit
Read the following passage, and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Ted Robinson has been worried all the week. Last Tuesday he received a letter from the local police. In the letter he was asked to call at the station. Ted wondered why he was wanted by the police, but he went to the station yesterday, and now he is not worried any more. At the station he was told by a smiling police-man that his bicycle had been found. Five years ago, the policeman told him, the bicycle was picked up in a small village four hundred miles away. It’s now being sent to his home by train. Ted was most surprised when he heard the news. He was amused too, because he never expected the bicycle to be found. It was stolen twenty years ago when Ted was a boy of fifteen.
27. Ted was worried because_________.
A. he received a letter B. he went to the police station yesterday
C. the police would catch him D. he didn’t know why the police wanted him
28. The police who talked to Ted was_________.
A. pleasant B. worried C. surprised D. small
29. Why was Ted very surprised when he heard the news?
A. Because his bicycle was stolen 20 years ago.
B. Because his bicycle was found when he was a boy of fifteen.
C. Because he thought he would never find the bicycle.
D. Because the bicycle was sent to him by train.
30. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. The police asked Ted to go to their station.
B. The policeman told Ted the good news 5 days ago.
C. Ted is no longer anxious now.
D. Ted is 35 years old now.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
New York – The “ Big Apple”
Our arrival in New York was spectacular. It’s skyscrapers and the Statue of Liberty (25)______make a beautiful sight. New York has a (26)______ of over seven million and it is probably the world’s most famous city. The inhabitants of the “Big Apple” come from many different countries. There are more nationalities in New York than in any other places on the earth. It is also has more tourists than any other city except London, especially in the summer. Visitors come from all (27)______ the world and have a wonderful time. There are so many sights for them to get enthusiastic about – whether it’s some of the best museums in the world or the (28)______ little streets of Greenwich Village.
25. A. who B. whom C. that D. where
26. A. attraction B. impression C. population D. people
27. A. in B. from C. over D. of
28. A. to charm B. charm C. charmed D. charming
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Ever since humans have inhabited the earth, they have made use of various forms of communication. Generally, this expression of thoughts and feelings has been in the form of oral speech. When there is a language barrier, communication is accomplished through sign language in which motions stand for letters, words, and ideas. Tourists, the deaf, and the mute have had to resort to this form of expression. Many of these symbols of whole words are very picturesque and exact and can be used internationally, spelling, however, cannot.
Body language transmits ideas or thoughts by certain actions, either intentionally or unintentionally. A wink can be a way of flirting or indicating that the party is only joking. A nod signifies approval, while shaking the head indicates a negative reaction.
Other forms of nonlinguistic language can be found in Braille (a system of raised dots read with the fingertips), signal flags, Morse code, and smoke signals. Road maps and picture signs also guide, warm, and instruct people. While verbalization is most common form of language, other systems and techniques also express human thoughts and feelings.
29. Which form other than oral speech would be the most commonly used among blind people?
A. Picture signs B. Braille C. Signal flags D. Body language
30. The word “these” I the first paragraph refers to___________.
A. thoughts and feelings B. tourists
C. the deaf and the mute D. sign language motions
31. Sign language is said to be very picturesque and exact and can be used internationally EXCEPT for_______ .
A. spelling B. ideas C. whole words D. expressions
32. Which of the following best summarizes this passage?
A. Nonlinguistic language is invaluable to foreigners
B. Although other forms of communication exist, verbalization is the fastest
C. When language is a barrier, people will find other forms of communication.
D. Everybody uses only one form of communication
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Over the last century, there have been many significant changes in the way we live. Obviously, it is difficult to (25)………..the life of ancient people and the life of the people living in the twenty- first century because so many changes have occurred Even the changes that have (26)… over the last ten years are amazing.
People in the past were not (27)………… to travel so long distance within such a short period of time. Nowadays, we have become very mobile. We have fast and comfortable cars. In addition, more and more people travel by plane. Moreover, in the past people had to work harder as they did not have (28)……… and machine to make their work easier.
25. A. compare B. suppose C. predict D. discuss
26. A. considered B. expressed C. occurred D. arranged
27. A. capable B. able C. might D. use
28. A. rules B. ideas C. tools D. teams
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Package holidays, covering a two weeks" stay in an attractive location are increasingly popular, because they offer an inclusive price with few extras. Once you get to the airport, it is up to the tour operator to see that you get safely to your destination. Excursions, local entertainment, swimming, sunbathing, skiing - you name it - it"s all laid on for you. There is, in fact, no reason for you to bother anything yourselves. You make friends and have a good time, but there is very little chance that you will really get to know the local people. This is even less likely on a coach tour, when you spend almost your entire time travelling. Of course, there are carefully scheduled stops for you to visit historic buildings and monuments, but you will probably be allowed only a brief stay overnight in some famous city, with a polite reminder to be up and breakfasted early in time for the coach next morning. You may visit the beautiful, the historic, the ancient, but time is always at your elbow. There is also the added disadvantage of being obliged to spend your holiday with a group of people you have never met before, may not like and have no reasonable excuse for getting away from. As against this, it can be argued that for many people, particularly the lonely or elderly, the feeling of belonging to a group, although for a short period on holiday, is an added bonus. They can sit safely back in their seat and watch the world go by.
29. In spite of its disadvantages, spending a holiday with a group is particularly good for ____
A. schoolboys and schoolgirls B. the lonely or elderly people
C. newly married young couples D. those who always travel by themselves
30."Time is always at your elbow." This means ___________________
A.your time always is limited when visiting a place
B. your time is always limited when visiting a place
C. you can take your time visiting a place
D. you can take your time visiting a place
31. When you go on a package holiday, you don"t have to__________
A. arrange anything yourself B. pay for any extra activities
C. follow the tour schedules D. travel in an organised group
32. Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A. A coach tour is always exhausting.
B. You are constantly on the move when you are on a coach tour.
C. You get no chance to visit historic buildings in famous cities on a coach tour.
D. You don"t get enough sleep on a coach tour.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct word that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
People enjoy living in large cities. But cities have problems. One problem is that they frequently grow very rapidly. Transportation (23) _______ complicated. There are a lot of cars, buses and bicycles. As a result, people are trying to improve the big cities, and they are also planning for new cities. Plan A is a large city (24) _______ smaller cities around it. There is an open land with trees, fields, and lakes between the large city and smaller cities. Each small city is (25) _______. It has offices, schools, hospitals, and places of entertainment. In Plan B the cities are (26) _______by a road. In Plan c, the cities are in rings around the central city and all of them are connected to each other. The goal of all these plans is to limit the (27) _______of the large city.
23. A. becomes B. returns C. happens D. develops
24. A. in B. for C. with D. at
25. A. entire B. finished C. total D. complete
26. Ạ. chain B. connected C. attached D. fastened
27. A. progress B. growth C. movement D. improvement
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
It is often considered that the schoolyard is where bullies go to make other kids a miserable school life, but a new study suggests that classrooms are another popular place. The study, presented recently at the American Public Health Association's yearly meeting in Philadelphia, is based on the results of the research from more than 10,000 middle school students who answered questions online.
Of those researched, 43% said they'd been physically bullied within the last month. A bit more than half said they had been laughed at in an unfriendly way, and half reported being called hurtful names. About one third said groups had excluded them to hurt their feelings. 28% said their belongings had been taken or broken; 21% said someone had threatened to hurt them. According to the results, two-thirds of the students said they had been bullied in more than one way over the previous month.
The study authors mentioned that 8% of the students who answered said they had missed school at least once during the school year because of fear of being bullied. 25% said they had taken other actions, such as missing recess, not going to the bathroom or lunch, missing classes, or staying away from some area of the school to escape from experiencing a bully. Bullies did too much to the school life.
28. Bullies can happen in the following places EXCEPT_______.
A. schoolyards B. classrooms C. bathrooms D. teachers' offices
29. The underlined phrase ‘‘laughed at” in the passage is closest in meaning to_______
A. made fun of B. smiled nicely
C. shouted at D. looked after well
30. Which of the following might some students do to protect themselves from bullies?
A. They miss school. B. They call their parents for help,
C. They try to hurt others. D. They break others' belongings.
31. How does the writer feel about bullies at school?
A. Excited B. Disappointed C. Worried D. Puzzled
32. Which of the following is probably the best title for the passage?
A. Bad School Life B. Bullies at School
C. Fear at School D. School Problems
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Our demand for water is constantly increasing. Every year there are more and more people in the world. Factories turn out more and more products and (25) _______more and more water. We live in a world of water. But almost all of it - about 97% - is in the oceans. This water is too salty to be used for drinking, farming, and manufacturing. Only about 3% of the world's water is fresh. Most of this water is not easily available to man (26) _______it is locked in glaciers and icecaps.
There is as much water on earth today as there ever was or will ever be. Water is used and reused over again. It is never used up. Although the world as a whole has plenty of (27) _______ water, some regions have a water shortage. Rain does not fall evenly over the earth. Some regions are always too dry, and others too wet. A region that usually gets enough rain may suddenly have a serious (28) _______and another region may be flooded with too much rain.
25. A. need B. must C. should D. necessitate
26. A. so that B. because C. though D. even if
27. A. salty B. new C. clean D. fresh
28. A. flood B. drought C. famine D. abundance
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
New York has Central Park; London has Hyde Park while Kuala Lumpur has its own piece of green belt amidst the hustle and bustle of city life. It's an ideal place for a leisurely stroll in a tranquil setting, all without having to leave the city. The Lake Gardens was created by Sir Alfred Venning, who persuaded the ruling government to allow him to turn a swamp land into rambling trails with man-made lakes, spanning 60 hectares. However, as the city expanded, the Lake Gardens reduced in size. But it is still a sizeable area and boasts of more than just grass and water within its grounds. For example, the gardens incorporate the National Monument, Bird Park, Hibiscus Garden as well as Malaysia's Parliament House. Additionally, Carcosa Seri Negara is on a hilltop overlooking the Lake Gardens. Today, the nineteenth-century British colonial mansion has been converted into an exclusive hotel.
29. According to the passage, what do New York, London and Kuala Lumpur have in common?
A. They each have a lake in the city.
B. They each have a swamp land in the city.
C. They each have a park in the middle of the city.
D. They each have a 60-hectare garden in the city.
30. In the Lake Gardens, you can visit the following spaces EXCEPT _______.
A. Hyde Park B. the Bird Park
C. the Hibiscus Garden D. the National Monument
31. Over time, the Lake Gardens has become smaller because_______.
A. it is swampy B. the city developed
C. it is too noisy D. it is getting overpopulated
32. The word “converted” in the last sentence is closest in meaning to_______.
A. built B. consumed C. made D. changed
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
The relationship between students and teachers is less formal in the USA than in many other countries. American students do not stand up (25)_______their teachers enter the room. Students are encouraged to ask questions during class, to stop in the teacher's office for extra help, and to phone if they are absent. Most teachers (26) _______students to enter class late or leave early if necessary. Despite the lack of formality, students are still expected to be polite to their teachers and fellow classmates.
When students want to ask questions, they usually (27) _______a hand and wait to be called on. When a test is being given, talking to a classmate is not only rude but also risky. Most American teachers consider that students who are talking to each other (28) _______ a test are cheating.
25. A. when B. where C. that D. whether
26. A. let B. allow C. make D. encourage
27. A. rise B. arise C. raise D. put
28. A. in B. when C. while D. during
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Man is a land animal, but he also closely tied to the sea. Throughout history the sea has served the needs of man. The sea has provided man with food and convenient way to travel to many parts of the world. Today, nearly two thirds of the world's population lives within 80 kilometers of the sea coast.
In the modern technological world, the sea offers many resources to help mankind survive. Resources on land are beginning to be used up. The sea, however, still can be hoped to supply many man's needs. The list of riches of the sea yet to be developed by man's technology is impressive. Oil and gas explorations have been carried out for nearly 30 years. Valuable amounts of minerals existing on the ocean floor are ready to be mined.
Fish farming promises to be a good way to produce large quantities of food. The culture of fish and shellfish is an ancient skill practiced in the past mainly by Oriental people.
Besides oil and gas, the sea may offer new sources of energy. Experts believe that the warm temperature of the ocean can be used in a way similar to the steam in a steamship. Ocean currents and waves offer possible use as a source of energy.
Technology is enabling man to explore ever more deeply under the sea. The development of strong, new materials has made this possible. The technology to harvest the sea continues to improve. Experts believe that by the year 2020 the problems that prevent US from exploiting fully the food, minerals, and energy source of the sea will be largely solved.
29. The major things that the sea offers man are________.
A. fish and oil B. minerals and oil
C. food, energy sources, and minerals D. ocean currents and waves
30. We can conclude from the passage that________.
A. the sea resources have largely been used up.
B. the sea, in a broad sense, has not yet been developed.
C. the problems that prevent US from fully exploiting the sea have already been solved
D. by the year 2000, the technology will be good enough to exploit all these resources
31. The words "Oriental people" in the fourth paragraph means________.
A. people in Asia B. people in Africa
C. European people D. American people
32. The best title for this paragraph is________.
A. Seafood B. Sea Harvest
C. Man and the Sea D. Technology for Exploiting the Sea
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Newspapers, magazines, and books are the written media. Newspapers are one of the main sources for spreading news and events (25)______ the world.
Radio and television supply information and entertainment to the public. Motion pictures are one of the most (26)______ forms of entertainment. Movies can also teach people many other subjects.
The multimedia computer helps students learn about a particular topic in a (27)______ of ways. When we use the Internet, we can give and get a lot of information very (28)______.
25. A. all B. throughout C. out D. on
26. A. right B. interested C. expensive D. popular
27. A. variety B. difference C. change D. kind
28. A. exactly B. correctly C. secretly D. quickly
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Malaysia is one of the countries of the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN). It is divided into two regions, known as West Malaysia and East Malaysia. They are separated by about 640 km of the sea and together comprise an area of 329,758 sq. km. Malaysia enjoys tropical climate. The Malaysian unit of currency is the ringgit, consisting of 100 sen.
The capital of Malaysia is Kuala Lumpur and it is also the largest city in the country. The population in 2001 was over 22 million. Islam is the country’s official religion. In addition, there are other religions such as Buddhism and Hinduism. The national language is Bahasa Malaysia (also known simply as Malay). English, Chinese, and Tamil are also widely spoken. The language of instruction for primary school children is Bahasa Malaysia, Chinese, or Tamil. Bahasa Malaysia is the primary language of instruction in all secondary schools, although some students may continue learning in Chinese or Tamil. And English is a compulsory second language.
29. According to the paragraph one, which of the following is NOT correct?
A. The sea divides Malaysia into two regions. B. A ringgit consists of 100 sen.
C. Malaysia is a member of ASEAN. D. Malaysia has got about 640 km of the sea.
30. Kuala Lumpur ____________.
A. had over 22 million people in 2001 B. is the second largest city in Malaysia
C. is the capital city of Malaysia D. is the biggest city in West Malaysia
31. The national religion of Malaysia is ___________.
A. Islam B. Buddhism C. Hinduism D. Bahasa
32. The number of languages widely spoken in Malaysia ______________.
A. one B. two C. three D. four
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
It is estimated that about three billion people use the internet computer network around the world. Most people use the Internet to (25) _______information or for entertainment. A new study, however, shows US that almost 10% of Internet users are using it SO often that it is seriously harming their lives. The study says that these people may find it difficult to stop using the Internet because they have become addicted. Someone who is addicted finds it extremely difficult to stop (26) _______activity. According to a psychologist in the field. 30% of Internet users claim that they use the Internet to escape from (27) _______or emotions. The study also shows that having a chat or discussion with strangers on the Internet is one of the most (28) _______activities.
25. A. take B. get C. make D. catch
26. A. the B. a C. an D. Ø
27. A. trouble B. nuisance C. dangers D. problems
28. A. liking B. desired C. addictive D. hunted
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
It is a common saying that we do not fully value a thing until we lose it. We often value the love and worth of a friend when he has been taken from US by death more than when he was with US in the flesh; it is only when we have left school or college that we understand the greatness of our opportunity of education, which has gone forever; and it is the sick and the ailing who realize the value of good health, when we are young and strong, we cannot imagine what it is to be weak and ailing. We are so used to vigorous health that we take it for granted. The organs of our body work so smoothly that we scarcely know we have lungs and liver, heart and stomach. But when any of these gets upset and gives US pain and sickness, we learn by bitter experience what an unspeakable blessing it is to be well.
Loss of health makes US miserable, and a burden to ourselves and our friends. It cripples our efforts so that we cannot accomplish many of the good and great things we might have done. It spoils our life. What must we do to keep our health?
We must be moderate in eating and drinking and wise in the choice of plain, wholesome simple food. Gluttony has killed thousands, and strong drink tens of thousands. We must, when young, get plenty of sleep, which is "nature's sweet restorer", and not try to burn the candle at both ends. We must live as much as possible in the open air and keep our rooms well ventilated. We must get sufficient and regular physical exercise, and keep our bodies clean. And we must avoid bad habits and secret sins as we avoid the devil, and keep our thoughts clean and our bodies pure. Our ideal must be the sound mind in the sound body.
29. Accordingtothe passage, weoftenappreciateourfriends________________.
A. only when they are with US B. only when they are good to US.
C. only when they passed away D. only when they live a long way from US.
30. We do not take care of our health because________________.
A. we are always in good health B. most of the diseases can be cured nowadays
C. we are so accustomed to good health D. we are so busy making a living
31. Poor health makes us. ________________
A. useless B. unable to fulfil our expectations
C. a shame to our friends D. fail to become famous
32. The best title for the passage is. ________________.
A. Health and Human Aspirations B. Health and Our Success
C. How to Keep Our Health D. The Value of Health
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Since the world has become industrialized, there has been an increase in the number of animal species that have become extinct or nearly extinct. Bengal tigers, (25) __________ were once found in a large number in jungles, now are thought to be only 2,300 in number. By the year 2025 their (26) __________ in the world is estimated to be down to zero. The dangerous thing is that people don't hunt them for money but mainly (27) __________ they enjoy hunting them. Animals like the Bengal tiger, as well as other endangered species are very important to the world's ecosystem. International laws protecting these animals must be passed to save them. Countries around the world have begun to solve the problem in many ways. Reserves and national parks have been established. Money provided by world organizations has been spent on maintaining the parks. The use of products made from (28) _________ species has been stopped.
25. A. whose B. which C. that D. who
26. A. population B. amount C. quantity D. diversity
27. A. for B.therefore C. because D. so
28. A.dangerous B. danger C. endangered D. endanger
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
One of the biggest trends in television in recent years has been the rise of “Reality TV”. These shows, in which ordinary people are placed in unusual situations and then filmed without a script, have become some of the highest rating shows on television. Early programs of this genre, including Big Brother (from the Netherlands) and Survivor (from the United States), have led to dozens of copycat programs in many different countries. A common element to many of these programs is that a number of contestants are placed in a closed environment in which they are filmed 24 hours a day, and every week contestants are thrown off the show. What is it about these shows that makes them so popular? Perhaps it is because viewers enjoy watching ordinary people with real emotions being placed in extraordinary, situations. Or perhaps it is that people are really voyeurs - they enjoy being a spy, looking secretly into other people’s lives.
29. In recent years, "Reality TV has become more and more_______.
A. interesting B. unusual C. popular D. enjoyable
30. The underlined word ‘‘which” in the passage refers to_______.
A. a common element B. a closed environment
C. every week D. the show
31. What is true about “Reality TV”?
A. They are made by ordinary people. B. They create many copycat programs.
C. They describe people’s lives. D. They are filmed without a script.
32. We can infer from the passage that_______.
A. “Reality TV” used to be more trendy
B. “Reality TV" is becoming more and more competitive
C. viewers enjoy watching something real but unusual
D. viewers can become spies to look into other people’s lives
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Jeans are very popular with (23)_________ people all over the world. Some people say that jeans are the “uniform” of youth. But they haven’t always been popular. The story of jeans (24)_________ almost two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth made in Genoa was (25)_________ “jeanos”. The pants were called “jeans”. In 1850, a salesman in California began selling pants made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. Because they were so strong, “Levi’s pants” became (26)_________ with gold miners, fanners and cowboys. Six years later Levis began making his pants with blue cotton cloth called denim. Soon after, factory (27)_________ in the US and Europe began wearing jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them.
Question 23: A. rich B. old C. young D. poor
Question 24: A. start B. starts C. was starting D. started
Question 25: A. call B. calls C. calling D. called
Question 26: A. famous B. popular C. good D. wonderful
Question 27: A. workers B. drivers C. cowboys D. fanners
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B or C on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
Smoking causes lung cancer, which is the number one cancer among men. Ninety percent of the people who get lung cancer die. Smoking is also the leading cause of mouth cancer, tongue cancer, and throat cancer. Many smokers have heart disease arid pneumonia. Smoking causes one million early deaths in the world every year.
Smokers not only harm themselves but also harm others. Smokers breathe smoke out into the air. They breathe it out on their children and their wives or husbands. Children whose parents smoke have more breathing and lung problems than other children. Women who are married to smokers are more likely to have lung cancer than those married to non- smokers.
We are all aware that smoking is bad. So why do people smoke?
Question 28:The number one cancer among men is _________.
A. tongue cancer B. throat cancer C. lung cancer D. mouth cancer
Question 29:The main cause of mouth cancer, tongue cancer and throat cancer is _________.
A. drinking B. overeating C. breathing D. smoking
Question 30: Every year, smoking causes about one million _________.
A. cancer patients B. killing diseases C. early deaths D. injured men
Question 31:The word “it” in the passage refers to _________.
A. cancer B. smoke C. air D. breath
Question 32:Who are more likely to have lung cancer and lung problems?
A. People who live in the city. B. Who live with smokes.
C. People who live with non-smokers. D. People who live in the country.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Since the world has become industrialized, there has been increase in the number of animal___(23)___ that have become extinct or nearly extinct. Bengal tigers,__(24)__ were once found in large number in jungles, now are thought to be only 2,300 in number. By the year 2025 their__(25)__ in the world is estimated to be down to zero. “The dangerous thing is that people don’t hunt them for money but mainly___(26)___ they enjoy hunting them. Animals like the Bengal tiger, as well as other endangered species are very important to the world’s ecosystem. International laws protecting these animal must be passed to save them. Countries around the world have begun to solve the problem in many ways. Reserves and national parks have been established. Money provided by world organizations has been spent on maintaining the parks. The use of products made them from___(27)__ species has been stopped.
Question 23: A. kinds B. types C. families D. species
Question 24: A. whose B. which C. that D. who
Question 25: A. population B. amount C. quantity D. diversity
Question 26: A. for B. therefore C. because D. so
Question 27: A. dangerous B. danger C. endangered D. endanger
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B or C on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
My first piece of advice to people who want to start getting fit is don’t buy an exercise bike. Typically, people who buy them use them for a week or so and then forget about them. There are effective if they are used regularly but you need to be determined. Most people will find it much easier to go for a gentle jog around the park.
As well as being easy to do, jogging is also relatively cheap compared to most other sports. You don’t need to buy expensive clothes if you’re just going running around the park or on the beach. The main thing is that they’re comfortable, and that they keep you warm in the winter and cool in the summer. There is one piece of equipment, however, that you will have to spend time and money on, and that’s your running shoes. Remember that you are not looking for a fashion item, but for something that will support your feet and protect you from injury. They can be expensive, but if they are good quality they will last you a long time. It’s always best to get expert advice, and the best place for that is a sports shop.
As for the actual jogging, the secret is to start gently, and not to do much at the beginning – especially if you haven’t had any exercise for a long time. Try a mixture of walking and running for ten minutes about three times a week at first. Once you are happy doing that you can then start to increase the amount you do gradually. After a few months you should hope to be able to run at reasonable speed for twenty minutes three or four times a week. It’s important that you feel comfortable with whatever you do. If you do, you’ll start to enjoy it and will probably keep doing it. If it makes you feel uncomfortable, you’ll probably stop after a short time and return to your bad habits. In any case, training too hard is not very effective. Research has shown that somebody who exercise for twice as long as or twice as hard as another person doesn’t automatically become twice as fit.
(Source: Solutions intermediate student’s book)
Question 28. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage?
A. Exercise B. Gentle jogging C. Keeping fit D. Running shoes
Question 29. What is true about the exercise bikes?
A. Exercise bikes do not help you get fit.
B. It is more costly than most other sports.
C. Many people prefer it to gentle jogging.
D. Most people don’t use it for very long.
Question 30. The word “determined” in the passage probably means________.
A. Confident B. decisive C. flexible D. positive
Question 31. According to the author, you should________.
A. go jogging around a park or on the beach
B. go to sports shop for high quality running shoes
C. keep warm at all the times when you are jogging
D. spend time and money on fashionable items
Question 32. It is started in the passage that_________.
A. you are advised to start jogging by walking for ten minutes
B. you should expect to feel much uncomfortable when jogging
C. you should jog three days a week and walk on the other days
D. you won’t necessarily be lot fitter by running twice as fast
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
Electricity is the most common form of energy used today.In the modern world, (25)_________ is instantly available at the touch of a switch. Electricity has numerous uses. The most common use of electricity is to provide artificial lighting. In factories, electricity is used to (26)_________ the electric motor of machines. In offices, electricity is used to light up (27)_________ workplace. It is also used to operate air-conditioners, computers (28)_________ many other machines.
25. A. gas B. water C. electricity D. coal
26. A. driven B. drive C. driving D. drove
27. A. a B. any C. the D. many
28. A. but B. so C. because D. And
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
English is one of the most popular languages in the world.It comes second in the number of speakers after Chinese.In Vietnam, more and more people are studying English and they consider it a key to success.However, not everyone knows how to learn English effectively.
The best way to improve the four skills:speaking, listening, reading, and writing is to practice regularly.You should make use of every opportunity to speak English with friends in class or at English speaking clubs or ourselves in front of the mirror.Learning by heart all the words does not help much if you do not read a lot because you will easily forget what you have learnt.Reading books, listening to radio and watching films are better ways to memorize words.Besides.English learners should not be so shy because making mistakes is unavoidable in learning foreign languages.Practicing speaking a lot is a good way to correct your mistakes.
29.The word “memorize" in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to _____
A. remember B. forget C. communicate
30.A good way to correct your mistakes is
A. avoiding speaking English
B. stopping learning English
C. practicing speaking English a lot
31.According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. You should never speak English with yourselves.
B. Many Vietnamese people consider English a key to success.
C. English learner should be shy if they make mistakes.
32.The passage is mainly about ______
A. how to learn English effectively.
B. people who study English in Vietnam.
C. how to read books, listen to radio and watch films
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.
One thing that was really a turning point for me was when I learned Spanish. I was always kind of scared of learning a foreign language, yet I was really envious of kids (25) ______ could speak another language. When I started learning Spanish, (26) ______, I found that I was pretty good at it. The moment I reached that breakthrough stage - you know, when you discover you can actually speak and (27) ______ with people in the language - I felt really proud of myself. I realized that learning a foreign language was not an impossible thing after all. Now I can speak three: Spanish, Italian, and German. And I am (28) ______ Korean this year.
25. A. who B. which C. whom D. what
26. A. therefore B. however C. though D. but
27. A. practice B. express C. talk D. communicate
28. A. doing B. making C. taking D. speaking
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.
One of the most urgent environmental problems in the world today is the shortage of clean water. Having clean drinking water is a basic human right. However, acid rain, industrial pollution and garbage have made many sources of water undrinkable.
Lakes, reservoirs and even entire seas have become vast pools of poison. Lake Baikal in Russia is one of the largest lakes in the world. It contains a rich variety of animals and plants, including 1,300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world. Yet, they are being destroyed by the massive volumes of industrial effluent which pour into the lake every day. Even though laws have been made, the governments do not have the power to enforce them. Most industries simply ignore the regulations. The Mediterranean Sea occupies 1% of the world's water surface, but it is the dumping ground for 50% of all marine pollution. Almost sixteen countries regularly throw industrial wastes a few miles offshore.
Water is free to everyone. A few years ago people thought that the supply of clean water in the world was limitless. Today, many water supplies have been ruined by pollution and sewage. Clean water is now scarce, and we are at last beginning to respect it. What should we do to save this precious source?
29. What is the main idea of the reading text?
A. People are throwing poisons into bodies of water.
B. Clean water is becoming scarce due to pollution and sewage.
C. Laws have been made to prevent countries from polluting the environment.
D. Sea water is increasingly polluted by industrial wastes.
30. According to the reading text, Lake Baikal ________.
A. is the smallest lake in Russia
B. has 1,300 rare and endangered animals
C. is located in the Mediterranean Sea
D. gets a large amount of industrial sewage every day
31. What does the word "them" in the passage refer to?
A. plants B. governments C. laws D. animals
32. The word "marine" is closest in meaning to ________.
A. underground B. mountainous C. inland D. aquatic
BÀI TẬP V: TỪ ĐỒNG NGHĨA
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following question.
1. Scientists have recently argued that Einstein’s contributions to Physics and Mathematics are less important than Newton’s.
A. at once B. just now C. shortly D. before
2.He resembles his father in appearance very much.
A. takes after B. looks after C. calls after D. names after
3. Don't worry, you can count on me. I’ll try my best to help you.
A. look after B. live on C. rely on D. stand for
4. We had a discussion in class today about requiring students to wear, school uniforms.
A. ban B. arrangement C. reduction D. debate
5. The graduation is sad, because the time we studied together has come to an end.
A. succeeded B. begun C. finished D. changed
6. Under the major’s able leadership, the soldiers found safety.
A. guidance B. intensity C. flagship D. ability
7. Many language learners do not try to learn all new words they come across.
A. study B. like C. meet D. understand
8. Electric cars are better for the environment. In addition, they can save money on petrol.
A. In conclusion B. For example C. Nevertheless D. Furthermore
9. After her parents’ death, her chief inheritance was an old Bible, which she read and valued.
A. pursuit (theo đuổi) B. possession (sở hữu) C. mistrust: nghi ngờ D. misery
10. They need to cut back on eating a lot of salt and sugary foods. They’re not good for their health.
A. reduce B. begin C. speed up D. carry out
11. I only have time to tell you the main idea of it, not the details.
A. story B. gist: ý chính C. list D. start
12. Wildlife on Earth is disappearing fast and will continues to do so unless urgent action is taken.
A. vanishing B. damaging C. polluting D. destroying
13. I didn’t think his comments were very appropriate at that time.
A. right B. correct C. exact D. suitable
14. Have you found out how much all this is going to cost? Is it expensive?
A. got information about B. found by chance
C. talked to someone about D. met someone and asked
15. Everything seems to be very complicated, and the police have promised to look into the problem.
A. discover B. examine C. investigate D. communicate
16. The new camera didn’t work, so she took it back to the shop.
A. was out of date B. was out of order
C. didn’t break down D. became too old
17. It’s easy to confuse me for my brother; we are twins and we look the same.
A. mix up B. choose out C. pick down D. take after
18. The notice should be put in the most visible place so that all the students can be well- informed.
A. popular B. often visited C. easily seen D. beautiful
19. Children normally feel a lot of anxiety about their first day at school.
A. nervousness B. silence C. self-control D. agreement
20. The 1923 earthquake in Japan killed about 200.000 people and left countless wounded and homeless.
A. imprisoned B. injured C. killed D. enriched
21. The Internet is available only in cities and towns, so we cannot easily get access to it in the countryside.
A. visiting B. existing C. safe D. helpful
22. The naughty boy was scolded for breaking the neighbour’s window yesterday.
A. told off B. complimented C. caught D. taken care of
23. Sue and Daisy are as different as chalk and cheese. No wonder their friendship has broken up recently.
A. changed B. ended C. improved D. appeared
24. He was astounded at his bad luck. He couldn’t believe it.
A. unhappy B. frightened C. astonished D. amused
25. It hasn’t rained for a long time. If the crops are not irrigated soon, the harvest will be affected.
A. plowed B. watered C. planted D D. fertilized
26. In the 1920s, amateur theater performances benefited poor families and other charitable causes.
A. untrained B. inexperienced C. non-profit D. nonprofessional
27. It is imperative that they arrive on time for the lecture. They mustn’t be late.
A. necessary B. suggested C. hoped D. intended
28. The widespread use of pesticides and herbicides has led to contamination of groundwater in some areas.
A. extensive B. experimental C. occasional D. popular
19. The professor tried to stimulate interest in archaeology by taking his students on expeditions.
A. simulate B. fake C. encourage D. diminish
20. In this fairytale there is a wicked old woman. Nobody wants to come near her.
A. evil B. marked C. weak D. immortal
19. The boundary between Canada and the United States has been unfortified (phòng ngự) for over one hundred years.
A. border B. binding C. relationship D. water
20. This organization aims to help the less able in society to lead an independent life.
A. identify B. entertain C. assist D. defend
19. For nearly a hundred years, the lake was present continually, and has appeared and disappeared again several times since.
A. vanish B. exist C. inhabit D. grow
20. When we travel overseas we hope to go to Iceland.
A. on the sea B. by water C. with foreigners D. to foreign lands
19. The guests at the Japanese Embassy reception enjoyed it very much but refused to eat the raw fish.
A. stale B. fresh C. rotten D. uncooked
20. The teacher gave some suggestions on what could come out for the examination.
A. demonstrations B. symptoms C. hints D. effects
19. The development of basic skills like how to cross the street, or what to do when you get lost, must be carefully taught at primary school.
A. social B. necessary C. cultural D. difficult
20. I’m happy that my sister is getting on very well in her new job.
A. making progress B. avoiding punishment C. feeling surprised D. learning new things
19. The television is among the most efficient machines invented by man.
A. valuable B. dangerous C. expensive D. useful
20. Local authorities should prohibit and fine heavily anyone using electricity to catch fish.
A. allow B. follow C. forbid D. imprison